Sample records for national treatment guidelines

  1. National Guideline Clearinghouse (NGC)

    NSDL National Science Digital Library

    1999-01-01

    Operated by the US Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research (AHCPR), the American Medical Association (AMA) and the American Association of Health Plans (AAHP), The National Guideline Clearinghouse provides information about hundreds of "evidence-based clinical practice guidelines" for health care professionals. Guidelines from over 100 different medical organizations can be searched or browsed by disease or condition; treatment or intervention method; or issuing organization. Each record includes the date of release and current status of the guideline, major recommendations for interventions and practices, organization(s) and committee members responsible for the guideline, and methods used to collect evidence and rate the quality of evidence. A link to the full text of the guideline is provided if available. When more than one guideline has been released on a topic, users can compare selected guidelines in chart format. A News section tells developers how to submit guidelines to the Clearinghouse.

  2. Implications of Recent Clinical Trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III Guidelines

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Scott M. Grundy; James I. Cleeman; C. Noel Bairey Merz; H. Bryan Brewer Jr; Luther T. Clark; Donald B. Hunninghake; Richard C. Pasternak; Sidney C. Smith Jr; Neil J. Stone

    2004-01-01

    The Adult Treatment Panel III (ATP III) of the National Cholesterol Education Program issued an evidence-based set of guidelines on cholesterol management in 2001. Since the publication of ATP III, 5 major clinical trials of statin therapy with clinical end points have been published. These trials addressed issues that were not examined in previous clinical trials of cholesterol-lowering therapy. The

  3. Botswana National HIV/AIDS Treatment Guidelines : 2008 Version

    E-print Network

    Bushman, Frederic

    in Infants and Children 4.2 Indications for HAART Initiation in Adolescents and Adults 4.3 Monitoring), HIV- Exposed Infants, and HIV-Infected Infants, Children, and Adolescents.....55 7.1 General Clinical, Children, and Adolescents #12;3 8.0 Treatment Failure and Its Management

  4. National Bookmobile Guidelines, 1992.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ohio State Library, Columbus.

    This publication is based on the work of The State Library of Ohio, the National Bookmobile Guidelines Committee, and staff of local Ohio bookmobile programs. Draft guidelines were approved by the 7th National Bookmobile Conference (May 31-June 2, 1992). The Guidelines provide brief statements of standards followed by specifics which indicate…

  5. Guideline 3: Psychosocial Treatment.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    American Journal on Mental Retardation, 2000

    2000-01-01

    The third in seven sets of guidelines based on the consensus of experts in the treatment of psychiatric and behavioral problems in mental retardation (MR) focuses on psychosocial treatment. Guidelines cover general principles, choosing among psychosocial treatments, severity of MR and psychiatric/behavior symptoms, diagnosable disorders, target…

  6. Guidelines for National Libraries.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sylvestre, Guy

    This report is designed to provide practical assistance to government officials and librarians responsible for the planning, creation, and development of national library services. Based on a number of authoritative studies and a broad consensus among experts, including directors of national libraries, these guidelines give special attention to…

  7. [National guidelines of diagnosis and treatment of the non-Hodgkin lymphoma].

    PubMed

    Candelaria, Myrna; Cervera-Ceballos, Eduardo; Meneses-García, Abelardo; Avilés-Salas, Alejandro; Lome-Maldonado, Carmen; Zárate-Osorno, Alejandra; Ortiz-Hidalgo, Carlos; Rodríguez-Moguel, Leticia; Quiñónez-Urrego, Enoe Enedina; Ramos-Salazar, Patricia; Romero-Guadarrama, Mónica Belinda; Lara-Torres, César; Ramírez-Aceves, Rocío; López-Navarro, Omar; Rivas-Vera, Silvia; Díaz-Meneses, Iván Eudaldo; Estrada-Lobato, Enrique; Cervera-Ceballos, José; Rojas-Marín, Carlos Enrique; Hernández-Rodriguez, José Mario; Pérez-López, Berenice; Gómez-Almaguer, David; Altamirano-Ley, Javier; Baz, Patricia; Valero-Saldaña, Luis Manuel; Navarrete-Herrera, José René; Torres-Salgado, Francisco Gerardo; Solano-Murillo, Pedro; Nambo-Lucio, María de Jesús; Rivas-Llamas, Ramón; Aquino-Salgado, Jorge Luis; Avila-Arreguín, Elsa Verónica; Cortês-Esteban, Patricia; Chongo-Alfaro, Martha Lilia; Pérez-Ramírez, Oscar de Jesús; Toledano-Cuevas, Diana Vanesa; Lobato-Mendizábal, Eduardo; Martínez-Ramírez, Mario Alberto; Morales-Maravilla, Adrián; Sosa-Camas, Rosa Elena; Agreda-Vásquez, Gladys P; Camacho-Hernández, Alejandro; Aguayo-González, Alvaro; Espinoza-Zamora, José Ramiro; Sánchez-Guerrero, Sergio A; Lozano-Zavaleta, Valentín; Selva-Pallares, Julio Edgar; Hernádez-Rodríguez, Juan Manuel; Cardiel-Silva, Mariela; Castillo-Rivera, Manuel Héctor; Villela, Luis; Loarca-Piña, Luis Martín; Zurita-Martínez, Hugo; Graham-Casassus, Juan; Azaola-Espinosa, Patricio; Silva-López, Salvador; Armenta-San Sebastián, Jorge Antonio; Mijangos-Huesca, Francisco; Pérez-Osorio, Jorge Eduardo; Aldaco-Sarvide, Fernando; Castellanos, Guillermo; Ramírez-Ibarguen, Ana Florencia; Zapata-Canto, Nidia; Labardini-Méndez, Juan Rafael

    2013-06-01

    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma comprises a heterogeneous group of haematological malignancies, classified according to their clinic, anatomic-pathological features and, lately, to their molecular biomarkers. Despite the therapeutic advances, nearly half of the patients will die because of this disease. The new diagnostic tools have been the cornerstone to design recent therapy targets, which must be included in the current treatment guidelines of this sort of neoplasms by means of clinical trials and evidence-based medicine. In the face of poor diagnoses devices in most of the Mexican hospitals, we recommend the present diagnose stratification, and treatment guidelines for non-Hodgkin lymphoma, based on evidence. They include the latest and most innovative therapeutic approaches, as well as specific recommendations for hospitals with limited framework and therapy resources. PMID:24459777

  8. [Diagnosis and treatment of chronic hepatitis B and D. Hungarian national consensus guideline].

    PubMed

    Horváth, Gábor; Hunyady, Béla; Gervain, Judit; Lengyel, Gabriella; Makara, Mihály; Pár, Alajos; Szalay, Ferenc; Telegdy, László; Tornai, István

    2014-03-01

    Diagnosis and treatment of hepatitis B and D virus infections mean that the patient is able to maintain working capacity, increase quality of life, prevent cancer, and prolong life expectancy, while the society benefits from eliminating the chances of further transmission of the viruses, and decreasing the overall costs of serious complications. The guideline delineates the treatment algorithms for 2014, which is agreed on a consensus meeting of specialists involved in the treatment of the above diseases. The prevalence of hepatitis B virus infection in the Hungarian general population is 0.5-0.7%. The indications of treatment is based upon viral examinations (including viral nucleic acid determination), determinations of disease activity and stage (including biochemical, pathologic, and/or non-invasive methods), and excluding contraindications. To avoid unnecessary side effects and for cost-effective approach the guideline emphasizes the importance of quick and detailed virologic evaluations, the applicability of transient elastography as an acceptable alternative of liver biopsy in this regard, as well as the relevance of appropriate consistent follow up schedule for viral response during therapy. The first choice of therapy in chronic hepatitis B infection can be pegylated interferon for 48 weeks or continuous entecavir or tenofovir therapy. The latter two must be continued for at least 12 months after hepatitis B surface antigen seroconversion. Adefovir dipivoxil is recommended mainly in combination therapy. Lamivudine is no longer a first choice; patients currently taking lamivudine must switch if response is inadequate. Appropriate treatment of patients taking immunosuppressive medications is highly recommended. Pegylated interferon based therapy is recommended for the treatment of concomitant hepatitis D infection. PMID:24631887

  9. Does the Referral and Selection for NHS-Funded Dental Implant Treatment in the UK Follow National Guidelines?

    PubMed Central

    Vartoukian, Sonia R; Algraffee, Hatem

    2007-01-01

    INTRODUCTION The Royal College of Surgeons of England (RCSE) has provided a national guideline document detailing specific selection criteria for National Health Service (NHS) dental implant therapy in the UK. The aim of this study was to investigate whether these guidelines are being observed both in the referral and selection of patients. PATIENTS AND METHODS Information was collected prospectively from 8 consecutive implant assessment clinics at Guy's and St Thomas' Hospital Trust over a 6-month period, via a questionnaire concerning the reason for referral for implant treatment, dental/smoking/radiotherapy status, and the consultant decision on whether an application would be made for NHS implant funding. RESULTS Of the 103 referred patients who attended the appointment, 83 (80.6%) fell within the established priority groups for NHS implant therapy: in particular, hypodontia and teeth lost through trauma. However, up to a quarter of patients had untreated caries or periodontitis (n = 23, 22.3% and n = 26, 25.2%, respectively), a contra-indication for NHS implant therapy. The proportion of patients with caries was more than double for general dental practitioner-referred (28.3%) than hospital-referred subjects (12.5%) with the difference approaching statistical significance (P = 0.061). Selection for implant funding application was highly dependent on whether or not a patient belonged to a priority group of the national guidelines (P < 0.001). CONCLUSIONS Although in most respects there is good adherence to the RCSE national guidelines both in the referral and selection of patients for NHS implant therapy, about a quarter of patients particularly those referred from general dental practitioners rather than hospitals, would be contra-indicated from NHS therapy because of untreated caries or periodontitis. PMID:17394708

  10. Protocol Development — Guidelines for Treatment Regimens

    Cancer.gov

    All protocols sponsored by the Division of Cancer Treatment and Diagnosis (DCTD), National Cancer Institute (NCI), are reviewed for safety and scientific integrity. Cancer Therapy Evaluation Program (CTEP) staff have developed standardized guidelines to express chemotherapy regimens in a uniform, clear and consistent manner. The intention of the guidelines is to minimize undue risks to patients on DCTD sponsored investigational clinical trials. DCTD-sponsored protocols will not be approved unless they comply with the Guidelines for Treatment Regimen Expression and Nomenclature.

  11. Adherence to national guidelines for drug treatment of suspected acute myocardial infarction: evidence for undertreatment in women and the elderly

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Thomas J. McLaughlin; Stephen B. Soumerai; Donald J. Willison; Jerry H. Gurwitz; Catherine Borbas; Edward Guadagnoli; Barbara McLaughlin; Nora Morris; Su Chun Cheng; Paul J. Hauptman; Elliott Antman; Linda Casey; Richard Asinger; Fredarick Gobel

    1996-01-01

    BACKGROUND: Evidence-based guidelines for the treatment of patients with acute myocardial infarction (AMI) have been published and disseminated by the American College of Cardiology and the American Heart Association. Few studies have examined the rates of adherence to these guidelines in eligible populations and the influence of age and gender on highly effective AMI treatments in community hospital settings. METHODS:

  12. National Scholarship Guidelines December 2013

    E-print Network

    National Scholarship Guidelines December 2013 For 2014/2015 Academic Year Overview The Thornton Tomasetti Foundation (TTF) was established in 2008 with a mission to fund fellowships, scholarships, design or technology. To date, the TTF has awarded three national $10,000 scholarships per year, since

  13. Estimates of the Proportion of Older White Men Who Would Be Recommended for Pharmacologic Treatment by the New US National Osteoporosis Foundation Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Donaldson, Meghan G; Cawthon, Peggy M; Lui, Lily Y; Schousboe, John T; Ensrud, Kristine E; Taylor, Brent C; Cauley, Jane A; Hillier, Teresa A; Dam, Thuy T; Curtis, Jeff R; Black, Dennis M; Bauer, Douglas C; Orwoll, Eric S; Cummings, Steven R

    2010-01-01

    The new US National Osteoporosis Foundation's (NOF's) Clinician's Guide to Prevention and Treatment of Osteoporosis includes criteria for recommending pharmacologic treatment based on history of hip or vertebral fracture, femoral neck or spine bone mineral density (BMD) T-scores of ?2.5 or less, and presence of low bone mass at the femoral neck or spine plus a 10-year risk of hip fracture of 3% or greater or of major osteoporotic fracture of 20% or greater. The proportion of men who would be recommended for treatment by these guidelines is not known. We applied the NOF criteria for treatment to men participating in the Osteoporotic Fractures in Men Study (MrOS). To determine how the MrOS population differs from the general US population of Caucasian men aged 65 years and older, we compared men in MrOS with men who participated in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) III on criteria included in the NOF treatment guidelines that were common to both cohorts. Compared with NHANES III, men in MrOS had higher femoral neck BMD values. Application of NOF guidelines to MrOS data estimated that at least 34% of US white men aged 65 years and older and 49% of those aged 75 years and older would be recommended for drug treatment. Application of the new NOF guidelines would result in recommending a very large proportion of white men in the United States for pharmacologic treatment of osteoporosis, for many of whom the efficacy of treatment is unknown. © 2010 American Society for Bone and Mineral Research. PMID:20200971

  14. Antihypertensive drug prescription patterns, rationality, and adherence to Joint National Committee-7 hypertension treatment guidelines among Indian postmenopausal women

    PubMed Central

    Tandon, Vishal R.; Sharma, Sudhaa; Mahajan, Shagun; Mahajan, Annil; Khajuria, Vijay; Mahajan, Vivek; Prakash, Chander

    2014-01-01

    Aim of Study: The aim of this study is to evaluate antihypertensive drug prescription patterns, rationality and adherence to Joint National Committee (JNC-7) hypertension (HT) treatment recommendations among Indian postmenopausal women (PMW). Materials and Methods: An observational and cross-sectional prospective prescription audit study was carried over a period of 1 year. A total of 500 prescriptions prescribed to PMW for diagnosed HT, were identified for one point analysis. Drug prescription patterns/trends, and their adherence to JNC-7 report as well as rationality using WHO guide to good prescribing was assessed. Results: In the monotherapy, category angiotensin receptor blockers (ARBs) accounted (24.8%), calcium channel blockers (CCBs) (19.4%), angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors (ACEIs) (11%), beta blockers (BBs) (2.8%), and diuretics (2%) of the total prescription. Individually, amlodipine was maximally prescribed in 16.4%. 31.6% had double combination, whereas 2.2% and 1% had triple and four drug combinations, respectively. About 3.6% of the prescription contained antihypertensive combination along with other class of drug. ARBs + diuretic were observed in 11%, CCBs + BB 10% and ACEI + diuretic in 2.6% of the total prescriptions. Among the combination therapy amlodipine + atenolol (8.4%), telmisartan + hydrochlorothiazide (6%) and losartan + hydrochlorothiazide (4.4%) were maximally prescribed. 84.21% (P < 0.001) of the prescription showed nonadherence as per recommendations for pre-HT. 100% and 43.25% adherence rates were noticed for Stage 1 HT (P < 0.001) and Stage 2 HT (P > 0.05) patients. Conclusion: Antihypertensive prescription trends largely adhere to existing guidelines and are rational except polypharmacy, generic and fixed dose combinations prescribing, were some of the common pharmacologically considered irrationality noticed. PMID:24970986

  15. Chronic bronchitis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: Finnish National Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment 1998–2007

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Lauri A. Laitinen; Kaj Koskela

    1999-01-01

    1.1. A national recommendation for the promotion of prevention, treatment and rehabilitation in relation to chronic bronchitis and COPD from 1998 to 2007 has been prepared on the basis of extensive collaboration by order of the Ministry of Social Affairs and Health. The Programme needs to be revised as necessary, because of rapid developments in medical knowledge, and in drug

  16. National osteoporosis society vitamin D guideline summary.

    PubMed

    Aspray, Terry J; Bowring, Claire; Fraser, William; Gittoes, Neil; Javaid, M Kassim; Macdonald, Helen; Patel, Sanjeev; Selby, Peter; Tanna, Nuttan; Francis, Roger M

    2014-09-01

    The National Osteoporosis Society (NOS) published its document, Vitamin D and Bone Health: A Practical Clinical Guideline for Patient Management, in 2013 as a practical clinical guideline on the management of vitamin D deficiency in adult patients with, or at risk of developing, bone disease. There has been no clear consensus in the UK on vitamin D deficiency its assessment and treatment, and clinical practice is inconsistent. This guideline is aimed at clinicians, including doctors, nurses and dieticians. It recommends the measurement of serum 25 (OH) vitamin D (25OHD) to estimate vitamin D status in the following clinical scenarios: bone diseases that may be improved with vitamin D treatment; bone diseases, prior to specific treatment where correcting vitamin D deficiency is appropriate; musculoskeletal symptoms that could be attributed to vitamin D deficiency. The guideline also states that routine vitamin D testing is unnecessary where vitamin D supplementation with an oral antiresorptive treatment is already planned and sets the following serum 25OHD thresholds: <30 nmol/l is deficient; 30-50 nmol/l may be inadequate in some people; >50 nmol/l is sufficient for almost the whole population. For treatment, oral vitamin D3 is recommended with fixed loading doses of oral vitamin D3 followed by regular maintenance therapy when rapid correction of vitamin D deficiency is required, although loading doses are not necessary where correction of deficiency is less urgent or when co-prescribing with an oral antiresorptive agent. For monitoring, serum calcium (adjusted for albumin) should be checked 1 month after completing a loading regimen, or after starting vitamin D supplementation, in case primary hyperparathyroidism has been unmasked. However, routine monitoring of serum 25OHD is generally unnecessary but may be appropriate in patients with symptomatic vitamin D deficiency or malabsorption and where poor compliance with medication is suspected. The guideline focuses on bone health as, although there are numerous putative effects of vitamin D on immunity modulation, cancer prevention and the risks of cardiovascular disease and multiple sclerosis, there remains considerable debate about the evaluation of extraskeletal factors and optimal vitamin D status in these circumstances. PMID:25074538

  17. [Diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up of hepatitis C virus related liver disease. National consensus guideline in Hungary].

    PubMed

    Hunyady, Béla; Gerlei, Zsuzsanna; Gervain, Judit; Horváth, Gábor; Lengyel, Gabriella; Pár, Alajos; Rókusz, László; Szalay, Ferenc; Telegdy, László; Tornai, István; Werling, Klára; Makara, Mihály

    2015-03-01

    Approximately 70,000 people are infected with hepatitis C virus in Hungary, and more than half of them are not aware of their infection. From the point of infected individuals early recognition and effective treatment of related liver injury may prevent consequent advanced liver diseases and complications (liver cirrhosis, liver failure and liver cancer) and can increase work productivity and life expectancy. Furthermore, these could from prevent further spread of the virus as well as reduce substantially long term financial burden of related morbidity, as a socioeconomic aspect. Pegylated interferon + ribavirin dual therapy, which is available in Hungary since 2003, can clear the virus in 40-45% of previously not treated (naïve), and in 5-21% of previous treatment-failure patients. Addition of a direct acting first generation protease inhibitor drug (boceprevir or telaprevir) to the dual therapy increases the chance of sustained viral response to 63-75% and 59-66%, respectively. These two protease inhibitors are available and financed for a segment of Hungarian patients since May 2013. Between 2013 and February 2015, other direct acting antivirals and interferon-free combination therapies have been registered for the treatment of chronic hepatitis C with a potential efficacy over 90% and typically with a short duration of 8-12 weeks. Indication of therapy includes exclusion of contraindications to the drugs and demonstration of viral replication with consequent liver injury, i.e., inflammation and/or fibrosis in the liver. Non-invasive methods (elastography and biochemical methods) are accepted and preferred for staging liver damage (fibrosis). For initiation of treatment accurate and timely molecular biology tests are mandatory. Eligibility for treatment is a subject of individual central medical review. Due to budget limitations therapy is covered only for a proportion of patients by the National Health Insurance Fund. Priority is given to those with urgent need based on a Hungarian Priority Index system reflecting primarily the stage of liver disease, and considering also additional factors, i.e., activity and progression of liver disease, predictive factors of treatment and other special issues. Approved treatments are restricted to the most cost-effective combinations based on the cost per sustained viral response value in different patient categories with consensus between professional organizations, National Health Insurance Fund and patient organizations. More expensive therapies might be available upon co-financing by the patient or a third party. Interferon-free treatments and shorter therapy durations preferred as much as financially feasible. A separate budget is allocated to cover interferon-free treatments for the most-in-need interferon ineligible/intolerant patients, and for those who have no more interferon-based therapy option. Orv. Hetil., 2015, 156(9), 343-351. PMID:25702254

  18. Chronic bronchitis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: Finnish National Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment 1998-2007.

    PubMed

    Laitinen, L A; Koskela, K

    1999-05-01

    1. A national recommendation for the promotion of prevention, treatment and rehabilitation in relation to chronic bronchitis and COPD from 1998 to 2007 has been prepared on the basis of extensive collaboration by order of the Ministry of Social Affairs and Health. The Programme needs to be revised as necessary, because of rapid developments in medical knowledge, and in drug therapy in particular. 2. COPD is a disease characterized by slowly progressing, irreversible airways obstruction. Over 5% of the population suffer from symptomatic forms of the disease. It is estimated that a further 5% of the population may suffer from latent COPD. Most patients (75%) suffer from mild forms of the disease. The disease is often preceded by chronic bronchitis. A total of 400,000 Finns suffer from chronic bronchitis or COPD. Occurrence of these diseases in future will be particularly affected by decreased smoking by men, increased smoking by the young and by women, and aging of the population. 3. In 1997, the annual treatment costs of chronic bronchitis and COPD were estimated to be FIM 1.5 thousand million, total costs FIM 5 thousand million. Without intensification of measures to prevent and treat the diseases, costs will rise significantly. Costs arising from severe COPD (5% of patients with COPD) account for roughly 65% of costs overall and are primarily related to hospitalizations. 4. The goals of the Programme for the Prevention and Treatment of Chronic Bronchitis and COPD are as follows: (a) to decrease the incidence of chronic bronchitis; (b) to ensure that as many patients as possible with chronic bronchitis recover; (c) to maintain capacity for work and functional capacity of patients with COPD; (d) to reduce the percentage of patients with moderate to severe COPD; (e) to decrease the number of hospitalization days of COPD patients by 25% overall; and (f) to decrease annual costs per patient. 5. The following means are suggested for achieving the goals: (a) reduction in smoking; (b) reduction in work-related and outdoor air pollutants and improvement of quality of indoor air; (c) enhancement of knowledge about risk factors and treatment of the diseases is in key groups; (d) promotion of early diagnosis and active treatment, in smokers in particular; (e) improvement of guided self-care; (f) early commencement of rehabilitation, individual planning and implementation, primarily as an element in treatment; and (g) encouragement of scientific research. 6. COPD and exacerbation of its symptoms can be prevented through choices relating to life habits, such as not smoking, maintaining good general condition, and protection against exposure to dusts. The Programme gives examples of such measures and appeals to various authorities and voluntary organizations to increase their cooperation. Preventive methods should be individualized, and based on due consideration. 7. Chronic bronchitis and COPD should be diagnosed at early stages, and treated appropriately from the outset. Treatment consists of: (a) treatment according to causes, such as stopping smoking and work hygiene; (b) early rehabilitation such as patient education and guided self-care: (c) drug therapy; (d) hospital treatment; and (e) rehabilitation. 8. The hierarchy of referrals in the treatment of COPD should be revised to accord a greater role to the primary health care sector. Good exchanges of information and cooperation between the primary health care and specialized medical care sectors will all be necessary if this hierarchial model is to have the desired effect. 9. Hospital districts and health centres should ensure that different levels of the health-care system are capable of fulfilling the tasks assigned to them appropriately. One specialist in each hospital district should be given charge of prevention and assembly of know-how relating to treatment, and of quality of treatment at regional level. (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED) PMID:10464898

  19. Treatment for Panic Disorder: Practical Guidelines.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Beamish, Patricia M.; Granello, Darcy Haag; Belcastro, Amy L.

    2002-01-01

    This article presents current research information on the treatment of panic disorder. Specific guidelines are presented to guide the mental health counselor in the delivery of effective psychopharmacological and cognitive-behavioral treatment. (Contains 81 references.) (Author)

  20. Guidelines for the identification, investigation and treatment of individuals with concomitant tuberculosis and HIV infection. Bureau of Communicable Disease Epidemiology, Canada Department of National Health and Welfare.

    PubMed Central

    1993-01-01

    The following recommended guidelines, jointly prepared by the Canadian Thoracic Society, the Tuberculosis Directors of Canada, and the Department of National Health and Welfare in consultation with the provincial and territorial epidemiologists, AIDS coordinators and HIV caregivers, and approved by the Canadian Lung Association and the Canadian Thoracic Society are provided to assist health care workers who are caring for patients in the overlapping group. PMID:8500033

  1. Updated treatment guidelines for gonorrhea infections.

    PubMed

    Fantasia, Heidi Collins

    2013-01-01

    Gonorrhea is the second most common bacterial sexually transmitted infection in the United States. It continues to be a major cause of morbidity for women and has been linked to infertility and pelvic inflammatory disease. In 2012, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention revised the current treatment guidelines for gonorrhea in response to the rising rates of antibiotic resistance. This column will discuss the new guidelines, including the rationale for the change as well as nursing implications to support timely and effective treatment of gonorrhea. PMID:23773196

  2. [Diagnostic guideline and treatment of dementia].

    PubMed

    Olde Rikkert, M G M; van Exel, E; Knol, W; Lemstra, A W; Roks, G; Verhey, F R J

    2015-01-01

    - The Dutch dementia guideline has been extended to include recommendations in the area of psychosocial interventions for patients, caregivers and professionals.- The diagnostic recommendations in the revised directive are based on a stepwise work-up with the aim of establishing the cause of the dementia. This is guided by the recent diagnostic criteria, evidence of the diagnostic value of additional investigations, and the patient's wishes.- Although there have been no major breakthroughs in the treatment of patients with Alzheimer's disease in recent years, the revised guideline also contains important new recommendations in this area. For example, it includes recommendations on administration routes (first-choice use of patches or preparations with slow release of cholinesterase inhibitors), the use of combination therapy (not prescribing memantine in combination with cholinesterase inhibitors) and regular monitoring of the effectiveness of antipsychotics and cholinesterase inhibitors.- The guideline (in Dutch) can be found at www.richtlijnendatabase.nl (search for 'dementie') and will be actively implemented. PMID:25873222

  3. Guidelines for the Treatment of Hepatitis C Virus Infection in Injection Drug Users: Status Quo in the European Union Countries

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Jens Reimer; Bernd Schulte; Xavier Castells; Ingo Schafer; Susanne Polywka; Dagmar Hedrich; Lucas Wiessing; Christian Haasen; Markus Backmund; Michael Krausz

    2005-01-01

    Treatment guidelines are considered to be an important tool in steering patients to medical treatment. This study was conducted to analyze guidelines for the treatment of hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection in injection drug users (IDUs) in the European Union (EU) countries as a component of treatment access. National and international databases, expert contacts, professional societies, and health administrations were

  4. Fertility preservation during cancer treatment: clinical guidelines.

    PubMed

    Rodriguez-Wallberg, Kenny A; Oktay, Kutluk

    2014-01-01

    The majority of children, adolescents, and young adults diagnosed with cancer today will become long-term survivors. The threat to fertility that cancer treatments pose to young patients cannot be prevented in many cases, and thus research into methods for fertility preservation is developing, aiming at offering cancer patients the ability to have biologically related children in the future. This paper discusses the current status of fertility preservation methods when infertility risks are related to surgical oncologic treatments, radiation therapy, or chemotherapy. Several scientific groups and societies have developed consensus documents and guidelines for fertility preservation. Decisions about fertility and imminent potentially gonadotoxic therapies must be made rapidly. Timely and complete information on the impact of cancer treatment on fertility and fertility preservation options should be presented to all patients when a cancer treatment is planned. PMID:24623991

  5. Oxygen therapy: professional compliance with national guidelines.

    PubMed

    Nippers, Ingrid; Sutton, Andrew

    One of the major causes of critical illness in the UK is the deterioration of respiratory function (British Thoracic Society (BTS), 2008). The administration of supplemental oxygen therapy, although often lifesaving, can also have serious consequences if performed inappropriately. A literature review was carried out to establish whether oxygen therapy was prescribed and administered in acute care in accordance with both national guidelines and local policy. Four common themes were identified from the literature: prescribing, monitoring, administration and equipment. The review suggests that an educational programme ranging from pre-registration curriculum content to the practical experiences of junior doctors with regard to oxygen management would be appropriate. The authors suggest that the current practice of healthcare practitioners should undergo a planned timetable of audit to improve the prescription, administration and monitoring of supplemental oxygen therapy for the benefit of patient outcomes. PMID:24732992

  6. Guidelines for the treatment of head and neck venous malformations

    PubMed Central

    Zheng, Jia Wei; Mai, Hua Ming; Zhang, Ling; Wang, Yan An; Fan, Xin Dong; Su, Li Xin; Qin, Zhong Ping; Yang, Yao Wu; Jiang, Yin Hua; Zhao, Yi Fang; Suen, James Y

    2013-01-01

    Venous malformation is one of the most common benign vascular lesions, with approximately 40% of cases appearing in the head and neck. They can affect a patient’s appearance and functionality and even cause life-threatening bleeding or respiratory tract obstruction. The current methods of treatment include surgery, laser therapy, sclerotherapy, or a combined. The treatment of small and superficial venous malformations is relatively simple and effective; however, the treatment of deep and extensive lesions involving multiple anatomical sites remains a challenge for the physicians. For complex cases, the outcomes achieved with one single treatment approach are poor; therefore, individualized treatment modalities must be formulated based on the patient’s condition and the techniques available. Comprehensive multidisciplinary treatments have been adapted to achieve the most effective results. In this paper, based on the national and international literature, we formulated the treatment guidelines for head and neck venous malformations to standardize clinical practice. The guideline will be renewed and updated in a timely manner to reflect cutting-edge knowledge and to provide the best treatment modalities for patients. PMID:23724158

  7. Treatment Guidelines for Children and Adolescents with Bipolar Disorder

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kowatch, Robert A.; Fristad, Mary; Birmaher, Boris; Wagner, Karen Dineen; Findling, Robert L.; Hellander, Martha

    2005-01-01

    Clinicians who treat children and adolescents with bipolar disorder desperately need current treatment guidelines. These guidelines were developed by expert consensus and a review of the extant literature about the diagnosis and treatment of pediatric bipolar disorders. The four sections of these guidelines include diagnosis, comorbidity, acute…

  8. Refining treatment guidelines in Alzheimer's disease.

    PubMed

    Doody, Rachelle S

    2005-06-01

    The introduction of new therapies into the clinical arena often requires that prescribing clinicians determine how these new treatments should be integrated into an existing standard of care, typically with little more than clinical trial data to guide them. However, trial outcome measures may not always translate easily into useful information for the practicing physician. Since the publication of dementia treatment guidelines in 2001, new data on Alzheimer's disease (AD) therapies have become available. Notably, memantine has emerged as the first medication indicated for the moderate-to-severe stages of AD. This review summarizes pivotal clinical trial data on memantine in the treatment of moderate-to-severe AD and describes how these results may be interpreted for use in the clinical treatment setting. The studies showed that memantine, both alone and in combination with donepezil, was associated with positive, clinically relevant effects on cognitive and functional ability. Further, memantine in combination with donepezil also was significantly better than donepezil alone in management of behavioral symptoms. This review will conclude with a discussion of how new data on AD treatments will potentially change current treatment parameters. PMID:16025771

  9. 75 FR 8085 - National Institutes of Health Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-02-23

    ...Institutes of Health Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research SUMMARY: The National Institutes...the definition of human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) in the ``National Institutes of Health Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research'' (Guidelines). On July...

  10. 75 FR 13137 - National Institutes of Health Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-03-18

    ...Institutes of Health Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research SUMMARY: The National Institutes...the definition of human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) in the ``National Institutes of Health Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research'' (Guidelines). Due to...

  11. Treatment guidelines for latent tuberculosis infection.

    PubMed

    2014-01-01

    The treatment of latent tuberculosis infection (LTBI) has been established as valid for patients at high risk for developing active tuberculosis. Treatment of LTBI is also considered an important strategy for eliminating tuberculosis (TB) in Japan. In recent years, interferon-gamma release assays have come into widespread use; isoniazid (INH) preventive therapy for HIV patients has come to be recommended worldwide; and there have been increases in both types of biologics used in the treatment of immune diseases as well as the diseases susceptible to treatment. In light of the above facts, the Prevention Committee and the Treatment Committee of the Japanese Society for Tuberculosis have jointly drafted these guidelines. In determining subjects for LTBI treatment, the following must be considered: 1) risk of TB infection/ development; 2) infection diagnosis; 3) chest image diagnosis; 4) the impact of TB development; 5) the possible manifestation of side effects; and 6) the prospects of treatment completion. LTBI treatment is actively considered when relative risk is deemed 4 or higher, including risk factors such as the following: HIV/AIDS, organ transplants (immunosuppressant use), silicosis, dialysis due to chronic renal failure, recent TB infection (within 2 years), fibronodular shadows in chest radiographs (untreated old TB), the use of biologics, and large doses of corticosteroids. Although the risk is lower, the following risk factors require consideration of LTBI treatment when 2 or more of them are present: use of oral or inhaled corticosteroids, use of other immunosuppressants, diabetes, being underweight, smoking, gastrectomy, and so on. In principle, INH is administered for a period of 6 or 9 months. When INH cannot be used, rifampicin is administered for a period of 4 or 6 months. It is believed that there are no reasons to support long-term LTBI treatment for immunosuppressed patients in Japan, where the risk of infection is not considered markedly high. For pregnant women, HIV-positive individuals, heavy drinkers, and individuals with a history of liver injury, regular liver function tests are necessary when treatment is initiated and when symptoms are present. There have been reports of TB developing during LTBI treatment; therefore, attention should be paid to TB development symptoms. When administering LTBI treatment, patients must be educated about side effects, the risk of developing TB onset, and the risks associated with discontinuing medication. Treatment outcomes and support for continuation of treatment are evaluated in cooperation with health centers. As stipulated by the Infectious Diseases Control Law, doctors are required to notify a health center when an individual develops TB. Based on this notification, the health center registers the patient, sends a public health nurse to visit the patient and give instructions, and provides medication adherence support. The patient applies at a health center for public expenses for medical care at a designated TB care facility. Pending approval in a review by an infectious disease examination council, the patient's copayment is reduced. PMID:24654427

  12. Antiretroviral treatment French guidelines 2013: economics influencing science.

    PubMed

    Raffi, F; Reynes, J

    2014-05-01

    Guidelines for the preferred choice of initial combination antiretroviral therapy in those living with HIV are provided by several national and international committees. Following the recent presentation of the 2013 French guidelines on antiretroviral therapy, there has been a debate regarding whether and/or how economics should influence guideline decisions and to what extent this should counterbalance valid scientific evidence. We discuss here the reasons for the unique nature of some of the proposals made by the French guidelines panel. Indeed, some recommendations are debatable. In the new French guidelines, economic considerations significantly influence and, in some instances, take precedence over the scientific evidence, leading to guidelines that are significantly different from those of other national and international committees. PMID:24443513

  13. Unifying acute stroke treatment guidelines for a Bayesian belief network.

    PubMed

    Love, Alexa; Arnold, Corey W; El-Saden, Suzie; Liebeskind, David S; Andrada, Lewellyn; Saver, Jeffrey; Bui, Alex A T

    2013-01-01

    With the large number of clinical practice guidelines available, there is an increasing need for a comprehensive unified model for acute ischemic stroke treatment to assist in clinical decision making. We present a unified treatment model derived through review of existing clinical practice guidelines, meta-analyses, and clinical trials. Using logic from the treatment model, a Bayesian belief network was defined and fitted to data from our institution's observational quality improvement database for acute stroke patients. The resulting network validates known relationships between variables, treatment decisions and outcomes, and enables the exploration of new correlative relationships not defined in current guidelines. PMID:23920786

  14. Nutrition practices of nurseries in England. Comparison with national guidelines?

    PubMed Central

    Neelon, Sara E. Benjamin; Burgoine, Thomas; Hesketh, Kathryn R.; Monsivais, Pablo

    2015-01-01

    Recent national guidelines call for improved nutrition within early years settings. The aim of this cross-sectional study was to describe foods and beverages served in nurseries, assess provider behaviors related to feeding, and compare these practices to national guidelines. We administered a mailed survey to a random sample of nurseries across England, stratifying by tertile of deprivation. A total of 851 nurseries returned the survey (54.3% response rate). We fitted separate multivariate logistic regression models to estimate the association of deprivation with each of the 13 food and beverage guidelines and the seven provider behavior guidelines. We also conducted a joint F-test for any deprivation effect, to evaluate the effect of the guidelines combined. After adjusting for confounders, we observed differences in the frequency of nurseries that reported serving healthier foods across the tertiles of deprivation (p?=?0.02 for joint F test). These adjusted results were driven mainly by nurseries in more deprived areas serving more whole grains (OR 1.57 (95% CI 1.00, 2.46)) and legumes, pulses, and lentils (1.40 (1.01, 2.14)). We also observed differences in the frequency of nurseries reporting more provider behaviors consistent with national guidelines across the tertiles of deprivation (p?=?0.01 for joint F test). Nurseries in more deprived areas were more likely to dilute juice with water (2.35 (1.48, 3.73)), allow children to select their own portions (1.09 (1.06, 1.58)), and sit with children during meals (1.84 (1.07, 3.15)). While nurseries in the most deprived areas reported serving more healthy foods, a large percentage were still not meeting national guidelines. Policy and intervention efforts may increase compliance with national guidelines in nurseries in more deprived areas, and across England. PMID:25450898

  15. USGS-National Wildlife Health Center Diagnostic Case Submission Guidelines

    E-print Network

    Torgersen, Christian

    Page 1 USGS-National Wildlife Health Center Diagnostic Case Submission Guidelines The National Wildlife Health Center (NWHC) conducts diagnostic investigations to determine causes of wildlife morbidity Federal, State, or Tribal agency and the NWHC point of contact. The general public, rehabilitation

  16. Deriving cleanup guidelines for radionuclides at Brookhaven National Laboratory

    SciTech Connect

    Meinhold, A.F.; Morris, S.C.; Dionne, B.; Moskowitz, P.D.

    1997-01-01

    Past activities at Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL) resulted in soil and groundwater contamination. As a result, BNL was designated a Superfund site under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA). BNL`s Office of Environmental Restoration (OER) is overseeing environmental restoration activities at the Laboratory. With the exception of radium, there are no regulations or guidelines to establish cleanup guidelines for radionuclides in soils at BNL. BNL must derive radionuclide soil cleanup guidelines for a number of Operable Units (OUs) and Areas of Concern (AOCs). These guidelines are required by DOE under a proposed regulation for radiation protection of public health and the environment as well as to satisfy the requirements of CERCLA. The objective of this report is to propose a standard approach to deriving risk-based cleanup guidelines for radionuclides in soil at BNL. Implementation of the approach is briefly discussed.

  17. 78 FR 28865 - Request for Comment on the Federal Guidelines for Opioid Treatment

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-05-16

    ...for Comment on the Federal Guidelines for Opioid Treatment AGENCY: Substance Abuse and...revised draft of the Federal Guidelines for Opioid Treatment. These guidelines elaborate upon the Federal opioid treatment standards set forth under...

  18. Treatment Guidelines for Substance Use Disorders and Serious Mental Illnesses: Do They Address Co-Occurring Disorders?

    PubMed Central

    Perron, Brian E.; Bunger, Alicia; Bender, Kimberly; Vaughn, Michael G.; Howard, Matthew O.

    2012-01-01

    Practice guidelines are important tools for improving the delivery of evidence-based practices and reducing inappropriate variation in current treatment approaches. This study examined the degree to which guidelines targeted to the treatment of substance use disorders or serious mental illness address treatment of co-occurring disorders. Guidelines archived by the National Guideline Clearinghouse (NGC) were retrieved in December 2007 and content analyzed. Nineteen pertinent guidelines were identified, and 11 included recommendations regarding the assessment and/or treatment of co-occurring disorders. None of the guidelines making recommendations for treatment of co-occurring disorders included outcomes that clearly targeted both substance use and mental health disorders. Limitations and implications of this study are noted. PMID:20441462

  19. Guidelines for treatment of atopic eczema (atopic dermatitis) Part II.

    PubMed

    Ring, J; Alomar, A; Bieber, T; Deleuran, M; Fink-Wagner, A; Gelmetti, C; Gieler, U; Lipozencic, J; Luger, T; Oranje, A P; Schäfer, T; Schwennesen, T; Seidenari, S; Simon, D; Ständer, S; Stingl, G; Szalai, S; Szepietowski, J C; Taïeb, A; Werfel, T; Wollenberg, A; Darsow, U

    2012-09-01

    The existing evidence for treatment of atopic eczema (atopic dermatitis, AE) is evaluated using the national standard Appraisal of Guidelines Research and Evaluation. The consensus process consisted of a nominal group process and a DELPHI procedure. Management of AE must consider the individual symptomatic variability of the disease. Basic therapy is focused on hydrating topical treatment, and avoidance of specific and unspecific provocation factors. Anti-inflammatory treatment based on topical glucocorticosteroids and topical calcineurin inhibitors (TCI) is used for exacerbation management and more recently for proactive therapy in selected cases. Topical corticosteroids remain the mainstay of therapy, but the TCI tacrolimus and pimecrolimus are preferred in certain locations. Systemic immune-suppressive treatment is an option for severe refractory cases. Microbial colonization and superinfection may induce disease exacerbation and can justify additional antimicrobial treatment. Adjuvant therapy includes UV irradiation preferably with UVA1 wavelength or UVB 311 nm. Dietary recommendations should be specific and given only in diagnosed individual food allergy. Allergen-specific immunotherapy to aeroallergens may be useful in selected cases. Stress-induced exacerbations may make psychosomatic counselling recommendable. 'Eczema school' educational programs have been proven to be helpful. Pruritus is targeted with the majority of the recommended therapies, but some patients need additional antipruritic therapies. PMID:22813359

  20. Guidelines for treatment of atopic eczema (atopic dermatitis) part I.

    PubMed

    Ring, J; Alomar, A; Bieber, T; Deleuran, M; Fink-Wagner, A; Gelmetti, C; Gieler, U; Lipozencic, J; Luger, T; Oranje, A P; Schäfer, T; Schwennesen, T; Seidenari, S; Simon, D; Ständer, S; Stingl, G; Szalai, S; Szepietowski, J C; Taïeb, A; Werfel, T; Wollenberg, A; Darsow, U

    2012-08-01

    The existing evidence for treatment of atopic eczema (atopic dermatitis, AE) is evaluated using the national standard Appraisal of Guidelines Research and Evaluation. The consensus process consisted of a nominal group process and a DELPHI procedure. Management of AE must consider the individual symptomatic variability of the disease. Basic therapy is focused on hydrating topical treatment, and avoidance of specific and unspecific provocation factors. Anti-inflammatory treatment based on topical glucocorticosteroids and topical calcineurin inhibitors (TCI) is used for exacerbation management and more recently for proactive therapy in selected cases. Topical corticosteroids remain the mainstay of therapy, but the TCI tacrolimus and pimecrolimus are preferred in certain locations. Systemic immune-suppressive treatment is an option for severe refractory cases. Microbial colonization and superinfection may induce disease exacerbation and can justify additional antimicrobial treatment. Adjuvant therapy includes UV irradiation preferably with UVA1 wavelength or UVB 311 nm. Dietary recommendations should be specific and given only in diagnosed individual food allergy. Allergen-specific immunotherapy to aeroallergens may be useful in selected cases. Stress-induced exacerbations may make psychosomatic counselling recommendable. 'Eczema school' educational programs have been proven to be helpful. Pruritus is targeted with the majority of the recommended therapies, but some patients need additional antipruritic therapies. PMID:22805051

  1. Carbamazepine in Bipolar Disorder With Pain: Reviewing Treatment Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Campbell, Austin; O’Connell, Christopher R.; Nallapula, Kishan

    2014-01-01

    Objective: To determine if any monotherapy drug treatment has robust efficacy to treat comorbid bipolar disorder and chronic pain. Data Sources: The American Psychiatric Association (APA) treatment guidelines for bipolar mood disorder and the 2012 Cochrane database for pain disorders. Study Selection: We relied on the treatment guides to determine if the drugs that are APA guideline–supported to treat bipolar disorder have supporting data from the Cochrane database for chronic pain. Data Synthesis: No single drug was mentioned by either guideline to treat this comorbidity. However, carbamazepine was the only drug that has guideline-supported robust efficacy in the management of each condition separately. Conclusions: Carbamazepine was found to have strong preclinical data for the treatment of comorbid bipolar mood disorder and chronic pain disorders. While requiring more studies in this population, we propose that this treatment modality may benefit patients. PMID:25667814

  2. UK national guideline on safer sex advice.

    PubMed

    Clutterbuck, D J; Flowers, P; Barber, T; Wilson, H; Nelson, M; Hedge, B; Kapp, S; Fakoya, A; Sullivan, A K

    2012-06-01

    This guideline provides evidence-based guidance on the content of safer sex advice and the provision of brief behaviour change interventions deliverable in genitourinary (GU) medicine clinics. Much of the advice is applicable to other healthcare settings including general practice and clinics providing HIV care. Advice on condom use and effectiveness, oral sex and other sexual practices, testing for sexually transmitted infections (STI) and partner reduction is provided. Advice specific to the transmission of HIV infection including seroadaptive behaviours and negotiated safety is also included. An accompanying review of the evidence supporting the guideline with a complete reference list is available online. A patient information leaflet based on the advice statements developed is also available through the BASHH website. PMID:22807529

  3. 67 FR 6328 - Notice of National Environmental Information Exchange Network Grant Guidelines

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2002-02-11

    ...National Environmental Information Exchange Network Grant Guidelines; Notice Federal Register...National Environmental Information Exchange Network Grant Guidelines AGENCY: Environmental...National Environmental Information Exchange Network Grant Program is now soliciting...

  4. Overview of guidelines for the prevention and treatment of venous leg ulcers: a US perspective

    PubMed Central

    White-Chu, E Foy; Conner-Kerr, Teresa A

    2014-01-01

    Comprehensive care of chronic venous insufficiency and associated ulcers requires a multipronged and interprofessional approach to care. A comprehensive treatment approach includes exercise, nutritional assessment, compression therapy, vascular reconstruction, and advanced treatment modalities. National guidelines, meta-analyses, and original research studies provide evidence for the inclusion of these approaches in the patient plan of care. The purpose of this paper is to review present guidelines for prevention and treatment of venous leg ulcers as followed in the US. The paper further explores evidence-based yet pragmatic tools for the interprofessional team to use in the management of this complex disorder. PMID:24596466

  5. Transparency Matters: Kaiser Permanente's National Guideline Program Methodological Processes

    PubMed Central

    Davino-Ramaya, Carrie; Krause, L Kendall; Robbins, Craig W; Harris, Jeffrey S; Koster, Marguerite; Chan, Wiley; Tom, Gladys I

    2012-01-01

    Introduction: The practice-guideline process of collecting, critically appraising, and synthesizing available evidence, then developing expert panel recommendations based on appraised evidence, makes it possible to provide high-quality care for patients. Unwanted variability in the quality and rigor of evidence summaries and Clinical Practice Guidelines has been a long-standing challenge for clinicians seeking evidence-based guidance to support patient care decisions. Methods: A multidisciplinary group of stakeholders, with representation from all eight Kaiser Permanente Regions, is responsible for creating National Guidelines. Conducting high-quality systematic reviews and creating clinical guidelines are time-, labor-, and resource-intensive processes, which raises challenges for an organization striving to balance rigor with efficiency. For these reasons, the National Guideline Program elected to allow for the identification, assessment, and possible adoption of existing evidence-based guidelines and systematic reviews using the ADAPTE; Appraisal of Guidelines Research and Evaluation; Assessment of Multiple Systematic Reviews (AMSTAR); and Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development, and Evaluation (GRADE) frameworks. If no acceptable external guidelines are identified, the Guideline Development Team then systematically searches for relevant high-quality systematic reviews, meta-analyses, and original studies. Existing systematic reviews are assessed for quality using a measurement tool to assess systematic reviews (the AMSTAR systematic review checklist). Study Appraisal: Following the screening and selection process, the included studies (the “body of evidence”) are critically appraised for quality, using the GRADE methodology, which focuses on four key factors that must be considered when assigning strength to a recommendation: balance between desirable and undesirable effects, quality of evidence, values and preferences, and cost. The evidence is then used to create preliminary clinical recommendations. The strength of these recommendations is graded to reflect the extent to which a guideline panel is confident that the desirable effects of an intervention outweigh undesirable effects (or vice versa) across the range of patients for whom the recommendation is intended. Dissemination: The Care Management Institute disseminates all KP national guidelines to its eight Regions via postings on its Clinical Library Intranet site, a Web-based internal information resource. PMID:22529761

  6. Investigating the use of NICE guidelines and IAPT services in the treatment of depression.

    PubMed

    Gyani, Alex; Pumphrey, Neil; Parker, Hannah; Shafran, Roz; Rose, Suzanna

    2012-09-01

    Background There is evidence that the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines for mental health disorders are used to varying degrees in primary care. A lack of access to cognitive-behavioural therapy (CBT) has been found to be a barrier to their implementation. The Improving Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT) initiative was created in 2007 to increase the availability of NICE-recommended psychological treatments for depression and anxiety disorders within the National Health Service in England. Aim This study aims to investigate whether general practitioners (GPs) who have access to IAPT services and use NICE guidelines are more likely to use NICE concordant treatments for depression than those who do not. Depression was chosen as it is the most common mental health problem facing primary care physicians. Method Questionnaires were sent to 830 GPs in southeast England and six GPs were interviewed. The response rate to the questionnaires was 27% (n = 222). Results Ninety-five per cent of GPs were aware of the NICE guidelines for depression, and 76% had read them. Concordance with the guidelines was significantly higher when GPs had access to a local IAPT service or had read the NICE guidelines. Conclusions The interviews revealed favourable views to IAPT services when used, although access to treatments was still a common barrier to the implementation of the NICE guidelines for depression. PMID:23997821

  7. Assessing racial/ethnic disparities in chemotherapy treatment among breast cancer patients in context of changing treatment guidelines.

    PubMed

    Silva, Abigail; Rauscher, Garth H; Hoskins, Kent; Rao, Ruta; Ferrans, Carol Estwing

    2013-12-01

    Conflicting study results with regards to racial/ethnic disparities in chemotherapy use among breast cancer patients may be due to the different sample populations, treatment data sources, and treatment eligibility definitions used. This study examined chemotherapy disparity in the context of changing treatment guidelines and explored factors that may help explain treatment differences observed. The data come from a population-based study that included interview and medical record data (including state cancer registry) from non-Hispanic (nH) White, nH Black, and Hispanic breast cancer patients diagnosed in 2005-2008. Logistic regression using model-based standardization was used to estimate age-adjusted risk differences and multivariate analysis was conducted to identify explanatory factors of the differences. Per the 2005/2006 National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines, minority patients appeared more likely than nH White patients to receive a chemotherapy recommendation (0.87 vs 0.75, p = 0.003). When eligibility was determined per the 2007 guidelines, there was no disparity because under these guidelines, nH White patients were more likely than minority patients to have tumors that no longer required chemotherapy. There was evidence that chemotherapy advances for breast cancer patients are implemented in the clinical setting well ahead of NCCN guidelines. Finally, among eligible patients, chemotherapy recommendation was very high and virtually always accepted and received, with no disparities found at these points of clinical care. The findings suggest that an evaluation of guideline-adherent chemotherapy treatment patterns must carefully consider the definition of treatment eligibility, given ongoing changes in treatment guidelines and early uptake of new diagnostic tools and treatments. PMID:24265033

  8. Human Factors Guidelines for UAS in the National Airspace System

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hobbs, Alan; Shively, R. Jay

    2013-01-01

    The ground control stations (GCS) of some UAS have been characterized by less-than-adequate human-system interfaces. In some cases this may reflect a failure to apply an existing regulation or human factors standard. In other cases, the problem may indicate a lack of suitable guidance material. NASA is leading a community effort to develop recommendations for human factors guidelines for GCS to support routine beyond-line-of-sight UAS operations in the national airspace system (NAS). In contrast to regulations, guidelines are not mandatory requirements. However, by encapsulating solutions to identified problems or areas of risk, guidelines can provide assistance to system developers, users and regulatory agencies. To be effective, guidelines must be relevant to a wide range of systems, must not be overly prescriptive, and must not impose premature standardization on evolving technologies. By assuming that a pilot will be responsible for each UAS operating in the NAS, and that the aircraft will be required to operate in a manner comparable to conventionally piloted aircraft, it is possible to identify a generic set of pilot tasks and the information, control and communication requirements needed to support these tasks. Areas where guidelines will be useful can then be identified, utilizing information from simulations, operational experience and the human factors literature. In developing guidelines, we recognize that existing regulatory and guidance material will, at times, provide adequate coverage of an area. In other cases suitable guidelines may be found in existing military or industry human factors standards. In cases where appropriate existing standards cannot be identified, original guidelines will be proposed.

  9. Receipt of Guideline-Concordant Treatment in Elderly Prostate Cancer Patients

    SciTech Connect

    Chen, Ronald C., E-mail: Ronald_chen@med.unc.edu [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Sheps Center for Health Services Research, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Carpenter, William R. [Sheps Center for Health Services Research, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Gillings School of Global Public Health, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Hendrix, Laura H. [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Bainbridge, John [Sheps Center for Health Services Research, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Wang, Andrew Z. [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Nielsen, Matthew E. [Sheps Center for Health Services Research, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); Department of Urology, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina (United States); and others

    2014-02-01

    Purpose: To examine the proportion of elderly prostate cancer patients receiving guideline-concordant treatment, using the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER)-Medicare linked database. Methods and Materials: A total of 29,001 men diagnosed in 2004-2007 with localized prostate cancer, aged 66 to 79 years, were included. We characterized the proportion of men who received treatment concordant with the National Comprehensive Cancer Network guidelines, stratified by risk group and age. Logistic regression was used to examine covariates associated with receipt of guideline-concordant management. Results: Guideline concordance was 79%-89% for patients with low- or intermediate-risk disease. Among high-risk patients, 66.6% of those aged 66-69 years received guideline-concordant management, compared with 51.9% of those aged 75-79 years. Discordance was mainly due to conservative management—no treatment or hormone therapy alone. Among the subgroup of patients aged ?76 years with no measured comorbidity, findings were similar. On multivariable analysis, older age (75-79 vs 66-69 years, odds ratio 0.51, 95% confidence interval 0.50-0.57) was associated with a lower likelihood of guideline concordance for high-risk prostate cancer, but comorbidity was not. Conclusions: There is undertreatment of elderly but healthy patients with high-risk prostate cancer, the most aggressive form of this disease.

  10. 67 FR 79083 - Notice of National Environmental Information Exchange Network Grant Guidelines

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2002-12-27

    ...Notice of National Environmental Information Exchange Network Grant Guidelines AGENCY: Environmental Protection...advance the National Environmental Information Exchange Network (Network) by encouraging State and Tribal environmental...

  11. Gastric cancer treatment guidelines in Japan

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Toshifusa Nakajima

    2002-01-01

    .  \\u000a Recent developments in treatment modalities for gastric cancer have allowed the selection of a variety of treatments, and\\u000a this has resulted in some confusion in daily practice. The Japan Gastric Cancer Association issued the first edition of Gastric cancer treatment guidlelines in March, 2001 to provide a common basis of understanding of the extent of disease and selection of

  12. The recent national lipid association recommendations: how do they compare to other established dyslipidemia guidelines?

    PubMed

    Flink, Laura; Underberg, James A; Newman, Jonathan D; Gianos, Eugenia

    2015-04-01

    The National Lipid Association (NLA) recently released recommendations for the treatment of dyslipidemias. These recommendations have commonalities and differences with those of other major societies with respect to risk assessment, lifestyle therapy, targets of therapy, and the use of non-statin agents. In this review, we compare the basic elements of the guidelines from each major society to provide clinicians with a comprehensive document reviewing the key principles of each. PMID:25690588

  13. Instrumentation Guidelines for the Advanced National Seismic System

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Working Group on Instrumentation, Siting, Installation, and Site Metadata of the Advanced National Seismic System Technical Integration Committee

    2008-01-01

    This document provides guidelines for the seismic-monitoring instrumentation used by long-term earthquake-monitoring stations that will sense ground motion, digitize and store the resulting signals in a local data acquisition unit, and optionally transmit these digital data. These guidelines are derived from specifications and requirements for data needed to address the nation's emergency response, engineering, and scientific needs as identified in U.S. Geological Survey Circular 1188 (1999). Data needs are discussed in terms of national, regional, and urban scales of monitoring in section 3. Functional performance specifications for instrumentation are introduced in section 4.3 and discussed in detail in section 6 in terms of instrument classes and definitions described in section 5. System aspects and testing recommendations are discussed in sections 7 and 8, respectively. Although U.S. Geological Survey Circular 1188 (1999) recommends that the Advanced National Seismic System (ANSS) include portable instrumentation, performance specifications for this element are not specifically addressed in this document. Nevertheless, these guidelines are largely applicable to portable instrumentation. Volcano monitoring instrumentation is also beyond the scope of this document. Guidance for ANSS structural-response monitoring is discussed briefly herein but details are deferred to the ANSS document by the ANSS Structural Response Monitoring Committee (U.S. Geological Survey, 2005). Aspects of station planning, siting, and installation other than instrumentation are beyond the scope of this document.

  14. Economic factors may affect getting guideline-recommended breast cancer treatment

    Cancer.gov

    Women with interruptions in health insurance coverage or with low income levels had a significantly increased likelihood of failing to receive breast cancer care that is in concordance with recommended treatment guidelines, according to results presented at the Sixth AACR Conference on the Science of Cancer Health Disparities in Racial/Ethnic Minorities and the Medically Underserved, held Dec. 6-9. Women with a break in their insurance coverage had a 3.5-fold higher likelihood of nonconcordance with National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines for radiation therapy and chemotherapy compared with women with uninterrupted coverage, according to a study from the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center.

  15. Guidelines to Career Development for Wastewater Treatment Plant Personnel.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. Office of Education and Manpower Planning.

    The guidelines were written to promote job growth and improvement in the personnel who manage, operate, and maintain wastewater treatment plants. Trained operators and technicians are the key components in any water pollution control facility. The approach is to move from employment to training through specific modules for 21 standard job…

  16. Successful implementation of spacer treatment guideline for acute asthma

    PubMed Central

    Powell, C; Maskell, G; Marks, M; South, M; Robertson, C; LENNEY, W.

    2001-01-01

    AIMS—To develop and implement an evidence based guideline for the treatment of acute asthma using a metered dose inhaler and spacer combination.?METHODS—Defined strategies were used for the development and implementation of a guideline, assessed by a prospective, descriptive, study using notes review, and patient, nursing, and medical staff telephone contact. The setting was a tertiary referral hospital in Victoria, Australia with 25 000 yearly admissions, and asthma accounting for about 7% of total. The first 200 children and families to use the guideline after its introduction were evaluated.?RESULTS—A total of 191 (95.5%) children were treated according to the guideline. Six (3.0%) children were given nebulisers appropriately based on severity; five (2.5%) were given nebulisers at parental or child choice; and four (2.0 %) who did not have severe asthma, received nebulised treatment inappropriately.?CONCLUSIONS—Successful implementation of a new evidence based guideline can be achieved using specific strategies for promoting the application of research findings in the clinical arena.?? PMID:11159290

  17. Osteoporosis: the need for comprehensive treatment guidelines

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Thomas A. Abbott; Bryan J. Lawrence; Stanley Wallach

    1996-01-01

    Osteoporosis is a debilitating disease that results in nearly 1.3 million fractures per year in the United States. The cost of treating these fractures has been estimated to be as high as $10 billion per year. These costs are expected to more than double during the next 50 years unless comprehensive programs of prevention and treatment are initiated. Both pharmacologic

  18. Guidelines for the Prevention and Treatment of Opportunistic Infections Among HIV-Exposed and HIV-Infected Children: Recommendations from CDC, the National Institutes of Health, the HIV Medicine Association of the Infectious Diseases Society of America, the Pediatric Infectious Diseases Society, and the American Academy of Pediatrics

    PubMed Central

    Mofenson, Lynne M.; Brady, Michael T.; Danner, Susie P.; Dominguez, Kenneth L.; Hazra, Rohan; Handelsman, Edward; Havens, Peter; Nesheim, Steve; Read, Jennifer S.; Serchuck, Leslie; Van Dyke, Russell

    2010-01-01

    Summary This report updates and combines into one document earlier versions of guidelines for preventing and treating opportunistic infections (OIs) among HIV-exposed and HIV-infected children, last published in 2002 and 2004, respectively. These guidelines are intended for use by clinicians and other health-care workers providing medical care for HIV-exposed and HIV-infected children in the United States. The guidelines discuss opportunistic pathogens that occur in the United States and one that might be acquired during international travel (i.e., malaria). Topic areas covered for each OI include a brief description of the epidemiology, clinical presentation, and diagnosis of the OI in children; prevention of exposure; prevention of disease by chemoprophylaxis and/or vaccination; discontinuation of primary prophylaxis after immune reconstitution; treatment of disease; monitoring for adverse effects during treatment; management of treatment failure; prevention of disease recurrence; and discontinuation of secondary prophylaxis after immune reconstitution. A separate document about preventing and treating of OIs among HIV-infected adults and postpubertal adolescents (Guidelines for the Prevention and Treatment of Opportunistic Infections in HIV-Infected Adults and Adolescents) was prepared by a working group of adult HIV and infectious disease specialists. The guidelines were developed by a panel of specialists in pediatric HIV infection and infectious diseases (the Pediatric Opportunistic Infections Working Group) from the U.S. government and academic institutions. For each OI, a pediatric specialist with content-matter expertise reviewed the literature for new information since the last guidelines were published; they then proposed revised recommendations at a meeting at the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in June 2007. After these presentations and discussions, the guidelines underwent further revision, with review and approval by the Working Group, and final endorsement by NIH, CDC, the HIV Medicine Association (HIVMA) of the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA), the Pediatric Infectious Disease Society (PIDS), and the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP). The recommendations are rated by a letter that indicates the strength of the recommendation and a Roman numeral that indicates the quality of the evidence supporting the recommendation so readers can ascertain how best to apply the recommendations in their practice environments. An important mode of acquisition of OIs, as well as HIV infection among children, is from their infected mother; HIV-infected women coinfected with opportunistic pathogens might be more likely than women without HIV infection to transmit these infections to their infants. In addition, HIV-infected women or HIV-infected family members coinfected with certain opportunistic pathogens might be more likely to transmit these infections horizontally to their children, resulting in increased likelihood of primary acquisition of such infections in the young child. Therefore, infections with opportunistic pathogens might affect not just HIV-infected infants but also HIV-exposed but uninfected infants who become infected by the pathogen because of transmission from HIV-infected mothers or family members with coinfections. These guidelines for treating OIs in children therefore consider treatment of infections among all children, both HIV-infected and uninfected, born to HIV-infected women. Additionally, HIV infection is increasingly seen among adolescents with perinatal infection now surviving into their teens and among youth with behaviorally acquired HIV infection. Although guidelines for postpubertal adolescents can be found in the adult OI guidelines, drug pharmacokinetics and response to treatment may differ for younger prepubertal or pubertal adolescents. Therefore, these guidelines also apply to treatment of HIV-infected youth who have not yet completed pubertal development. Major changes in the guidelines include 1) greater emphasis on the importance of antiretroviral therapy for p

  19. Mass casualty triage: an evaluation of the data and development of a proposed national guideline.

    PubMed

    Lerner, E Brooke; Schwartz, Richard B; Coule, Phillip L; Weinstein, Eric S; Cone, David C; Hunt, Richard C; Sasser, Scott M; Liu, J Marc; Nudell, Nikiah G; Wedmore, Ian S; Hammond, Jeffrey; Bulger, Eileen M; Salomone, Jeffrey P; Sanddal, Teri L; Markenson, David; O'Connor, Robert E

    2008-09-01

    Mass casualty triage is a critical skill. Although many systems exist to guide providers in making triage decisions, there is little scientific evidence available to demonstrate that any of the available systems have been validated. Furthermore, in the United States there is little consistency from one jurisdiction to the next in the application of mass casualty triage methodology. There are no nationally agreed upon categories or color designations. This review reports on a consensus committee process used to evaluate and compare commonly used triage systems, and to develop a proposed national mass casualty triage guideline. The proposed guideline, entitled SALT (sort, assess, life-saving interventions, treatment and/or transport) triage, was developed based on the best available science and consensus opinion. It incorporates aspects from all of the existing triage systems to create a single overarching guide for unifying the mass casualty triage process across the United States. PMID:18769263

  20. [New guidelines for urinary stone treatment. Controversy or development?].

    PubMed

    Türk, C; Knoll, T; Köhrmann, K U

    2008-05-01

    The new guidelines of the European (EAU), American (AUA), German, and Austrian associations of urology are based on thorough and consistent research and analysis of the published literature. However, the methodology is very diverse. In the case of the EAU-AUA guidelines on ureteral stones, the evidence was generated by a laborious meta-analysis of the entire available published literature on the subject. These guidelines represent the 1A level of evidence. The traditional European guidelines evaluate each statement separately and assign a level of evidence to each. The following aspects are new: the even greater effort to formulate guidelines accompanied by the initiation of international cooperative projects, clarity of presentation and evaluation of the individual statements (including levels of evidence), information on medication-based treatment to facilitate spontaneous passage of ureteral stones as well as stone fragments after extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy (ESWL), a shift in the value of ESWL and ureterorenoscopy for ureteral stones, retrograde intrarenal surgery for small kidney stones refractory to ESWL or in settings unsuitable for ESWL, the use of laparoscopy in those rare cases that represent an indication for open surgery, and the additional value given to metaphylaxis in diagnosis and therapy. All of the new guidelines take these developments into account, although they differ slightly in the importance they assign to the individual items. The modifications represent the developments secondary to electronic data processing and preparation on the one hand and the rapid development of medical instruments on the other. Although ESWL is still the most important procedure for treating urinary stones, advances in flexible endoscopes, intracorporeal lithotripsy, and extraction instruments have led to a shift in the range of indications. These developments are fully accommodated in the new guidelines. PMID:18408910

  1. The impact of nationally distributed guidelines on the management of paracetamol poisoning in accident and emergency departments. National Poison Information Service.

    PubMed Central

    Bialas, M C; Evans, R J; Hutchings, A D; Alldridge, G; Routledge, P A

    1998-01-01

    OBJECTIVE: To assess the impact of the treatment guidelines on the management of paracetamol self poisoning in accident and emergency (A&E) departments. METHODS: 24 A&E departments in Wales and England provided details of their management of paracetamol poisoning before and after the distribution of national treatment guidelines to all A&E departments in the United Kingdom. RESULTS: Significant increases were seen in the availability of formal written policies, the display of treatment nomograms, the recommendation to treat beyond 16 hours after ingestion, and to use a lower line on the treatment nomogram for patients at special risk of paracetamol induced liver damage. CONCLUSIONS: Regularly updated guidelines in the management of paracetamol poisoning should be displayed in A&E departments so that medical and nursing personnel have access to the best current information on the treatment of poisoning with this frequently used drug. PMID:9475215

  2. Community Adherence to Schizophrenia Treatment and Safety Monitoring Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Keller, William R.; Fischer, Bernard A.; McMahon, Robert; Meyer, Walter; Blake, Melissa; Buchanan, Robert W.

    2014-01-01

    The 2003 Schizophrenia PORT treatment recommendations and Mt. Sinai Conference Safety Monitoring recommendations generated guidelines for pharmacological treatment of schizophrenia and monitoring of antipsychotic side effects. This study examined rate of recommendation adherence and impact of adherence on outcomes of outpatients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder in community mental health centers. Clinical practice was assessed as conformant, non-conformant, or not applicable. Treatment practices were conformant for antipsychotic dose (83%), use of antiparkinsonian (97%), antidepressant (100%), and antianxiety agents (90%), but not clozapine for residual positive symptoms (31%), monitoring weight gain (48%), glucose dysregulation (53%), hyperlipidemia (34%), or extrapyramidal symptoms (11%). Community mental health center treatment practices were largely conformant with 2003 Schizophrenia PORT treatment recommendations. There is less evidence patients who receive treatment in the community are adequately monitored for antipsychotic side effects per Mt. Sinai recommendations. PMID:24375205

  3. Scaling Up the 2010 World Health Organization HIV Treatment Guidelines in Resource-Limited Settings: A

    E-print Network

    Paris-Sud XI, Université de

    Scaling Up the 2010 World Health Organization HIV Treatment Guidelines in Resource-Limited Settings, Bordeaux, France Abstract Background: The new 2010 World Health Organization (WHO) HIV treatment guidelines) Scaling Up the 2010 World Health Organization HIV Treatment Guidelines in Resource-Limited Settings

  4. A Canadian evidence-based guideline for the first-line treatment of follicular lymphoma: joint consensus of the Lymphoma Canada Scientific Advisory Board.

    PubMed

    Kuruvilla, John; Assouline, Sarit; Hodgson, David; MacDonald, David; Stewart, Doug; Christofides, Anna; Komolova, Marina; Connors, Joseph

    2015-02-01

    Follicular lymphoma (FL) is the most common indolent non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL) in North America. Because of the heterogeneity of the disease, treatment options vary from observation to aggressive therapies or stem cell transplantation, or both. Although advances in treatment have improved outcomes, the disease remains largely incurable. In Canada, no unified national guideline exists for the front-line treatment of FL; provincial guidelines vary and are largely based on funding. There is therefore a need for evidence-based national treatment guidelines that are supported by Canadian hematologists to ensure that patients with FL have equitable access to the best available care. A group of experts from across Canada developed a national evidence-based treatment guideline to provide health care professionals with clear guidance on the first-line management of FL. Results of a systematic review of the literature are presented with consensus recommendations based on available evidence. PMID:25195028

  5. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis: a consensus document by the Belgian Bone Club

    PubMed Central

    Body, J.-J.; Bergmann, P.; Boonen, S.; Boutsen, Y.; Devogelaer, J.-P.; Goemaere, S.; Kaufman, J.-M.; Rozenberg, S.

    2010-01-01

    Several drugs are available for the management of postmenopausal osteoporosis. This may, in daily practice, confuse the clinician. This manuscript offers an evidence-based update of previous treatment guidelines, with a critical assessment of the currently available efficacy data on all new chemical entities which were granted a marketing authorization. Osteoporosis is widely recognized as a major public health concern. The availability of new therapeutic agents makes clinical decision-making in osteoporosis more complex. Nation-specific guidelines are needed to take into consideration the specificities of each and every health care environment. The present manuscript is the result of a National Consensus, based on a systematic review and a critical appraisal of the currently available literature. It offers an evidence-based update of previous treatment guidelines, with the aim of providing clinicians with an unbiased assessment of osteoporosis treatment effect. PMID:20480148

  6. 74 FR 32170 - National Institutes of Health Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2009-07-07

    ...DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National...Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research SUMMARY: The...Guidelines for Human Stem Cell Research'' (Guidelines...Involving Human Stem Cells. The Executive Order...understanding of human health and illness and discover new ways...Human Embryonic Stem Cells for Research With NIH...derived from the......

  7. [New guidelines for Helicobacter pylori treatment: comparisons between Korea and Japan].

    PubMed

    Lee, Sun Young

    2014-03-25

    Korea and Japan show the highest incidence of gastric cancer and Helicobacter pylori infection. New 2013 guidelines on H. pylori infection differ between the two countries with regard to the indications for H. pylori eradication, diagnostic methods, and treatment regimens. Indications for eradication in Korean guideline focus on specific diseases such as peptic ulcer disease, low-grade gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma, and after resection of early gastric cancer, while Japanese guideline includes all H. pylori-associated gastritis for the prevention of dissemination. With regard to the diagnosis, either noninvasive or invasive method (except for bacterial culture) is recommended in Korea, while two noninvasive tests including serum anti-H. pylori IgG antibody level are preferred in Japan. As for the treatment regimens, second-line treatment (quadruple bismuth-containing regimen) is recommended without first-line triple therapy in areas of high clarithromycin resistance in Korea. However, there is no bismuth-based second-line treatment in Japan, and the Japanese regimen consists of a lower dose of antibiotics for a shorter duration (7 days). Such discrepancies between the two countries are based not only on the differences in the literature search and interpretation, but also on the different approvals granted by the national health insurance system, manufacturing process of the antibiotics, and diagnostic techniques in each country. Collaborations are required to minimize the discrepancies between the two countries based on cost-effectiveness. PMID:24651588

  8. Guideline for diagnosis and treatment of Waldenström's macroglobulinaemia.

    PubMed

    Vos, J M I; Minnema, M C; Wijermans, P W; Croockewit, S; Chamuleau, M E D; Pals, S T; Klein, S K; Delforge, M; van Imhoff, G W; Kersten, M J

    2013-03-01

    On behalf of the lymphoma and multiple myeloma working parties of the Dutch/Belgian Haemato-Oncology Foundation for Adults in The Netherlands (HOVON), we present a guideline for diagnosis and management of Waldenström's macroglobulinemia (WM). Considering the indolent behaviour and heterogeneous clinical presentation of WM, it is crucial to determine the right indications for treatment, as well as to individualise therapeutic options. There are significant differences from the approach to multiple myeloma or the treatment of other indolent non-Hodkgin lymphomas, and these results cannot always be extrapolated. There is a lack of large clinical trials due to the low incidence of WM. Based on the available data, we provide a practical diagnostic classification, as well as recommendations for first-line therapy and options for treating relapsed disease. Some typical clinical features of WM, such as autoimmune phenomena and 'IgM flare' after rituximab treatment, are highlighted. A more elaborate version of this guideline was published in the 'Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Hematologie' (Dutch Journal for Hematology) September 2012. PMID:23462052

  9. ICF linked Dutch physiotherapy guidelines concerning initial assessment, treatment and evaluation in hip and knee osteoarthritis

    Microsoft Academic Search

    W. Peter; M. J. Jansen; E. J. Hurkmans; H. Bloo; L. M. M. C. J. Dekker-Bakker; R. G. Dilling; W. K. H. A. Hilberdink; C. Kersten-Smit; M. de Rooij; C. Veenhof; E. M. Vermeulen; I. de Vos; J. W. Schoones; T. P. Vliet Vlieland

    2011-01-01

    Purpose: In 2001 the Royal Dutch Society for Physical Therapy (KNGF) Guideline for hip and knee osteoarthritis (HKOA) was developed. Since then, many scientific papers on physical therapy interventions as well as national and international guidelines were published. Relevance: An update of the physical therapy guideline was needed to support the physical therapy practice in performing the best clinical practice

  10. Clinical Guidelines for the Antimicrobial Treatment of Bone and Joint Infections in Korea

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    There are many various diseases in the bone and joint infections, and we tried to make antimicrobial treatment guidelines for common infectious diseases based on available data for microbiology and clinical trials. This guidelines focused on the treatment of osteomyelitis and septic arthritis, which can be experienced by physicians at diverse clinical settings. This guidelines is not applicable to diabetic foot infections, postoperative infections or post-traumatic infections which need special considerations. The guidelines for those conditions will be separately developed later. Surgical treatment of bone and joint infections, pediatric bone and joint infection, tuberculous bone and joint infection, and prophylactic antibiotic use were not included in this guideline. PMID:25024877

  11. Clinical guidelines for the antimicrobial treatment of bone and joint infections in Korea.

    PubMed

    2014-06-01

    There are many various diseases in the bone and joint infections, and we tried to make antimicrobial treatment guidelines for common infectious diseases based on available data for microbiology and clinical trials. This guidelines focused on the treatment of osteomyelitis and septic arthritis, which can be experienced by physicians at diverse clinical settings. This guidelines is not applicable to diabetic foot infections, postoperative infections or post-traumatic infections which need special considerations. The guidelines for those conditions will be separately developed later. Surgical treatment of bone and joint infections, pediatric bone and joint infection, tuberculous bone and joint infection, and prophylactic antibiotic use were not included in this guideline. PMID:25024877

  12. [Diagnosis and treatment guidelines for Helicobacter pylori infection in Korea].

    PubMed

    Kim, Nayoung; Kim, Jae J; Choe, Yon Ho; Kim, Hyun Soo; Kim, Jin Il; Chung, In-Sik

    2009-11-01

    Eleven years has passed since the guideline of the Korean College of Helicobacter and Upper Gastrointestinal Research group for H. pylori infection was produced in 1998. During this period the research for H. pylori has much progressed that H. pylori is now regarded as the major cause of gastric cancer. The seroprevalence of H. pylori in Korea was found to be decreased especially below the age of 40s and in the area of Seoul-Gyeonggi province, and annual reinfection rate of H. pylori has decreased up to 2.94%. In the aspect of diagnostic tests of H. pylori the biopsy is recommended in the body instead of antrum in the subjects with atrophic gastritis and/or intestinal metaplasia for the modified Giemsa staining or Warthin Starry silver staining. The urea breath test is the test of choice to confirm eradication when follow-up endoscopy is not necessary. Definite indication for H. pylori eradication is early gastric cancer in addition to the previous indications of peptic ulcer including scar and Marginal zone B cell lymphoma (MALT type). Treatment is also recommended for the relatives of gastric cancer patient, unexplained iron deficiency anemia, and chronic idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura. One or two week treatment of proton pump inhibitor (PPI) based triple therapy consisting of one PPI and two antibiotics, clarithromycin and amoxicillin, is recommended as the first line treatment regimen. In the case of treatment failure, one or two weeks of quadruple therapy (PPI+metronidazole+tetracycline+bismuth) is recommended. Herein, Korean College of Helicobacter and Upper Gastrointestinal Research proposes a diagnostic and treatment guideline based on currently available evidence. PMID:19934608

  13. Evaluation of available treatment guidelines for the management of lithium intoxication.

    PubMed

    Wilting, Ingeborg; Egberts, Antoine C G; Heerdink, Eibert R; Ververs, Tessa F T; Meulenbelt, Jan; Nolen, Willem A

    2009-04-01

    Intoxications with lithium carry considerable risk for long-term morbidity and even mortality. Consequently, any patient suspected of lithium intoxication requires immediate and appropriate care. The objectives of this study were to assess the completeness and the applicability of generally available treatment guidelines for the management of patients with a lithium intoxication and, hence, to provide general recommendations for improvement of existing treatment guidelines. Nineteen treatment guidelines originating from 7 different countries were gathered by searching the Internet, online databases, and textbooks and by contacting different poison information centers and university medical centers. A list of items was composed from the retrieved treatment guidelines and a further literature search. Most relevant items were present in the various guidelines. However, in some guidelines, essential information was missing or potentially hazardous information was provided. Clarity, presentation, and applicability of the guidelines, as assessed using parts of the Appraisal of Guidelines Research and Evaluation instrument, were relatively poor. Regular updates of treatment guidelines should be performed to incorporate new essential information. To improve applicability of guidelines, unambiguous key recommendations, alternative treatments, and special care requirements should be provided and authors are recommended to test treatment guidelines using a panel of less experienced caregivers in a hypothetical case scenario. PMID:19057466

  14. [Diagnosis and therapy of chronic hepatitis B: Czech national guidelines].

    PubMed

    Husa, Petr; Šperl, Jan; Urbánek, Petr; Plíšek, Stanislav; Kümpel, Petr; RoŽnovský, Lud?ek

    2014-12-01

    The new recommendations reflect the increase in knowledge that has been reported since the release of previous Czech guidelines in April 2009. According to qualified estimates, there are 350-400 million people with chronic hepatitis B (HBV) infection worldwide. The Czech Republic is among the countries with a low prevalence of HBV infection. According to the latest seroprevalent study, 0.56 % of the Czech citizens were chronically infected with HBV in 2001. HBV infection can lead to serious life-threatening liver damage - fulminant hepatitis, liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). The goals of treatment are to prolong the length of life and improve its quality by preventing the progression of chronic hepatitis to cirrhosis, cirrhosis decompensation and development of HCC. The goals can be achieved if HBV replication is suppressed in a sustained manner. Then, the accompanying reduction in histological activity lowers the risk of cirrhosis and HCC, particularly in non-cirrhotic patients. Currently, two different strategies for treating chronic hepatitis B are available. Treatment of finite duration is with pegylated interferon (PEG-IFN), entecavir (ETV), or tenofovir (TDV). A 48-week course of PEG-IFN is mainly recommended for HBeAg-positive patients with the best chance of anti-HBe seroconversion. Finite-duration of ETV or TDV treatment is available for HBeAg-positive patients who seroconvert to anti-HBe on treatment. However, treatment duration is unpredictable prior to the therapy as it depends on the timing of anti-HBe seroconversion and the treatment continuation following anti-HBe seroconversion (therapy should be prolonged for additional 12 months after anti-HBe seroconversion). Long-term ETV or TDV therapy is necessary for HBeAg-positive patients who do not develop anti-HBe seroconversion and for HBeAg-negative patients. This strategy is also recommended for patients with cirrhosis irrespective of the initial HBeAg status or anti-HBe seroconversion on treatment. The advantage of ETV and TDV is based on their high potency and optimal resistance profile. PMID:25702055

  15. S3-Guidelines for the Treatment of Inflammatory Breast Disease during the Lactation Period

    PubMed Central

    Jacobs, A.; Abou-Dakn, M.; Becker, K.; Both, D.; Gatermann, S.; Gresens, R.; Groß, M.; Jochum, F.; Kühnert, M.; Rouw, E.; Scheele, M.; Strauss, A.; Strempel, A.-K.; Vetter, K.; Wöckel, A.

    2013-01-01

    Breastfeeding is widely acknowledged to be the best and most complete form of nutrition for healthy infants born at term and is associated with numerous benefits in terms of infants? health, growth, immunity and development. However, breastfeeding problems often result in early weaning. Standardized treatment recommendations for breastfeeding-related diseases are necessary to optimize the care offered to breastfeeding women. Evidence and consensus based guidelines for the treatment of puerperal mastitis, sore nipples, engorgement and blocked ducts were developed on the initiative of the National Breastfeeding Committee. These guidelines were developed in accordance with the criteria set up by the Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Wissenschaftlichen Medizinischen Fachgesellschaften (AWMF), the Association of Scientific Medical Societies in Germany. The recommendations were drawn up by an interdisciplinary group of experts and were based on a systematic search and evaluation of the literature but also took clinical experience into account. Additionally good clinical practice (GCP) in terms of expert opinion was formulated in cases where scientific investigations could not be performed or were not aimed for. This article presents a summary of the recommendations of the S3-guidelines. PMID:24771901

  16. Evaluation and Treatment of Hypertriglyceridemia: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline

    PubMed Central

    Berglund, Lars; Brunzell, John D.; Goldberg, Anne C.; Goldberg, Ira J.; Sacks, Frank; Murad, Mohammad Hassan; Stalenhoef, Anton F. H.

    2012-01-01

    Objective: The aim was to develop clinical practice guidelines on hypertriglyceridemia. Participants: The Task Force included a chair selected by The Endocrine Society Clinical Guidelines Subcommittee (CGS), five additional experts in the field, and a methodologist. The authors received no corporate funding or remuneration. Consensus Process: Consensus was guided by systematic reviews of evidence, e-mail discussion, conference calls, and one in-person meeting. The guidelines were reviewed and approved sequentially by The Endocrine Society's CGS and Clinical Affairs Core Committee, members responding to a web posting, and The Endocrine Society Council. At each stage, the Task Force incorporated changes in response to written comments. Conclusions: The Task Force recommends that the diagnosis of hypertriglyceridemia be based on fasting levels, that mild and moderate hypertriglyceridemia (triglycerides of 150–999 mg/dl) be diagnosed to aid in the evaluation of cardiovascular risk, and that severe and very severe hypertriglyceridemia (triglycerides of > 1000 mg/dl) be considered a risk for pancreatitis. The Task Force also recommends that patients with hypertriglyceridemia be evaluated for secondary causes of hyperlipidemia and that subjects with primary hypertriglyceridemia be evaluated for family history of dyslipidemia and cardiovascular disease. The Task Force recommends that the treatment goal in patients with moderate hypertriglyceridemia be a non-high-density lipoprotein cholesterol level in agreement with National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel guidelines. The initial treatment should be lifestyle therapy; a combination of diet modification and drug therapy may also be considered. In patients with severe or very severe hypertriglyceridemia, a fibrate should be used as a first-line agent. PMID:22962670

  17. Chronic Hepatitis B therapy: available drugs and treatment guidelines.

    PubMed

    Caviglia, G P; Abate, M L; Pellicano, R; Smedile, A

    2015-06-01

    There are currently several drugs approved for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B including recombinant interferons, such as interferon-? and its pegylated formulation, and the nucleos(t)ide analogues, such as lamivudine, adefovir, telbivudine, entecavir and tenofovir. Pegylated-interferon is an immune-modulatory agent that works mainly by enhancing the innate immune response while nucleos(t)ide analogues are oral drugs with direct inhibition of viral replication. Each agent has its own advantages and drawbacks. Pegylated-Interferon treatment has a finite duration without induction of drug resistance but only a limited number of patients achieve a sustained virological response to therapy. On the other hand, the care with nucleos(t)ide analogues requires a long-term treatment with a potential risk of induction of drug resistance, but higher rates of viral replication suppression are achieved. Nevertheless, second generation nucleos(t)ide analogues, such as Entecavir and Tenofovir, have both high genetic barrier to resistance and potent antiviral action. This review describes the mechanisms of antiviral activity and the efficacy of viral suppression of the different available drugs for chronic hepatitis B treatment, considering the recent clinical guidelines for an optimal management of chronic HBV infection. PMID:25323305

  18. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment of hyponatraemia.

    PubMed

    Spasovski, Goce; Vanholder, Raymond; Allolio, Bruno; Annane, Djillali; Ball, Steve; Bichet, Daniel; Decaux, Guy; Fenske, Wiebke; Hoorn, Ewout J; Hoorn, Ewout; Ichai, Carole; Joannidis, Michael; Soupart, Alain; Zietse, Robert; Haller, Maria; van der Veer, Sabine; Van Biesen, Wim; Nagler, Evi

    2014-03-01

    Hyponatraemia, defined as a serum sodium concentration <135 mmol/L, is the most common disorder of body fluid and electrolyte balance encountered in clinical practice. Hyponatraemia is present in 15-20% of emergency admissions to hospital and occurs in up to 20% of critically ill patients. Symptomatology may vary from subtle to severe or even life threatening. Despite this, the management of patients remains problematic. Against this background, the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine, the European Society of Endocrinology and the European Renal Association-European Dialysis and Transplant Association, represented by European Renal Best Practice have developed a Clinical Practice Guideline on the diagnostic approach and treatment of hyponatraemia as a joint venture of three societies representing specialists with a natural interest in hyponatraemia. PMID:24562549

  19. Guideline for diagnosis and treatment of subacromial pain syndrome

    PubMed Central

    Diercks, Ron; Bron, Carel; Dorrestijn, Oscar; Meskers, Carel; Naber, René; de Ruiter, Tjerk; Willems, Jaap; Winters, Jan; van der Woude, Henk Jan

    2014-01-01

    Treatment of “subacromial impingement syndrome” of the shoulder has changed drastically in the past decade. The anatomical explanation as “impingement” of the rotator cuff is not sufficient to cover the pathology. “Subacromial pain syndrome”, SAPS, describes the condition better. A working group formed from a number of Dutch specialist societies, joined by the Dutch Orthopedic Association, has produced a guideline based on the available scientific evidence. This resulted in a new outlook for the treatment of subacromial pain syndrome. The important conclusions and advice from this work are as follows: (1) The diagnosis SAPS can only be made using a combination of clinical tests. (2) SAPS should preferably be treated non-operatively. (3) Acute pain should be treated with analgetics if necessary. (4) Subacromial injection with corticosteroids is indicated for persistent or recurrent symptoms. (5) Diagnostic imaging is useful after 6 weeks of symptoms. Ultrasound examination is the recommended imaging, to exclude a rotator cuff rupture. (6) Occupational interventions are useful when complaints persist for longer than 6 weeks. (7) Exercise therapy should be specific and should be of low intensity and high frequency, combining eccentric training, attention to relaxation and posture, and treatment of myofascial trigger points (including stretching of the muscles) may be considered. (8) Strict immobilization and mobilization techniques are not recommended. (9) Tendinosis calcarea can be treated by shockwave (ESWT) or needling under ultrasound guidance (barbotage). (10) Rehabilitation in a specialized unit can be considered in chronic, treatment resistant SAPS, with pain perpetuating behavior. (11) There is no convincing evidence that surgical treatment for SAPS is more effective than conservature management. (12) There is no indication for the surgical treatment of asymptomatic rotator cuff tears. PMID:24847788

  20. German guidelines for the sequential medical treatment of rheumatoid arthritis with traditional and biologic disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs.

    PubMed

    Albrecht, Katinka; Krüger, Klaus; Wollenhaupt, Jürgen; Alten, Rieke; Backhaus, Marina; Baerwald, Christoph; Bolten, Wolfgang; Braun, Jürgen; Burkhardt, Harald; Burmester, Gerd R; Gaubitz, Markus; Gause, Angela; Gromnica-Ihle, Erika; Kellner, Herbert; Kuipers, Jens; Krause, Andreas; Lorenz, Hans-Martin; Manger, Bernhard; Nüßlein, Hubert; Pott, Hans-Georg; Rubbert-Roth, Andrea; Schneider, Matthias; Specker, Christof; Schulze-Koops, Hendrik; Tony, Hans-Peter; Wassenberg, Siegfried; Müller-Ladner, Ulf

    2014-01-01

    The German Society of Rheumatology approved new German guidelines for the sequential medical treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) based on the European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) recommendations for the management of RA published in 2010. An update of the EULAR systematic literature research was performed in Medline, Embase, and Cochrane databases. Meta-analyses, controlled trials, cohort studies, and registry data addressing traditional and biologic disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, glucocorticoids, and treatment strategies published between January 2009 and August 2011 were included. Two reviewers independently evaluated and compared the additional data that had been published after the time limit set by the EULAR recommendations. A national guideline working group developed an adapted set of recommendations. The new German guidelines were accepted by vote using an informal Delphi approach. Twelve recommendations and the resulting updated treatment algorithm were developed and approved as a practical orientation for rheumatologists. These recommendations are based on a successive treatment with traditional and biologic disease-modifying drugs depending on the individual progress of the disease and distinct patient characteristics. The German guidelines have been developed on the basis of the internationally well-recognized EULAR recommendations. In addition, more recent evidence from a systematic literature research was considered. They have been developed and approved by a group of national experts aiming at guidance for rheumatologists to reach best medical practice. PMID:23942828

  1. Korean Medication Algorithm for Depressive Disorder: Comparisons with Other Treatment Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Wang, Hee Ryung; Park, Young-Min; Lee, Hwang Bin; Song, Hoo Rim; Jeong, Jong-Hyun; Seo, Jeong Seok; Lim, Eun-Sung; Hong, Jeong-Wan; Kim, Won; Jon, Duk-In; Hong, Jin-Pyo; Woo, Young Sup; Min, Kyung Joon

    2014-01-01

    We aimed to compare the recommendations of the Korean Medication Algorithm Project for Depressive Disorder 2012 (KMAP-DD 2012) with other recently published treatment guidelines for depressive disorder. We reviewed a total of five recently published global treatment guidelines and compared each treatment recommendation of the KMAP-DD 2012 with those in other guidelines. For initial treatment recommendations, there were no significant major differences across guidelines. However, in the case of nonresponse or incomplete response to initial treatment, the second recommended treatment step varied across guidelines. For maintenance therapy, medication dose and duration differed among treatment guidelines. Further, there were several discrepancies in the recommendations for each subtype of depressive disorder across guidelines. For treatment in special populations, there were no significant differences in overall recommendations. This comparison identifies that, by and large, the treatment recommendations of the KMAP-DD 2012 are similar to those of other treatment guidelines and reflect current changes in prescription pattern for depression based on accumulated research data. Further studies will be needed to address several issues identified in our review. PMID:24605117

  2. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) Guidelines for Biological Treatment of Schizophrenia, part 1: update 2012 on the acute treatment of schizophrenia and the management of treatment resistance.

    PubMed

    Hasan, Alkomiet; Falkai, Peter; Wobrock, Thomas; Lieberman, Jeffrey; Glenthoj, Birte; Gattaz, Wagner F; Thibaut, Florence; Möller, Hans-Jürgen

    2012-07-01

    These updated guidelines are based on a first edition of the World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry Guidelines for Biological Treatment of Schizophrenia published in 2005. For this 2012 revision, all available publications pertaining to the biological treatment of schizophrenia were reviewed systematically to allow for an evidence-based update. These guidelines provide evidence-based practice recommendations that are clinically and scientifically meaningful and these guidelines are intended to be used by all physicians diagnosing and treating people suffering from schizophrenia. Based on the first version of these guidelines, a systematic review of the MEDLINE/PUBMED database and the Cochrane Library, in addition to data extraction from national treatment guidelines, has been performed for this update. The identified literature was evaluated with respect to the strength of evidence for its efficacy and then categorised into six levels of evidence (A-F; Bandelow et al. 2008b, World J Biol Psychiatry 9:242). This first part of the updated guidelines covers the general descriptions of antipsychotics and their side effects, the biological treatment of acute schizophrenia and the management of treatment-resistant schizophrenia. PMID:22834451

  3. Formal consensus: the development of a national clinical guideline

    Microsoft Academic Search

    J Rycroft-Malone

    2001-01-01

    Background—There is currently a political enthusiasm for the development and use of clinical guidelines despite, paradoxically, there being relatively few healthcare issues that have a sound research evidence base. As decisions have to be made even where there is an undetermined evidence base and that limiting recommendations to where evidence exists may reduce the scope of guidelines, thus limiting their

  4. Potential Application of the National Kidney Foundation's Chronic Kidney Disease Guidelines in a Managed Care Setting

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Micah L. Thorp; Loris Eastman

    Chronic kidney disease (CKD) is a public health problem in the United States with rising incidence and prevalence. The disease may progress to end-stage renal disease, which is associated with significant morbidity and mortality. The National Kidney Founda- tion recently established clinical practice guidelines to aid in the identification and stratification of CKD. Central to these guidelines is the use

  5. Adaptive guideline-based treatment workflows with AdaptFlow.

    PubMed

    Greiner, Ulrike; Ramsch, Jan; Heller, Barbara; Löffler, Markus; Müller, Robert; Rahm, Erhard

    2004-01-01

    One goal in modern medicine is to increase the treatment quality. A major step towards this aim is to support the execution of standardized, guideline-based clinical protocols, which are used in many medical domains, e.g., for oncological chemotherapies. Standardized chemotherapy protocols contain detailed and structured therapy plans describing the single therapy steps (e.g., examinations or drug applications). Therefore, workflow management systems offer good support for these processes. However, the treatment of a particular patient often requires modifications due to unexpected infections, toxicities, or social factors. The modifications are described in the treatment protocol but not as part of the standard process. To be able to further execute the therapy workflows in case of exceptions running workflows have to be adapted dynamically. Furthermore, the physician should be supported by automated exception detection and decision support for derivation of necessary modifications. The AdaptFlow prototype offers the required support for the field of oncological chemotherapies by enhancing a workflow system with dynamic workflow adaptation and rule based decision support for exception detection and handling. PMID:15537211

  6. Practical guidelines for the surgical treatment of gallbladder cancer.

    PubMed

    Lee, Seung Eun; Kim, Kyung Sik; Kim, Wan Bae; Kim, In-Gyu; Nah, Yang Won; Ryu, Dong Hee; Park, Joon Seong; Yoon, Myung Hee; Cho, Jai Young; Hong, Tae Ho; Hwang, Dae Wook; Choi, Dong Wook

    2014-10-01

    At present, surgical treatment is the only curative option for gallbladder (GB) cancer. Many efforts therefore have been made to improve resectability and the survival rate. However, GB cancer has a low incidence, and no randomized, controlled trials have been conducted to establish the optimal treatment modalities. The present guidelines include recent recommendations based on current understanding and highlight controversial issues that require further research. For T1a GB cancer, the optimal treatment modality is simple cholecystectomy, which can be carried out as either a laparotomy or a laparoscopic surgery. For T1b GB cancer, either simple or an extended cholecystectomy is appropriate. An extended cholecystectomy is generally recommended for patients with GB cancer at stage T2 or above. In extended cholecystectomy, a wedge resection of the GB bed or a segmentectomy IVb/V can be performed and the optimal extent of lymph node dissection should include the cystic duct lymph node, the common bile duct lymph node, the lymph nodes around the hepatoduodenal ligament (the hepatic artery and portal vein lymph nodes), and the posterior superior pancreaticoduodenal lymph node. Depending on patient status and disease severity, surgeons may decide to perform palliative surgeries. PMID:25368485

  7. Treatment deviating from guidelines does not influence status epilepticus prognosis.

    PubMed

    Rossetti, Andrea O; Alvarez, Vincent; Januel, Jean-Marie; Burnand, Bernard

    2013-02-01

    Status epilepticus (SE) prognosis is related to nonmodifiable factors (age, etiology), but the exact role of drug treatment is unclear. This study was undertaken to address the prognostic role of treatment adherence to guidelines (TAG). We prospectively studied over 26 months a cohort of adults with incident SE (excluding postanoxic). TAG was assessed in terms of drug doses (± 30 % of recommendations) and medication sequence; its prognostic impact on mortality and return to baseline conditions was adjusted for etiology, SE severity [Status Epilepticus Severity Score (STESS)], and comorbidities. Of 225 patients, 26 (12 %) died and 82 (36 %) were discharged with a new handicap; TAG was observed in 142 (63 %). On univariate analysis, age, etiology, SE severity, and comorbidities were significantly related to outcome, while TAG was associated with neither outcome nor likelihood of SE control. Logistic regression for mortality identified etiology [odds ratio (OR) 18.8, 95 % confidence interval (CI) 4.3-82.8] and SE severity (STESS ? 3; OR 1.7, 95 % CI 1.2-2.4) as independent predictors, and for lack of return to baseline, again etiology (OR 7.4, 95 % CI 3.9-14.0) and STESS ? 3 (OR 1.7, 95 % CI 1.4-2.2). Similar results were found for the subgroup of 116 patients with generalized-convulsive SE. Receiver operator characteristic (ROC) analyses confirmed that TAG did not improve outcome prediction. This study of a large SE cohort suggests that treatment adherence to recommendations using current medications seems to play a negligible prognostic role (class III), confirming the importance of the biological background. Awaiting further treatment trials, it appears mandatory to apply resources towards identification of new therapeutic approaches. PMID:22899399

  8. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment of hyponatraemia.

    PubMed

    Spasovski, Goce; Vanholder, Raymond; Allolio, Bruno; Annane, Djillali; Ball, Steve; Bichet, Daniel; Decaux, Guy; Fenske, Wiebke; Hoorn, Ewout J; Ichai, Carole; Joannidis, Michael; Soupart, Alain; Zietse, Robert; Haller, Maria; van der Veer, Sabine; Van Biesen, Wim; Nagler, Evi

    2014-03-01

    Hyponatraemia, defined as a serum sodium concentration <135?mmol/l, is the most common disorder of body fluid and electrolyte balance encountered in clinical practice. It can lead to a wide spectrum of clinical symptoms, from subtle to severe or even life threatening, and is associated with increased mortality, morbidity and length of hospital stay in patients presenting with a range of conditions. Despite this, the management of patients remains problematic. The prevalence of hyponatraemia in widely different conditions and the fact that hyponatraemia is managed by clinicians with a broad variety of backgrounds have fostered diverse institution- and speciality-based approaches to diagnosis and treatment. To obtain a common and holistic view, the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM), the European Society of Endocrinology (ESE) and the European Renal Association - European Dialysis and Transplant Association (ERA-EDTA), represented by European Renal Best Practice (ERBP), have developed the Clinical Practice Guideline on the diagnostic approach and treatment of hyponatraemia as a joint venture of three societies representing specialists with a natural interest in hyponatraemia. In addition to a rigorous approach to methodology and evaluation, we were keen to ensure that the document focused on patient-important outcomes and included utility for clinicians involved in everyday practice. PMID:24569125

  9. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment of hyponatraemia.

    PubMed

    Spasovski, Goce; Vanholder, Raymond; Allolio, Bruno; Annane, Djillali; Ball, Steve; Bichet, Daniel; Decaux, Guy; Fenske, Wiebke; Hoorn, Ewout J; Ichai, Carole; Joannidis, Michael; Soupart, Alain; Zietse, Robert; Haller, Maria; van der Veer, Sabine; Van Biesen, Wim; Nagler, Evi

    2014-04-01

    Hyponatraemia, defined as a serum sodium concentration <135 mmol/l, is the most common disorder of body fluid and electrolyte balance encountered in clinical practice. It can lead to a wide spectrum of clinical symptoms, from subtle to severe or even life threatening, and is associated with increased mortality, morbidity and length of hospital stay in patients presenting with a range of conditions. Despite this, the management of patients remains problematic. The prevalence of hyponatraemia in widely different conditions and the fact that hyponatraemia is managed by clinicians with a broad variety of backgrounds have fostered diverse institution- and speciality-based approaches to diagnosis and treatment. To obtain a common and holistic view, the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM), the European Society of Endocrinology (ESE) and the European Renal Association - European Dialysis and Transplant Association (ERA-EDTA), represented by European Renal Best Practice (ERBP), have developed the Clinical Practice Guideline on the diagnostic approach and treatment of hyponatraemia as a joint venture of three societies representing specialists with a natural interest in hyponatraemia. In addition to a rigorous approach to methodology and evaluation, we were keen to ensure that the document focused on patient-important outcomes and included utility for clinicians involved in everyday practice. PMID:24569496

  10. Revisions Recommended to Bulletin 17B - US National Flood Frequency Guidelines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    England, J. F.; Cohn, T. A.; Faber, B. A.; Stedinger, J. R.; Thomas, W. O.; Mason, R. R.

    2013-12-01

    The Hydrologic Frequency Analysis Work Group (HFAWG) has synthesized recent research and completed its own studies to support proposed revisions to the current the US national flood frequency guidelines (Bulletin 17B). Bulletin 17 was originally issued in 1976; Bulletin 17B, the last revision, was published in 1982, over 30 years ago. To reflect advances that have occurred since 1982, the HFAWG has proposed revisions in four main areas: (1) use of historical information; (2) the motivation for low outlier identification and their statistical definition and treatment; (3) procedures for estimating generalized/regional skew; and (4) procedures for estimating confidence intervals for estimated quantiles. We present overviews of the HFAWG process and technical studies that led us to these revisions. The focus is on the use of the Expected Moments Algorithm (EMA) with the log-Pearson Type III distribution. A new Multiple Grubbs-Beck low outlier test and improved EMA confidence intervals are important parts of the revision.

  11. A national survey of implementation of guidelines for gestational diabetes mellitus.

    PubMed

    O'Higgins, A; Dunne, F; Lee, B; Smith, D; Turner, M J

    2014-09-01

    In 2010, national guidelines for the management of gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM) were published by the Health Service Executive (HSE). In 2012, a questionnaire was distributed to all maternity units to survey implementation of the guidelines. All units screened women for GDM, but used different screening tests with fifteen units (79%) using the recommended 75g OGTT, three units (16%) using a 100g OGTT and one unit (5%) using a 50g glucose challenge test. Optimal outcomes are best achieved through multidisciplinary diabetes-obstetric care and this was available in nine of the units (47%). The prevalence of GDM varied from 2.2 - 7.4%. Insulin usage varied from 15-56%. Six centres (31%) had not implemented the national guidelines in full because of lack of resources. Despite national endorsement of the guideline, significant variations remain in implementation. This may lead to differences in clinical outcomes depending on where a woman attends for obstetric care. PMID:25282959

  12. [Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of Helicobacter pylori infection in Korea, 2013 revised edition].

    PubMed

    Kim, Sang Gyun; Jung, Hye Kyung; Lee, Hang Lak; Jang, Jae Young; Lee, Hyuk; Kim, Chan Gyoo; Shin, Woon Geon; Shin, Ein Soon; Lee, Yong Chan

    2013-07-01

    Since the Korean College of Helicobacter and Upper Gastrointestinal Research has first developed the guideline for the diagnosis and treatment of Helicobacter pylori infection in 1998, the revised guideline was proposed in 2009 by the same group. Although the revised guideline was made by comprehensive review of previous articles and consensus of authoritative expert opinions, the evidence-based developmental process was not applied in the revision of the guideline. This new guideline has been revised especially in terms of changes in the indication and treatment of H. pylori infection in Korea, and developed by the adaptation process as evidence-based method; 6 guidelines were retrieved by systematic review and the Appraisal of Guidelines for Research and Evaluation (AGREE) II process, 21 statements were made with grading system and revised by modified Delphi method. After revision, 11 statements for the indication of test and treatment, 4 statements for the diagnosis and 4 statements for the treatment have been developed, respectively. The revised guideline has been reviewed by external experts before the official endorsement, and will be disseminated for usual clinical practice in Korea. Also, the scheduled update and revision of the guideline will be made periodically. PMID:23954956

  13. Federal Guidelines - Operation and Maintenance of Wastewater Treatment Facilities.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. Office of Water Programs.

    This document contains the federal guidelines for meeting the specific requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972. These guidelines are also intended to assist in meeting the regulations for grant assisted facility construction and to provide information on the key elements to be included in the operation plans for…

  14. Clinical Guidelines for the Use of Buprenorphine in the Treatment of Opioid Addiction. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Boone, Margaret; Brown, Nancy J.; Moon, Mary A.; Schuman, Deborah J.; Thomas, Josephine; Wright, Denise L.

    2004-01-01

    This Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) addresses the clinical use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction. TIPs are best-practice guidelines for the treatment of substance use disorders that make the latest research in substance abuse treatment available to counselors and educators. The content was generated by a panel of experts…

  15. ARE THE 'NATIONAL GUIDELINES' BASED ON SOUND JUDGMENTS

    EPA Science Inventory

    Until recently, procedures used to derive water quality criteria for aquatic life were not well defined and few principles were identified. On November 28, 1980, the United States Environmental Protection Agency published 'Guidelines for Deriving Water Quality Criteria for the Pr...

  16. National Symposium for Business and Office Education Curriculum Guidelines.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kingston, Carmela C.; Thomas, Ellis R.

    Symposium participants met to develop guidelines for developing curriculum for the area of business and office education, K through adult. The session reports are presented in outline form according to topic definition, problem areas, and recommendations. Topics discussed include: organizational patterns in the business and office education…

  17. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for the prevention and treatment of lightning injuries: 2014 update.

    PubMed

    Davis, Chris; Engeln, Anna; Johnson, Eric L; McIntosh, Scott E; Zafren, Ken; Islas, Arthur A; McStay, Christopher; Smith, William R; Cushing, Tracy

    2014-12-01

    To provide guidance to clinicians about best practices, the Wilderness Medical Society (WMS) convened an expert panel to develop evidence-based guidelines for the treatment and prevention of lightning injuries. These guidelines include a review of the epidemiology of lightning and recommendations for the prevention of lightning strikes, along with treatment recommendations organized by organ system. Recommendations are graded on the basis of the quality of supporting evidence according to criteria put forth by the American College of Chest Physicians. This is an updated version of the original WMS Practice Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment of Lightning Injuries published in Wilderness & Environmental Medicine 2012;23(3):260-269. PMID:25498265

  18. INDOOR NOISE AND HIGH SOUND LEVELS—A TRANSCRIPTION OF THE SWEDISH NATIONAL BOARD OF HEALTH AND WELFARE'S GUIDELINES

    Microsoft Academic Search

    B. Pettersson

    1997-01-01

    The National Board of Health and Welfare is together with the National Board of Environment responsible for health protection in Sweden on a national level and issues, recommendations or guidelines for environmental factors. The Board of Health and Welfare is responsible for the indoor environment and the Board of Environment is responsible for the outdoor environment. Board guidelines for noise

  19. Tenant Guidelines National Park Service and the U.S. Department of Energy, Federal Energy Management Program

    E-print Network

    Diamond, Richard

    Tenant Guidelines National Park Service and the U.S. Department of Energy, Federal Energy; and Jim Christensen and Aimee Vincent, National Park Service. This work was supported by the Assistant of the Guidelines, contact Jim Christensen, National Park Service, Ft. Mason Building 201, San Francisco, CA 94123

  20. Derived concentration guideline levels for Argonne National Laboratory's building 310 area.

    SciTech Connect

    Kamboj, S., Dr.; Yu, C ., Dr. (Environmental Science Division)

    2011-08-12

    The derived concentration guideline level (DCGL) is the allowable residual radionuclide concentration that can remain in soil after remediation of the site without radiological restrictions on the use of the site. It is sometimes called the single radionuclide soil guideline or the soil cleanup criteria. This report documents the methodology, scenarios, and parameters used in the analysis to support establishing radionuclide DCGLs for Argonne National Laboratory's Building 310 area.

  1. Preventive treatment in migraine and the new US guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Estemalik, E; Tepper, S

    2013-01-01

    Migraine headaches are among the most common headache disorders seen in various practices. The prevalence of migraine headaches is 18% in women and 6% in men. While millions of Americans suffer from migraine headaches, roughly 3%–13% of identified migraine patients are on preventive therapy, while an estimated 38% actually need a preventive agent. The challenge among physicians is not only when to start a daily preventive agent but which preventive agent to choose. Circumstances warranting prevention have been described in the past, and in 2012, a new set of guidelines with an evidence review on preventive medications was published. A second set of guidelines provided evidence on nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, herbs, minerals, and vitamins for prevention of episodic migraine. This article describes the updated US guidelines for the prevention of migraines and also outlines the major studies from which these guidelines were derived. PMID:23717045

  2. Operating cost guidelines for benchmarking DOE thermal treatment systems for low-level mixed waste

    SciTech Connect

    Salmon, R.; Loghry, S.L.; Hermes, W.H.

    1994-11-01

    This report presents guidelines for estimating operating costs for use in benchmarking US Department of Energy (DOE) low-level mixed waste thermal treatment systems. The guidelines are based on operating cost experience at the DOE Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) mixed waste incinerator at the K-25 Site at Oak Ridge. In presenting these guidelines, it should be made clear at the outset that it is not the intention of this report to present operating cost estimates for new technologies, but only guidelines for estimating such costs.

  3. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for biological treatment of schizophrenia, part 2: update 2012 on the long-term treatment of schizophrenia and management of antipsychotic-induced side effects.

    PubMed

    Hasan, Alkomiet; Falkai, Peter; Wobrock, Thomas; Lieberman, Jeffrey; Glenthoj, Birte; Gattaz, Wagner F; Thibaut, Florence; Möller, Hans-Jürgen

    2013-02-01

    Abstract These updated guidelines are based on a first edition of the World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for biological treatment of schizophrenia published in 2006. For this 2012 revision, all available publications pertaining to the biological treatment of schizophrenia were reviewed systematically to allow for an evidence-based update. These guidelines provide evidence-based practice recommendations that are clinically and scientifically meaningful. They are intended to be used by all physicians diagnosing and treating people suffering from schizophrenia. Based on the first version of these guidelines, a systematic review of the MEDLINE/PUBMED database and the Cochrane Library, in addition to data extraction from national treatment guidelines, has been performed for this update. The identified literature was evaluated with respect to the strength of evidence for its efficacy and then categorised into six levels of evidence (A-F) and five levels of recommendation (1-5) ( Bandelow et al. 2008a ,b, World J Biol Psychiatry 9:242, see Table 1 ). This second part of the updated guidelines covers long-term treatment as well as the management of relevant side effects. These guidelines are primarily concerned with the biological treatment (including antipsychotic medication and other pharmacological treatment options) of adults suffering from schizophrenia. PMID:23216388

  4. Examining the Alignment of Chinese National Physics Curriculum Guidelines and 12th-Grade Exit Examinations: A Case Study

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Liang, Ling L.; Yuan, Haiquan

    2008-01-01

    This study reports findings from an analysis of the 2002 Chinese National Physics Curriculum Guidelines and the alignment between the curriculum guidelines and two most recent provincial-level 12th-grade exit examinations in China. Both curriculum guidelines and test content were represented using two-dimensional matrices (i.e., topic by level of…

  5. The "National Medium- and Long-Term Educational Reform and Development Guideline (2010-20)": Expectations, Strategies, and Significance

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Xiaobing, Sun

    2012-01-01

    This paper starts out by describing the research and drafting processes of the "National Medium- and Long-Term Educational Reform and Development Guideline" (2010-20) (hereafter abbreviated as the "Guideline") and analyzes a series of core concepts that ran through the entire process of researching and drafting the "Guideline". It expounds on the…

  6. Ontario Psychological Association Guidelines for Assessment and Treatment in Auto Insurance Claims

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Amber Smith

    The Ontario Psychological Association Guidelines for Assessment and Treatment in Auto Insurance Claims was published on the\\u000a Ontario Psychological Association website in July, 2010 (Smith, A., and OPA Auto Task Force, 2010, Ontario Psychological Association\\u000a Guidelines for Assessment and Treatment in Auto Insurance Claims. Ontario Psychological Association, Toronto, Ontario. Retrieved\\u000a from http:\\/\\/www.psych.on.ca\\/files\\/members\\/OPA_Auto_Practice_Guidelines_July292010_July_30_2010.pdf). Excerpts are reproduced in the journal because of

  7. 1998 Guidelines for the Treatment of Sexually Transmitted Disease

    NSDL National Science Digital Library

    1998-01-01

    The Division of STD Prevention of the US Centers for Disease Control has recently released this update (MMWR 1998;47(No. RR-1)) to the 1993 set of guidelines with the same title. The guidelines were developed by CDC staff after consultation with a "group of invited experts" in early 1997. Included are sections on various sexually transmitted diseases, including HIV, Genital Ulcers, Epididymitis, Human Papillomavirus Infection, and vaccine preventable STDs, among others. Guideline evidence is briefly discussed in each section of the report, and the CDC is committed to providing "more comprehensive, annotated discussions of such evidence...in background papers that will be published in 1998." Note that in the HTML version of the report, some of the interior links within chapters are inaccurate. In those cases, it is prudent to click on the section headings to find the relevant information.

  8. Physiotherapy in hip and knee osteoarthritis: development of a practice guideline concerning initial assessment, treatment and evaluation

    Microsoft Academic Search

    W. F. H. Peter; M. J. Jansen; E. J. Hurkmans; H. Bloo; L. M. M. C. J. Dekker-Bakker; R. G. Dilling; W. K. H. A. Hilberdink; C. Kersten-Smit; M. de Rooij; C. Veenhof; H. M. Vermeulen; R. J. de Vos; J. W. Schoones; T. P. M. Vliet Vlieland

    2011-01-01

    BACKGROUND: An update of a Dutch physiotherapy practice guideline in Hip and Knee Osteoarthritis (HKOA) was made, based on current evidence and best practice. METHODS: A guideline steering committee, comprising 10 expert physiotherapists, selected topics concerning the guideline chapters: initial assessment, treatment and evaluation. With respect to treatment a systematic literature search was performed using various databases, and the evidence

  9. Treatment of Congestive Heart Failure Guidelines for the Primary Care Physician and the Heart Failure Specialist

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Mardi Gomberg-Maitland; David A. Baran; Valentin Fuster

    2001-01-01

    uring the past 10 years, the philosophy of heart failure treatment has evolved from symptom control to a combined prevention and symptom-management strategy. Re- cent clinical trials have proved that early detection can delay progression. Treatment of asymptomatic left ventricular dysfunction is as important as treatment of symp- tomatic disease. The purpose of this review is to simplify recent guidelines

  10. [Dutch Institute for Healthcare Improvement guideline, "Treatment of breast carcinoma": important document but an open attitude to new "evidence" is necessary].

    PubMed

    de Vries, E G E; Willemse, P H B

    2002-11-01

    In addition to the many international guidelines on the treatment of breast cancer, the Dutch Institute for Healthcare Improvement [Dutch acronym: CBO] has issued a Dutch national guideline on this subject, aided by representatives from the various medical professions involved and the patient advocacy group. A potential problem in reaching consensus on a practice guideline is the masking of controversies, which may hamper participation in new and innovative studies. Examples are the manner in which local and systemic treatments are combined and the consequences of new diagnostic modalities, for example the histopathologic presence of micrometastases in the sentinel node. The abridged version of the guideline published in this issue of the journal, scarcely allows space for specific problems such as the very young or old, pregnancy, hormonal substitution, male breast cancer and the patient with hereditary breast cancer. The authors of this guideline propose a nationwide registration of all patients plus follow-up to monitor the adherence to the guideline. The best way to study the quality of care and compliance with guidelines is still being debated in the medical literature. The money required for a nationwide registration of data on all patients including follow-up, might be better spent on measuring a number of indicators in a limited group of patients on the one hand and on devising new (randomised) trials on the other. This would result in the collection of better evidence for the many unanswered questions in the treatment of this common malignancy. PMID:12474548

  11. Support of personalized medicine through risk-stratified treatment recommendations - an environmental scan of clinical practice guidelines

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Risk-stratified treatment recommendations facilitate treatment decision-making that balances patient-specific risks and preferences. It is unclear if and how such recommendations are developed in clinical practice guidelines (CPGs). Our aim was to assess if and how CPGs develop risk-stratified treatment recommendations for the prevention or treatment of common chronic diseases. Methods We searched the United States National Guideline Clearinghouse for US, Canadian and National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (United Kingdom) CPGs for heart disease, stroke, cancer, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and diabetes that make risk-stratified treatment recommendations. We included only those CPGs that made risk-stratified treatment recommendations based on risk assessment tools. Two reviewers independently identified CPGs and extracted information on recommended risk assessment tools; type of evidence about treatment benefits and harms; methods for linking risk estimates to treatment evidence and for developing treatment thresholds; and consideration of patient preferences. Results We identified 20 CPGs that made risk-stratified treatment recommendations out of 133 CPGs that made any type of treatment recommendations for the chronic diseases considered in this study. Of the included 20 CPGs, 16 (80%) used evidence about treatment benefits from randomized controlled trials, meta-analyses or other guidelines, and the source of evidence was unclear in the remaining four (20%) CPGs. Nine CPGs (45%) used evidence on harms from randomized controlled trials or observational studies, while 11 CPGs (55%) did not clearly refer to harms. Nine CPGs (45%) explained how risk prediction and evidence about treatments effects were linked (for example, applying estimates of relative risk reductions to absolute risks), but only one CPG (5%) assessed benefit and harm quantitatively and three CPGs (15%) explicitly reported consideration of patient preferences. Conclusions Only a small proportion of CPGs for chronic diseases make risk-stratified treatment recommendations with a focus on heart disease and stroke prevention, diabetes and breast cancer. For most CPGs it is unclear how risk-stratified treatment recommendations were developed. As a consequence, it is uncertain if CPGs support patients and physicians in finding an acceptable benefit- harm balance that reflects both profile-specific outcome risks and preferences. PMID:23302096

  12. Canadian Consensus Guidelines for the Treatment of Seasonal Affective Disorder

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Raymond W. Lam; Anthony J. Levitt

    Seasonal affective disorder (SAD) is a subtype of major depression that is characterized by onset at a certain time of year, usually the winter. These guidelines were arrived at by consensus, and have undergone both internal review by the 14 members of the consensus group and by external, international consultants. The executive summary format was chosen to provide a quick

  13. Drug treatment of hypertension in pregnancy: a critical review of adult guideline recommendations.

    PubMed

    Al Khaja, Khalid A J; Sequeira, Reginald P; Alkhaja, Alwaleed K; Damanhori, Awatif H H

    2014-03-01

    This review evaluates the guideline recommendations for the management of hypertension in pregnancy as presented by 25 national/international guidelines developed for the management of arterial hypertension in adults. There is a general consensus that oral ?-methyldopa and parenteral labetalol are the drugs of choice for nonsevere and severe hypertension in pregnancy, respectively. Long-acting nifedipine is recommended by various guidelines as an alternative for first-line and second-line therapy in nonsevere and severe hypertension. The safety of ?-blockers, atenolol in particular, in early and late stages of pregnancy is unresolved; their use is contraindicated according to several guidelines. Diuretic-associated harmful effects on maternal and fetal outcomes are controversial: their use is discouraged in pregnancy. It is important to develop specific guidelines for treating hypertension in special groups such as adult females of childbearing age and sexually active female adolescents to minimize the risk of adverse effects of drugs on the fetus. In several guidelines, the antihypertensive classes, recommended drug(s), intended drug formulation, and route of administration are not explicit. These omissions should be addressed in future guideline revisions in order to enhance the guidelines' utility and credibility in clinical practice. PMID:24384846

  14. A risk management audit: are we complying with the national guidelines for sedation by non-anaesthetists?

    Microsoft Academic Search

    M F Nicol

    1999-01-01

    OBJECTIVES: To assess the effect of a preprinted form in ensuring an improved and sustained quality of documentation of clinical data in compliance with the national guidelines for sedation by non-anaesthetists. DESIGN: The process of retrospective case note audit was used to identify areas of poor performance, reiterate national guidelines, introduce a post-sedation advice sheet, and demonstrate improvement. SETTING: Emergency

  15. Awareness and implementation of tobacco dependence treatment guidelines in Arizona: Healthcare Systems Survey 2000

    PubMed Central

    Gilles, Mary E; Strayer, Louise J; Leischow, Robert; Feng, Chun; Menke, J Michael; Sechrest, Lee

    2008-01-01

    Background This paper presents findings from the Tobacco Control in Arizona Healthcare Systems Survey, conducted in 2000. The purpose of the survey was to assess the status of Arizona healthcare systems' awareness and implementation of tobacco cessation and prevention measures. Methods The 20-item survey was developed by The University of Arizona HealthCare Partnership in collaboration with the Arizona Department of Health Services Bureau of Tobacco Education and Prevention. It was mailed to representatives of Arizona's 40 healthcare systems, including commercial and Medicare managed care organizations, "managed Medicaid" organizations, Veterans Affairs Health Care Systems, and Indian Health Service Medical Centers. Thirty-three healthcare systems (83%) completed the survey. Results The majority of healthcare systems reported awareness of at least one tobacco cessation and prevention clinical practice guideline, but only one third reported full guideline implementation. While a majority covered some form of behavioral therapy, less than half reported covering tobacco treatment medications. "Managed Medicaid" organizations administered through the Arizona Health Care Cost Containment System were significantly less likely to offer coverage for behavioral therapy and less likely to cover pharmacotherapy than were their non-Medicaid counterparts in managed care, Veterans Affairs Health Care Systems and Indian Health Service Medical Centers. Conclusion Arizona healthcare system coverage for tobacco cessation in the year 2000 was comparable to national survey findings of the same year. The findings that only 10% of "Managed Medicaid" organizations covered tobacco treatment medication and were significantly less likely to cover behavioral therapy were important given the nearly double smoking prevalence among Medicaid patients. Throughout the years of the program, the strategic plan of the Arizona Department of Health Services Bureau of Tobacco Education and Prevention has included the goal of identifying and eliminating tobacco related disparities for special populations, including low-income groups. Of importance, in 2008 the Arizona Health Care Cost Containment System was authorized to provide tobacco cessation pharmacotherapy as a covered benefit for its members. PMID:19099593

  16. Safety & Security Guidelines Annual U.S. National School on Neutron and X-ray Scattering

    E-print Network

    in the experiment areas. However, you cannot take photos of security-related areas (such as surveillance camerasSafety & Security Guidelines 15th Annual U.S. National School on Neutron and X-ray Scattering access orientation during your training. o Cameras are allowed on site, and you may take photos

  17. Safety & Security Guidelines Annual U.S. National School on Neutron and X-ray Scattering

    E-print Network

    Pennycook, Steve

    in the experiment areas. However, you cannot take photos of security-related areas (such as surveillance camerasSafety & Security Guidelines 14th Annual U.S. National School on Neutron and X-ray Scattering access orientation during your training. o Cameras are allowed on site, and you may take photos

  18. Implementation of National Guidelines for Healthy School Meals: The Relationship between Process and Outcome

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Holthe, Asle; Larsen, Torill; Samdal, Oddrun

    2011-01-01

    The implementation of policy interventions at the school level is often considered an organizational change process. The main goal of the present study was to examine the degree of implementation of Norwegian national guidelines for healthy school meals and how organizational capacity at the school level contributed to the degree of…

  19. Guidelines for Conducting the Follow-Up Survey. National Reporting System for Adult Education.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    American Institutes for Research in the Behavioral Sciences, Washington, DC.

    The National Reporting System (NRS) established reporting requirements for the adult education program required by Title II of the Workforce Investment Act. The NRS defines the measures local programs must collect, the methodologies for collecting them, and state reporting requirements. This document presents the guidelines for conducting the NRS…

  20. Guidelines for the Preparation of General Guides to National Archives: A RAMP Study.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hildesheimer, Francoise

    Based on a comparative study of guides from the Bahamas, Barbados, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Rhodesia, Spain, the United Kingdom, the United States, West Germany, and Zambia, this handbook provides guidelines for the organization and content of a general guide to archives, particularly national archives. It is noted that the handbook is…

  1. Assessment of the consistency of national-level policies and guidelines for malaria in pregnancy in five African countries

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    Background At least 39 sub-Saharan African countries have policies on preventing malaria in pregnancy (MIP), including use of long-lasting insecticidal nets (LLINs), intermittent preventive treatment with sulphadoxine-pyrimethamine (IPTp-SP) and case management. However, coverage of LLINs and IPTp-SP remains below international targets in most countries. One factor contributing to low coverage may be that MIP policies typically are developed by national malaria control programmes (NMCPs), but are implemented through national reproductive health (RH) programmes. Methods National-level MIP policies, guidelines, and training documents from NMCPs and RH programmes in Kenya, Mali, Mozambique, mainland Tanzania and Uganda were reviewed to assess whether they reflected WHO guidelines for prevention and treatment of MIP, and how consistent MIP content was across documents from the same country. Documents were compared for adherence to WHO guidance concerning IPTp-SP timing and dose, directly observed therapy, promotion and distribution of LLINs, linkages to HIV programmes and MIP case management. Results The five countries reviewed had national documents promoting IPTp-SP, LLINs and MIP case management. WHO guidance from 2004 frequently was not reflected: four countries recommended the first dose of IPTp-SP at 20 weeks or later (instead of 16 weeks), and three countries restricted the first and second IPTp-SP doses to specific gestational weeks. Documents from four countries provided conflicting guidance on MIP prevention for HIV-positive women, and none provided complete guidance on management of uncomplicated and severe malaria during pregnancy. In all countries, inconsistencies between NMCPs and RH programmes on the timing or dose of IPTp-SP were documented, as was the mechanism for providing LLINs. Inconsistencies also were found in training documents from NMCPs and RH programmes in a given country. Outdated, inconsistent guidelines have the potential to cause confusion and lead to incorrect practices among health workers who implement MIP programmes, contributing to low coverage of IPTp-SP and LLINs. Conclusions MIP policies, guidelines and training materials are outdated and/or inconsistent in the countries assessed. Updating and ensuring consistency among national MIP documents is needed, along with re-orientation and supervision of health workers to accelerate implementation of the 2012 WHO Global Malaria Programme policy recommendations for IPTp-SP. PMID:24888703

  2. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for the prevention and treatment of acute altitude illness: 2014 update.

    PubMed

    Luks, Andrew M; McIntosh, Scott E; Grissom, Colin K; Auerbach, Paul S; Rodway, George W; Schoene, Robert B; Zafren, Ken; Hackett, Peter H

    2014-12-01

    To provide guidance to clinicians about best practices, the Wilderness Medical Society convened an expert panel to develop evidence-based guidelines for prevention and treatment of acute mountain sickness, high altitude cerebral edema, and high altitude pulmonary edema. These guidelines present the main prophylactic and therapeutic modalities for each disorder and provide recommendations about their role in disease management. Recommendations are graded based on the quality of supporting evidence and balance between the benefits and risks/burdens according to criteria put forth by the American College of Chest Physicians. The guidelines also provide suggested approaches to prevention and management of each disorder that incorporate these recommendations. This is an updated version of the original WMS Consensus Guidelines for the Prevention and Treatment of Acute Altitude Illness published in Wilderness & Environmental Medicine 2010;21(2):146-155. PMID:25498261

  3. From Physical Activity Guidelines to a National Activity Plan

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bornstein, Daniel B.; Pate, Russell R.

    2014-01-01

    The U.S. National Physical Activity Plan (NPAP) is a comprehensive strategic plan aimed at increasing physical activity levels in all segments of the American population. The purpose of this paper is to summarize the development of the NPAP, provide an update on the status of the NPAP, and comment on the future of the NPAP. The NPAP was released…

  4. Telemedicine and adherence to national guidelines for ADHD evaluation: a case study.

    PubMed

    Nelson, Eve-Lynn; Duncan, Angela Banitt; Peacock, Georgina; Bui, Thao

    2012-08-01

    The pilot project evaluated a telemedicine clinic's adherence to American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) guidelines for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) evaluation. Real-time videoconferencing linked the patients, the families, and the specialty mental health team. The ADHD Telemedicine Clinic adherence to AAP guidelines was tracked using chart data. The study included 22 patients (Mean age = 9.3 years, SD = 2.3 years) participating in 69 telemedicine visits across 13 different school-related sites. The ADHD Telemedicine Clinic reached extremely high adherence rates across the AAP evaluation guidelines for ADHD, ranging from 95-100% across the six guidelines. No factor inherent to the telemedicine service delivery mechanism impeded adherence to national guidelines for ADHD evaluation. Telemedicine-based outreach had the greatest impact on AAP Guideline #4, stating that information should be obtained from the child's academic setting. The school-based telemedicine clinic allowed increased communication across the school and specialty mental health systems and facilitated greater input across child, parent, school personnel, and mental health professionals. PMID:22867121

  5. How Public Health Nurses Identify and Intervene in Child Maltreatment Based on the National Clinical Guideline

    PubMed Central

    Eija, Paavilainen; Mika, Helminen; Aune, Flinck; Leila, Lehtomäki

    2014-01-01

    Objectives. To describe how Finnish public health nurses identify and intervene in child maltreatment and how they implement the National Clinical Guideline in their work. Design and Sample. Cross-sectional survey of 367 public health nurses in Finland. Measures. A web-based questionnaire developed based on the content areas of the guideline: identifying, intervening, and implementing. Results. The respondents reported they identify child maltreatment moderately (mean 3.38), intervene in it better (4.15), and implement the guideline moderately (3.43, scale between 1 and 6). Those with experience of working with maltreated children reported they identify them better (P < 0.001), intervene better (P < 0.001), and implement the guideline better (P < 0.001) than those with no experience. This difference was also found for those who were aware of the guideline, had read it, and participated in training on child maltreatment, as compared to those who were not aware of the guideline, had not read it, or had not participated in such training. Conclusions. The public health nurses worked quite well with children who had experienced maltreatment and families. However, the results point out several developmental targets for increasing training on child maltreatment, for devising recommendations for child maltreatment, and for applying these recommendations systematically in practice. PMID:25505986

  6. A consensus statement for safety monitoring guidelines of treatments for major depressive disorder

    PubMed Central

    Dodd, Seetal; Malhi, Gin S; Tiller, John; Schweitzer, Isaac; Hickie, Ian; Khoo, Jon Paul; Bassett, Darryl L; Lyndon, Bill; Mitchell, Philip B; Parker, Gordon; Fitzgerald, Paul B; Udina, Marc; Singh, Ajeet; Moylan, Steven; Giorlando, Francesco; Doughty, Carolyn; Davey, Christopher G; Theodoras, Michael; Berk, Michael

    2011-01-01

    Objective This paper aims to present an overview of screening and safety considerations for the treatment of clinical depressive disorders and make recommendations for safety monitoring. Method Data were sourced by a literature search using MEDLINE and a manual search of scientific journals to identify relevant articles. Draft guidelines were prepared and serially revised in an iterative manner until all co-authors gave final approval of content. Results Screening and monitoring can detect medical causes of depression. Specific adverse effects associated with antidepressant treatments may be reduced or identified earlier by baseline screening and agent-specific monitoring after commencing treatment. Conclusion The adoption of safety monitoring guidelines when treating clinical depression is likely to improve overall physical health status and treatment outcome. It is important to implement these guidelines in the routine management of clinical depression. PMID:21888608

  7. National threatened species listing based on IUCN criteria and regional guidelines: current status and future perspectives.

    PubMed

    Miller, Rebecca M; Rodríguez, Jon Paul; Aniskowicz-Fowler, Theresa; Bambaradeniya, Channa; Boles, Ruben; Eaton, Mark A; Gärdenfors, Ulf; Keller, Verena; Molur, Sanjay; Walker, Sally; Pollock, Caroline

    2007-06-01

    As countries worldwide become increasingly interested in conserving biodiversity, the profile of national threatened species lists expands and these lists become more influential in determining conservation priorities. The World Conservation Union (IUCN) Categories and Criteria for evaluating extinction risk, originally intended for use at the global level, are increasingly being used at the national level. To facilitate this process, the IUCN recently published guidelines for the application of the criteria at subglobal levels. We evaluated the application of these guidelines, focusing on the opinions and experience of the global community of national assessors. To assess the extent to which IUCN criteria have been used in official national listing efforts, we sent a survey to 180 Convention on Biological Diversity national focal points designated by governments. Of the respondents, 77% had developed national threatened species lists. Of these, 78% applied a version of the IUCN criteria, and 88% plan to produce future threatened species lists. The majority of this last group (83%) will use IUCN criteria. Of the countries that have or will develop a threatened species list, 82% incorporated their list or the IUCN criteria into national conservation strategies. We further explored the issues highlighted by the survey results by integrating the experience of assessors that have produced national lists. Most of the problems national assessors faced when applying the IUCN criteria arose when the criteria were applied at the regional level without the IUCN Regional Guidelines and when assessors were confused about the purpose of the IUCN criteria and lacked training in their proper use. To improve their clarity and increase their repeatability, we recommend that the IUCN increase communication and information exchange among countries and between regional and global assessors, potentially through an interactive Web site, to facilitate the development of national red lists and to improve their conservation value within and between countries. PMID:17531047

  8. Hepatitis B virus treatment beyond the guidelines: special populations and consideration of treatment withdrawal

    PubMed Central

    Vallet-Pichard, Anais

    2014-01-01

    The goal of chronic hepatitis B (CHB) treatment is to improve survival by preventing disease progression to decompensated cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma which is the cause of over 1 million deaths annually. The risk of disease progression is reduced when a sustained reduction of hepatitis B virus (HBV) DNA to undetectable levels and suppression of HBV replication are obtained which can result in regression of liver fibrosis and may even reverse cirrhosis. However, even if HBsAg loss occurs, HBV is not completely eradicated by treatment, and long-term therapy is required in patients who are HBeAg– and HBeAg+ who do not maintain off-treatment virological suppression and in those with advanced liver disease. The recently updated European Association of the Study of the Liver (EASL) clinical practical guidelines for HBV have clarified, first, how to treat HBV (interferon or the most potent oral drugs with optimal resistance profiles, i.e. entecavir and tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, should be used as first-line monotherapies); second, who should be treated (CHB in patients with significant liver disease but also patients who are HBsAg+ and are receiving immunosuppressive treatment, patients coinfected with HBV and human immunodeficiency virus, mothers who are HBsAg+ with high viral load in late pregnancy associated with sero vaccination to reduce the risk of vertical transmission of HBV; and third, when to stop antiviral therapies. The aim of this review was to clarify how to treat HBV and who should be treated, as well as when to stop treatment. Although the answer to these questions is clear for pegylated interferon, it is more debatable for nucleos(t)ide analogues (anti-HBe seroconversion, HBsAg loss or anti-HBs seroconversion with undetectable HBV DNA are clear indications to discontinue treatment but sustained undetectable HBV DNA in patients who are anti-HBe+ without significant fibrosis might be another indication). PMID:25057295

  9. UVA Department of Student Health Medical Guideline for Outpatient Treatment of Eating Disorders

    E-print Network

    Acton, Scott

    UVA Department of Student Health Medical Guideline for Outpatient Treatment of Eating Disorders In recognition of the complex and intensive treatment often required for individuals with an eating disorder to assist UVA staff in providing excellent outpatient care for students with eating disorders

  10. Treatment and Prevention of Acute Diarrhoea. Guidelines for the Trainers of Health Workers.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    World Health Organization, Geneva (Switzerland).

    This booklet, intended primarily for the trainers of middle-level community health workers in underdeveloped countries, is designed to help such workers present the topic of diarrhea treatment and prevention in training courses. Divided into five sections, the booklet gives guidelines on treatment and prevention, with particular emphasis on the…

  11. Adoption of practice guidelines and assessment tools in substance abuse treatment

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Traci Rieckmann; Bret E Fuller; Dennis McCarty

    2010-01-01

    BACKGROUND: The gap between research and practice limits utilization of relevant, progressive and empirically validated strategies in substance abuse treatment. METHODS: Participants included substance abuse treatment programs from the Northeastern United States. Structural equation models were constructed with agency level data to explore two outcome variables: adoption of practice guidelines and assessment tools at two points in time; models also

  12. National clinical guidelines for management of the palatally ectopic maxillary canine.

    PubMed

    Husain, J; Burden, D; McSherry, P; Morris, D; Allen, M

    2012-08-01

    This review summarises updated clinical guidelines produced by the Clinical Standards Committee of the Faculty of Dental Surgery, Royal College of Surgeons of England (FDSRCS). This guideline on the management of the palatally ectopic maxillary canine illustrates the information contained in the recently updated online version. The timely recognition of ectopic canines is important for the overall management of the dentition. This review illustrates five management strategies for ectopic permanent canines: interceptive treatment by extraction of the deciduous canine, surgical exposure and orthodontic alignment, surgical removal of the palatally ectopic permanent canine, auto-transplantation and no active treatment/leave and observe. The current available evidence for each of these management options has been evaluated and awarded a grade used by the Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network. PMID:22918345

  13. Cost-effectiveness of guideline-endorsed treatments for low back pain: a systematic review.

    PubMed

    Lin, Chung-Wei Christine; Haas, Marion; Maher, Chris G; Machado, Luciana A C; van Tulder, Maurits W

    2011-07-01

    Healthcare costs for low back pain (LBP) are increasing rapidly. Hence, it is important to provide treatments that are effective and cost-effective. The purpose of this systematic review was to investigate the cost-effectiveness of guideline-endorsed treatments for LBP. We searched nine clinical and economic electronic databases and the reference list of relevant systematic reviews and included studies for eligible studies. Economic evaluations conducted alongside randomised controlled trials investigating treatments for LBP endorsed by the guideline of the American College of Physicians and the American Pain Society were included. Two independent reviewers screened search results and extracted data. Data extracted included the type and perspective of the economic evaluation, the treatment comparators, and the relative cost-effectiveness of the treatment comparators. Twenty-six studies were included. Most studies found that interdisciplinary rehabilitation, exercise, acupuncture, spinal manipulation or cognitive-behavioural therapy were cost-effective in people with sub-acute or chronic LBP. Massage alone was unlikely to be cost-effective. There were inconsistent results on the cost-effectiveness of advice, insufficient evidence on spinal manipulation for people with acute LBP, and no evidence on the cost-effectiveness of medications, yoga or relaxation. This review found evidence supporting the cost-effectiveness of the guideline-endorsed treatments of interdisciplinary rehabilitation, exercise, acupuncture, spinal manipulation and cognitive-behavioural therapy for sub-acute or chronic LBP. There is little or inconsistent evidence for other treatments endorsed in the guideline. PMID:21229367

  14. LANDFILLS EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES DATABASE

    EPA Science Inventory

    Resource Purpose: This resource served as the main information source for national characteristics of landfills for the landfills effluent guidelines. The database was developed based on responses to the "1994 Waste Treatment Industry Questionnaire: Phase II Landfills" and...

  15. Contrasting prevalence of and demographic disparities in the World Health Organization and National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III definitions of metabolic syndrome among adolescents

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Elizabeth Goodman; Stephen R. Daniels; John A. Morrison; Bin Huang; Lawrence M. Dolan

    2004-01-01

    ObjectiveTo determine prevalence of metabolic syndrome (MS) among adolescents by using definitions from the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III (NCEP) and World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines and to compare the populations identified by these definitions.

  16. SEOM clinical guidelines for the treatment of metastatic prostate cancer.

    PubMed

    Cassinello, J; Climent, M A; González del Alba, A; Mellado, B; Virizuela, J A

    2014-12-01

    Androgen deprivation treatment is the current standard first-line treatment for metastatic prostate cancer. For several years, docetaxel was the only treatment with a proven survival benefit for castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC). Since docetaxel became standard of care for men with symptomatic metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC), three treatment virtual spaces, for treatment and drug development in CPRC, have emerged: pre-docetaxel, docetaxel combinations and post-docetaxel. Sipuleucel-T, cabazitaxel, abiraterone, enzalutamide and radium-223 have been approved in the pre- or post-docetaxel setting in metastatic CRPC during the last few years. Patients are now living longer and experiencing better quality of life. Strategies for patient selection and treatment sequencing are therefore urgently required. PMID:25319721

  17. Guidelines on fetal growth restriction: a comparison of recent national publications.

    PubMed

    Unterscheider, Julia; O'Donoghue, Keelin; Malone, Fergal D

    2015-03-01

    Objective?This study aims to compare recommendations from recently published national clinical guidelines for pregnancies complicated by fetal growth restriction (FGR). Materials and Methods?Clinical guidelines informing best practice management of pregnancies with FGR issued by the American Congress of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, the Society of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists of Canada and the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists in the United Kingdom are reviewed together with the published literature on this topic. Results?Each of the guidelines uses different terminology to describe pregnancies affected by suboptimal fetal growth; all of them agree that an estimated fetal weight?guidelines describe risk factor screening for improved detection of FGR and acknowledge the limited accuracy achieved with fundal height measurement. No agreement is reached over the value of fetal weight customization. All colleges have varied opinions regarding methods of Doppler surveillance, however agree that umbilical artery Doppler is beneficial as primary surveillance tool. Conclusions?The results of this review relay significant inconsistencies and call for an urgent and practical international consensus on this important and common clinical topic. Current data were used to develop a clinical practice guideline for Ireland, which will be presented in context with this review. PMID:25217738

  18. [Guidelines for the treatment of highly anxious dental patients].

    PubMed

    de Jongh, A; Makkes, P C; Broers, D L M

    2005-03-01

    Treatment of extreme or pathological forms of dental anxiety requires specific skills. This paper is an attempt to formulate a number of treatment strategies, based on the available literature and effectiveness studies. It is suggested that based upon the assessment information three types of problem areas can be identified, namely, 1. a phobia of specific dental procedures or situations; 2. long overdue requiring acute dental treatment; and 3. intrusive or interfering psychiatric symptoms. In this article these problem situations are reviewed and several appropriate treatment options are discussed. PMID:15792393

  19. [Guidelines based on decision support software. Quality management in neurological outpatient schizophrenia treatment].

    PubMed

    Janssen, B; Menke, R; Pourhassan, F; Gessner-Ozokyay, D; Peters, R; Gaebel, W

    2006-05-01

    The positive effect of greater adherence to evidence-based guidelines on possibilities of optimizing diagnosis and therapy has been shown various times. Electronic systems for interactive support and systematization of physicians' decision-making represent a relatively new method for implementing guidelines. Introducing the "schizophrenia module", newly developed decision support software is presented combining electronic data processing-based, quality-oriented documentation and interactive decision support in the outpatient treatment for schizophrenic disorders. Structure, functionality, and options of use are presented. Besides classic measures of quality management (benchmarking), electronic decision support systems can contribute to improve process quality and outcome in the treatment of mental diseases. PMID:15765230

  20. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for the prevention and treatment of frostbite: 2014 update.

    PubMed

    McIntosh, Scott E; Opacic, Matthew; Freer, Luanne; Grissom, Colin K; Auerbach, Paul S; Rodway, George W; Cochran, Amalia; Giesbrecht, Gordon G; McDevitt, Marion; Imray, Christopher H; Johnson, Eric L; Dow, Jennifer; Hackett, Peter H

    2014-12-01

    The Wilderness Medical Society convened an expert panel to develop a set of evidence-based guidelines for the prevention and treatment of frostbite. We present a review of pertinent pathophysiology. We then discuss primary and secondary prevention measures and therapeutic management. Recommendations are made regarding each treatment and its role in management. These recommendations are graded on the basis of the quality of supporting evidence and balance between the benefits and risks or burdens for each modality according to methodology stipulated by the American College of Chest Physicians. This is an updated version of the original guidelines published in Wilderness & Environmental Medicine 2011;22(2):156-166. PMID:25498262

  1. Guidelines for periodontal care and follow-up during orthodontic treatment in adolescents and young adults

    PubMed Central

    LEVIN, Liran; EINY, Shmuel; ZIGDON, Hadar; AIZENBUD, Dror; MACHTEI, Eli E.

    2012-01-01

    Aggressive periodontitis is characterized by non-contributory medical history, rapid attachment loss and bone destruction and familial aggregation of cases. Aggressive periodontitis (both localized and generalized) is usually diagnosed in a young population. This is frequently the age that an orthodontic care is provided to this population. The aim of the present paper is to draw guidelines for periodontal evaluation and monitoring prior to and during active orthodontic treatment. Strict adherence to these guidelines as a routine protocol for periodontal examination prior, during and following orthodontic treatment may dramatically decrease the severity and improve the prognosis of patients with aggressive periodontitis in orthodontic clinics. PMID:23032199

  2. Guidelines for periodontal care and follow-up during orthodontic treatment in adolescents and young adults.

    PubMed

    Levin, Liran; Einy, Shmuel; Zigdon, Hadar; Aizenbud, Dror; Machtei, Eli E

    2012-01-01

    Aggressive periodontitis is characterized by non-contributory medical history, rapid attachment loss and bone destruction and familial aggregation of cases. Aggressive periodontitis (both localized and generalized) is usually diagnosed in a young population. This is frequently the age that an orthodontic care is provided to this population. The aim of the present paper is to draw guidelines for periodontal evaluation and monitoring prior to and during active orthodontic treatment. Strict adherence to these guidelines as a routine protocol for periodontal examination prior, during and following orthodontic treatment may dramatically decrease the severity and improve the prognosis of patients with aggressive periodontitis in orthodontic clinics. PMID:23032199

  3. Prenatal Depression: Best Practice Guidelines for Diagnosis and Treatment

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Choate, Laura H.; Gintner, Gary G.

    2011-01-01

    The purpose of this article is to provide counselors with an overview of best practices for the treatment of women who experience prenatal depression (PND). The authors first discuss issues in the screening and diagnosis of PND. Next, the 2 most common treatments, antidepressants and psychotherapy, are reviewed and discussed in relation to current…

  4. KDOQI US commentary on the 2009 KDIGO Clinical Practice Guideline for the Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Treatment of CKD-Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD).

    PubMed

    Uhlig, Katrin; Berns, Jeffrey S; Kestenbaum, Bryan; Kumar, Raj; Leonard, Mary B; Martin, Kevin J; Sprague, Stuart M; Goldfarb, Stanley

    2010-05-01

    This commentary provides a US perspective on the 2009 KDIGO (Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes) Clinical Practice Guideline for the Diagnosis, Evaluation, Prevention, and Treatment of Chronic Kidney Disease-Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD). KDIGO is an independent international organization with the primary mission of the promotion, coordination, collaboration, and integration of initiatives to develop and implement clinical practice guidelines for the care of patients with kidney disease. The National Kidney Foundation's Kidney Disease Outcomes Quality Initiative (KDOQI), recognizing that international guidelines need to be adapted for each country, convened a group of experts to comment on the application and implementation of the KDIGO guideline for patients with CKD in the United States. This commentary puts the KDIGO guideline into the context of the supporting evidence and the setting of care delivered in the United States and summarizes important differences between prior KDOQI guidelines and the newer KDIGO guideline. It also considers the potential impact of a new bundled payment system for dialysis clinics. The KDIGO guideline addresses the evaluation and treatment of abnormalities of CKD-MBD in adults and children with CKD stages 3-5 on long-term dialysis therapy or with a kidney transplant. Tests considered are those that relate to laboratory, bone, and cardiovascular abnormality detection and monitoring. Treatments considered are interventions to treat hyperphosphatemia, hyperparathyroidism, and bone disease in patients with CKD stages 3-5D and 1-5T. Limitations of the evidence are discussed. The lack of definitive clinical outcome trials explains why most recommendations are not of level 1 but of level 2 strength, which means weak or discretionary recommendations. Suggestions for future research highlight priority areas. PMID:20363541

  5. Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis and Treatment in Cancer: A Consensus Statement of Major Guidelines Panels and Call to Action

    PubMed Central

    Khorana, Alok A.; Streiff, Michael B.; Farge, Dominique; Mandala, Mario; Debourdeau, Philippe; Cajfinger, Francis; Marty, Michel; Falanga, Anna; Lyman, Gary H.

    2009-01-01

    Purpose Venous thromboembolism (VTE) is an increasingly frequent complication of cancer and its treatments, and is associated with worsened mortality and morbidity in patients with cancer. Design The Italian Association of Medical Oncology, the National Comprehensive Cancer Network, the American Society of Clinical Oncology, the French National Federation of the League of Centers Against Cancer, and the European Society of Medical Oncology have recently published guidelines regarding VTE in patients with cancer. This review, authored by a working group of members from these panels, focuses on the methodology and areas of consensus and disagreement in the various clinical guidelines as well as directions for future research. Results There is broad consensus regarding the importance of thromboprophylaxis in hospitalized patients with cancer, including prolonged prophylaxis in high-risk surgical patients. Prophylaxis is not currently recommended for ambulatory patients with cancer (with exceptions) or for central venous catheters. All of the panels agree that low molecular weight heparins are preferred for the long-term treatment of VTE in cancer. Areas that warrant further research include the benefit of prophylaxis in the ambulatory setting, the risk/benefit ratio of prophylaxis for hospitalized patients with cancer, an understanding of incidental VTE, and the impact of anticoagulation on survival. Conclusion We call for a sustained research effort to investigate the clinical issues identified here to reduce the burden of VTE and its consequences in patients with cancer. PMID:19720907

  6. A guideline for the treatment of dementia in Japan.

    PubMed

    Nakamura, Shigenobu

    2004-01-01

    Worldwide energetic efforts have provided several clues for the management of Alzheimer's disease and related dementias in elderly people, although the history of dementia treatment is not long. Various pharmacological or non-pharmacological treatments are carried out in daily medical practice, but evidence for the validity of these treatments is limited. In United States and Europe, several pharmacological and a few non-pharmacological treatments have been proven effective and a few drugs are approved by various governments and used in practice. In contrast, only one acetylcholinesterase inhibitor, donepezil has been proven effective and used for patients with mild or moderate Alzheimer's disease in Japan. Anti-hypertensive or anti-platelet therapy has been shown to reduce the incidence or recurrence of stroke, probably preventing vascular dementia. Effectiveness of drugs and types of care awaits to be validated in the light of scientific procedures. PMID:14964575

  7. Evolution of HIV treatment guidelines in high and low-income countries: Converging recommendations

    PubMed Central

    Richardson, Eugene T.; Grant, Philip M.; Zolopa, Andrew R.

    2014-01-01

    Over the past 15 years, antiretroviral treatment guidelines for HIV infection have evolved significantly, reflective of the major advances in this therapeutic area. Evidenced-based recommendations have largely replaced expert opinion, while diagnostic monitoring and therapeutic interventions have become more sophisticated and effective. Just ten years ago, there was a marked difference in access to antiretroviral therapy for patients in wealthy and impoverished countries. The increasing availability of therapy across the globe, however, has made it possible for international guidelines to more closely resemble those in industrialized countries. This article compares the evolution of antiretroviral therapy treatment guidelines from the United States Department of Health and Human Services and the World Health Organization, focusing on when to initiate ART in asymptomatic patients and in those with an opportunistic infection; initial regimens in general population and in special populations; when to change and what to change; and laboratory monitoring. PMID:24374148

  8. Dietary treatments for epilepsy: Management guidelines for the general practitioner

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Paul R. Lee; Eric H. Kossoff

    2011-01-01

    As ketogenic diets become more frequently used as a standard treatment for epilepsy in children and adults, hospital and community neurologists, pediatricians, intensivists, general practitioners, and house officers will readily encounter patients who are receiving these dietary treatments. A growing body of evidence demonstrates that dietary therapies for epilepsy (classic ketogenic diet, medium-chain triglyceride diet, modified Atkins diet, and low-glycemic-index

  9. Commentary: Treatment Guidelines for Child and Adolescent Bipolar Disorder

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    McClellan, Jon

    2005-01-01

    Once considered rare in children, pediatric bipolar disorder is now widely diagnosed in the United States. The illness has become a cultural phenomenon, adorning the cover of Time magazine and headlining national news broadcasts. Kowatch and colleagues, in compiling consensus recommendations for bipolar disorder in children and adolescents, have…

  10. The Relationship between National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Weight Guidelines and Concurrent Medical Costs in a Manufacturing Population.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wang, Feifei; Schultz, Alyssa B.; Musich, Shirley; McDonald, Tim; Hirschland, David; Edington, Dee W.

    2003-01-01

    Explored the relationship between the 1998 National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI) weight guidelines and concurrent medical costs among 177,971 employees, retirees, and adult dependents from a nationwide manufacturing corporation. Results indicated that the six weight groups defined by the NHLBI guidelines were consistent with concurrent…

  11. Job Notes '91 Curriculum. A Career Development Unit Addressing Competency Statements from the National Career Development Guidelines.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Randall, Judith D.

    This curriculum guide contains 15 lessons based on competency areas and indicators from the National Career Development Guidelines. They address competencies in each of the three developmental areas outlined in the guidelines: self-knowledge, educational and occupational exploration, and career planning. The lessons were designed using a…

  12. Do general practitioners adhere to the guideline on infectious conjunctivitis? Results of the Second Dutch National Survey of General Practice

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Remco P Rietveld; Gerben ter Riet; Patrick JE Bindels; François G Schellevis; Henk CPM van Weert

    2007-01-01

    BACKGROUND: In 1996 the guideline 'The Red Eye' was first published by the Dutch College of General Practitioners. The extent to which general practitioners adhere to this guideline is unclear. Recently, data on the management of infectious conjunctivitis by general practitioners became available from the Second Dutch National Survey of General Practice. We measured the age-specific incidence of infectious conjunctivitis,

  13. Development and maintenance of guideline-based decision support for pharmacological treatment of hypertension.

    PubMed

    Persson, M; Bohlin, J; Eklund, P

    2000-03-01

    The objective was to build a computer-based decision support system (DSS), which could apply the formal rules embedded in guidelines regarding pharmacological treatment of hypertension. The aim was also to test VISUAL BASIC as a development tool for DSS's in health care. From the Swedish guidelines for treatment of hypertension, the most widely accepted and scientifically best proved treatment strategies were chosen and implemented as rules. A DSS that is capable of applying the evidence-based rules extracted from guidelines regarding drug treatment of hypertension, to any patient's medical profile, was constructed. The output consists of a recommendation regarding preferred generic drug class and also a written report, reflecting decision steps provided by the rule-base and inference engine. We also provide methods for formalising an implementable language of guidelines. A mainstream programming language like VISUAL BASIC can be an alternative when building complicated decision support systems. A logic formal notation can facilitate communication between the expert and the programmer. The program is a stand-alone product independent of computerized medical records and thereby easy to install and maintain. PMID:10710183

  14. European guidelines for the management of chemotherapy-induced anaemia and health economic aspects of treatment.

    PubMed

    Repetto, Lazzaro; Moeremans, Karen; Annemans, Lieven

    2006-01-01

    Patients with cancer receiving myelosuppressive chemotherapy frequently develop anaemia; platinum-based chemotherapy, in particular, leads to reduced production of the bone marrow-stimulating hormone erythropoietin. The European Cancer Anaemia Survey showed that many patients do not receive erythropoiesis-stimulating agent (ESA) therapy and highlighted the need for clear guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of anaemia in cancer patients. In response to a fast-moving therapeutic environment and guidelines produced in the USA, the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer established an independent task force to develop evidence-based guidelines for the use of ESAs in European anaemic cancer patients that were first published in 2004. The guidelines recommend that, in patients receiving chemotherapy/radiotherapy, ESA therapy should be initiated at haemoglobin levels of 9-11 g/dL based on the severity of symptoms (target haemoglobin concentration: 12-13 g/dL) to improve quality of life and prevent the need for red blood cell transfusions. Treatment should be maintained as long as Hb levels remain <12-13 g/dL and patients continue to show symptomatic improvement, and should be discontinued, due to marginally elevated risks of thromboembolic events, when haemoglobin levels exceed 14 g/dL. Treatment of anaemia with ESAs is cost-effective and is associated with long-term gains in quality-adjusted life years. PMID:16725267

  15. Best Practices for Mental Health in Child Welfare: Screening, Assessment, and Treatment Guidelines

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Romanelli, Lisa Hunter; Landsverk, John; Levitt, Jessica Mass; Leslie, Laurel K.; Hurley, Maia M.; Bellonci, Christopher; Gries, Leonard T.; Pecora, Peter J.; Jensen, Peter S.

    2009-01-01

    The Best Practices for Mental Health in Child Welfare Consensus Conference focused on developing guidelines in five key areas (screening and assessment, psychosocial interventions, psychopharmacologic treatment, parent engagement, and youth empowerment) related to children's mental health. This paper provides an overview of issues related to the…

  16. 76 FR 35959 - Capital Adequacy Guidelines; Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement: Treatment of...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-06-21

    ...R-1356] Capital Adequacy Guidelines; Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement: Treatment...Board is adopting a final rule that allows bank holding companies that have made a valid...Internal Revenue Code (S-Corp BHCs) and bank holding companies organized in mutual...

  17. German evidence-based guidelines for the treatment of Psoriasis vulgaris (short version)

    PubMed Central

    Kopp, I.; Augustin, M.; Banditt, K. B.; Boehncke, W. H.; Follmann, M.; Friedrich, M.; Huber, M.; Kahl, C.; Klaus, J.; Koza, J.; Kreiselmaier, I.; Mohr, J.; Mrowietz, U.; Ockenfels, H. M.; Orzechowski, H. D.; Prinz, J.; Reich, K.; Rosenbach, T.; Rosumeck, S.; Schlaeger, M.; Schmid-Ott, G.; Sebastian, M.; Streit, V.; Weberschock, T.; Rzany, B.

    2007-01-01

    Psoriasis vulgaris is a common and chronic inflammatory skin disease which has the potential to significantly reduce the quality of life in severely affected patients. The incidence of psoriasis in Western industrialized countries ranges from 1.5 to 2%. Despite the large variety of treatment options available, patient surveys have revealed insufficient satisfaction with the efficacy of available treatments and a high rate of medication non-compliance. To optimize the treatment of psoriasis in Germany, the Deutsche Dermatologische Gesellschaft and the Berufsverband Deutscher Dermatologen (BVDD) have initiated a project to develop evidence-based guidelines for the management of psoriasis. The guidelines focus on induction therapy in cases of mild, moderate, and severe plaque-type psoriasis in adults. The short version of the guidelines reported here consist of a series of therapeutic recommendations that are based on a systematic literature search and subsequent discussion with experts in the field; they have been approved by a team of dermatology experts. In addition to the therapeutic recommendations provided in this short version, the full version of the guidelines includes information on contraindications, adverse events, drug interactions, practicality, and costs as well as detailed information on how best to apply the treatments described (for full version, please see Nast et al., JDDG, Suppl 2:S1–S126, 2006; or http://www.psoriasis-leitlinie.de). PMID:17497162

  18. Outsourcing water treatment chemicals and equipment -- guidelines for success

    SciTech Connect

    Loretitsch, G.A.; Puckorius, P.R. [Puckorius and Associates, Inc., Evergreen, CO (United States); Maxwell, R. [TechKNOWLEDGEY Strategic Group, Boulder, CO (United States)

    1998-12-31

    Outsourcing of water treatment chemicals, services and related equipment is a technique and process available to end users. Outsourcing enables the use of capital for plant equipment expansion and/or modernization of salable products -- not towards utilities. Outsourcing also enables reduced costs of water treatment chemicals and reduced plant labor for applying controlling and evaluating these chemicals. Today, the water business resembles a sort of market bazaar teeming with all variety of players -- equipment makers, specialty chemical producers, analytical monitoring firms, engineers and consultants, service providers, and system integrators. The industry is made up of a vast range of companies whose only real similarity in many cases is the ultimate goal of providing clean water to their varied markets. In recent years. the overall water treatment marketplace has grown dramatically and was recently estimated at $300 billion worldwide in all categories of water and wastewater treatment companies. One study has estimated that the international market could grow to more than $500 billion within just the next four years. Other reports are somewhat less sanguine and predict slightly smaller market sizes. However, no matter how one analyzes the field. one thing has become clear to all observers - the overall water services industry is a growing business whose true economic significance is gaining wider appreciation. Water markets are often broadly broken down into two key segments: (1) Industrial and process water and wastewater treatment; and (2) municipal potable water delivery and sewage treatment. In a simplistic sense, water markets can be divided into the following categories: (1) Heavy industrial process and high-purity water; (2) Light commercial and industrial water; and (3) Commercial and residential drinking water (point of use and water dispensers).

  19. Latest guidelines and advances for treatment of restless legs syndrome.

    PubMed

    Earley, Christopher J

    2014-04-01

    Restless legs syndrome (RLS) is a common disorder that can have a considerable impact on a patient's functioning and quality of life. The pharmacologic armamentarium for RLS contains dopamine agonists, a-2d ligands, and opioids, among other agents. Each of these types of drugs has strengths and limitations, and treatment selection should be based on the frequency of RLS symptoms and any accompanying pain. Dopaminergic augmentation, which exacerbates RLS symptoms, is the most common and challenging side effect of long-term RLS treatment with dopamine agonists and requires special clinical consideration. Iron status is also important to the effective management of RLS. PMID:24813409

  20. Physician Peer Assessments for Compliance with Methadone Maintenance Treatment Guidelines

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Strike, Carol; Wenghofer, Elizabeth; Gnam, William; Hillier, Wade; Veldhuizen, Scott; Millson, Margaret

    2007-01-01

    Introduction: Medical associations and licensing bodies face pressure to implement quality assurance programs, but evidence-based models are lacking. To improve the quality of methadone maintenance treatment (MMT), the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario, Canada, conducts an innovative quality assurance program on the basis of peer…

  1. Cost-effectiveness of guideline-endorsed treatments for low back pain: a systematic review

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Chung-Wei Christine Lin; Marion Haas; Chris G. Maher; Luciana A. C. Machado; Maurits W. van Tulder

    Healthcare costs for low back pain (LBP) are increasing rapidly. Hence, it is important to provide treatments that are effective\\u000a and cost-effective. The purpose of this systematic review was to investigate the cost-effectiveness of guideline-endorsed\\u000a treatments for LBP. We searched nine clinical and economic electronic databases and the reference list of relevant systematic\\u000a reviews and included studies for eligible studies.

  2. Quality Improvement Guidelines for Imaging Detection and Treatment of Endoleaks following Endovascular Aneurysm Repair (EVAR)

    SciTech Connect

    Rand, T., E-mail: Thomas.Rand@wienkav.at [General Hospital Hietzing, Department of Radiology (Austria); Uberoi, R. [John Radcliffe Hospital, Department of Radiology (United Kingdom)] [John Radcliffe Hospital, Department of Radiology (United Kingdom); Cil, B. [Hacettepe University Hospitals, Department of Interventional Radiology (Turkey)] [Hacettepe University Hospitals, Department of Interventional Radiology (Turkey); Munneke, G. [St George's Hospital, Department of Interventional Radiology (United Kingdom)] [St George's Hospital, Department of Interventional Radiology (United Kingdom); Tsetis, D. [University Hospital of Heraklion, Medical School of Crete, Department of Radiology (Greece)] [University Hospital of Heraklion, Medical School of Crete, Department of Radiology (Greece)

    2013-02-15

    Major concerns after aortic aneurysm repair are caused by the presence of endoleaks, which are defined as persistent perigraft flow within the aortic aneurysm sac. Diagnosis of endoleaks can be performed with various imaging modalities, and indications for treatment are based on further subclassifications. Early detection and correct classification of endoleaks are crucial for planning patient management. The vast majority of endoleaks can be treated successfully by interventional means. Guidelines for Imaging Detection and Treatment of endoleaks are described in this article.

  3. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for the prevention and treatment of heat-related illness.

    PubMed

    Lipman, Grant S; Eifling, Kurt P; Ellis, Mark A; Gaudio, Flavio G; Otten, Edward M; Grissom, Colin K

    2013-12-01

    The Wilderness Medical Society (WMS) convened an expert panel to develop a set of evidence-based guidelines for the recognition, prevention, and treatment of heat-related illness. We present a review of the classifications, pathophysiology, and evidence-based guidelines for planning and preventive measures as well as best-practice recommendations for both field- and hospital-based therapeutic management of heat-related illness. These recommendations are graded based on the quality of supporting evidence and the balance between the benefits and risks or burdens for each modality. PMID:24140191

  4. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for treatment of eye injuries and illnesses in the wilderness.

    PubMed

    Drake, Brandy; Paterson, Ryan; Tabin, Geoffrey; Butler, Frank K; Cushing, Tracy

    2012-12-01

    A panel convened to develop an evidence-based set of guidelines for the recognition and treatment of eye injuries and illnesses that may occur in the wilderness. These guidelines are meant to serve as a tool to help wilderness providers accurately identify and subsequently treat or evacuate for a variety of ophthalmologic complaints. Recommendations are graded based on the quality of their supporting evidence and the balance between risks and benefits according to criteria developed by the American College of Chest Physicians. PMID:23158204

  5. Summary of the Dutch S3-guidelines on the treatment of psoriasis 2011. Dutch Society of Dermatology and Venereology.

    PubMed

    Zweegers, J; de Jong, E M G J; Nijsten, T E C; de Bes, J; te Booij, M; Bogonjen, R J; van Cranenburgh, O D; van Deutekom, H; van Everdingen, J J E; de Groot, M; Van Hees, C L M; Hulshuizen, H; Koek, M B G; de Korte, W J A; de Korte, J; Lecluse, L L A; Pasch, M C; Poblete-Gutiérrez, P A; Prens, E P; Seyger, M M B; Thio, H B; Torcque, L A; de Vries, A C Q; van de Kerkhof, P C M; Spuls, Ph I

    2014-03-01

    This document provides a summary of the Dutch S3-guidelines on the treatment of psoriasis. These guidelines were finalized in December 2011 and contain unique chapters on the treatment of psoriasis of the face and flexures, childhood psoriasis as well as the patient's perspective on treatment. They also cover the topical treatment of psoriasis, photo(chemo)therapy, conventional systemic therapy and biological therapy. PMID:24656281

  6. Treatment of Fibromyalgia Syndrome: Recommendations of Recent Evidence-Based Interdisciplinary Guidelines with Special Emphasis on Complementary and Alternative Therapies

    PubMed Central

    Fitzcharles, Mary-Ann; Buskila, Dan; Shir, Yoram; Sommer, Claudia

    2013-01-01

    Objective. Current evidence indicates that there is no single ideal treatment for fibromyalgia syndrome (FMS). First choice treatment options remain debatable, especially concerning the importance of complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) treatments. Methods. Three evidence-based interdisciplinary guidelines on FMS in Canada, Germany, and Israel were compared for their first choice and CAM-recommendations. Results. All three guidelines emphasized a patient-tailored approach according to the key symptoms. Aerobic exercise, cognitive behavioral therapy, and multicomponent therapy were first choice treatments. The guidelines differed in the grade of recommendation for drug treatment. Anticonvulsants (gabapentin, pregabalin) and serotonin noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (duloxetine, milnacipran) were strongly recommended by the Canadian and the Israeli guidelines. These drugs received only a weak recommendation by the German guideline. In consideration of CAM-treatments, acupuncture, hypnosis/guided imagery, and Tai Chi were recommended by the German and Israeli guidelines. The Canadian guidelines did not recommend any CAM therapy. Discussion. Recent evidence-based interdisciplinary guidelines concur on the importance of treatment tailored to the individual patient and further emphasize the need of self-management strategies (exercise, and psychological techniques). PMID:24348701

  7. Asthma and COPD: definitions, epidemiology, and treatment guidelines.

    PubMed

    Berger, William E; Cline, Douglas C

    2005-12-01

    Asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) are disorders that affect millions of people in the United States and other countries in the world. Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disease of the airways that has cellular and molecular pathways. Affected patients have recurrent episodes of wheezing, dyspnea, chest tightness, and cough that can be treated to minimize impact. COPD is a disease that is characterized by airflow limitation that is not fully reversible. Prevalence of asthma may be leveling off. Prevalence of COPD is increasing, especially in women. Although several therapies are available, many patients do not seek treatment until COPD is moderately advanced. PMID:19667710

  8. [Clinical guideline for diagnosis and treatment of high blood pressure].

    PubMed

    Castaño-Guerra, Rodolfo; Medina-González, María Del Consuelo; de la Rosa-Rincón, Rosa Lidia; Loría-Castellanos, Jorge

    2011-01-01

    Hypertension is a disease with numerous etiologies which consequences led to systemic vascular damage leading to other cardio-vascular diseases increasing morbi-morbility. Clinically it goes through a prolonged asymptomatic phase that prevents early diagnosis. Today, a high prevalence is reported in our country so that it is considered a public health issue. The purpose of this guide is to be a useful tool to be used to define the Arterial Hypertension or high blood pressure concept, its epidemiology, prevalence, classification and, according to these concepts, in order to establish a proper treatment program emphasizing the preventive side of the disease in primary care units. PMID:21839001

  9. Diagnosis, treatment and prevention of ankle sprains: an evidence-based clinical guideline.

    PubMed

    Kerkhoffs, Gino M; van den Bekerom, Michel; Elders, Leon A M; van Beek, Peter A; Hullegie, Wim A M; Bloemers, Guus M F M; de Heus, Elly M; Loogman, Masja C M; Rosenbrand, Kitty C J G M; Kuipers, Ton; Hoogstraten, J W A P; Dekker, Rienk; Ten Duis, Henk-Jan; van Dijk, C Niek; van Tulder, Maurits W; van der Wees, Philip J; de Bie, Rob A

    2012-09-01

    Ankle injuries are a huge medical and socioeconomic problem. Many people have a traumatic injury of the ankle, most of which are a result of sports. Total costs of treatment and work absenteeism due to ankle injuries are high. The prevention of recurrences can result in large savings on medical costs. A multidisciplinary clinical practice guideline was developed with the aim to prevent further health impairment of patients with acute lateral ankle ligament injuries by giving recommendations with respect to improved diagnostic and therapeutic opportunities. The recommendations are based on evidence from published scientific research, which was extensively discussed by the guideline committee. This clinical guideline is helpful for healthcare providers who are involved in the management of patients with ankle injuries. PMID:22522586

  10. EANO guideline for the diagnosis and treatment of anaplastic gliomas and glioblastoma.

    PubMed

    Weller, Michael; van den Bent, Martin; Hopkins, Kirsten; Tonn, Jörg C; Stupp, Roger; Falini, Andrea; Cohen-Jonathan-Moyal, Elizabeth; Frappaz, Didier; Henriksson, Roger; Balana, Carmen; Chinot, Olivier; Ram, Zvi; Reifenberger, Guido; Soffietti, Riccardo; Wick, Wolfgang

    2014-08-01

    This guideline provides recommendations for diagnostic and therapeutic procedures for patients with malignant gliomas. We differentiate evidence-based standards from reasonable options or non-evidence-based measures that should no longer be considered. The recommendations herein should provide a framework and assurance for the choice of diagnostic procedures and therapeutic measures and aim to reduce complications from unnecessary treatment and cost. The guideline contributes to a critical appreciation of concurrent drugs with a focus on the controlled use of anticonvulsants and steroids. It should serve as a guideline for all professionals involved in the diagnostics and care of glioma patients and also as a source of knowledge for insurance companies and other institutions involved in the cost regulation of cancer care in Europe. Implementation of the recommendations summarised here will need interdisciplinary structures of care for patients with brain tumours and structured processes of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. PMID:25079102

  11. The guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of spasticity.

    PubMed

    Dones, I; Nazzi, V; Broggi, G

    2006-12-01

    Spasticity is a predominant clinical sign appearing in different neurological diseases. It is always flanked by various degrees of muscle weakness. The clinical evaluation of a spastic patient is score according to varius internationally approved evaluation scales (Ashworth scale, muscle spasms scale, and FIM disability scale). The treatment of spasticity is mostly a symptomatic treatment aimed to relief muscle hypertonus thus increasing both motor performance and improving nursing. Many molecules are frequently being used orally with poor results or with the onset of undesired side effects. In fact oral baclofen, diazepam and tizanidine often have poor effect on spasticity and bring frequently to the appearance of undesired side effects caused by the concentration of these molecule at the brain level. Intrathecal baclofen is a good option to treat diffuse spasticity through the infusion of baclofen into the spinal CSF space. When baclofen is administered intrathecally at the spinal level it distributes with a concentration-gradient between caudal and rostral level of the spine that was calculated as 4:1 thus avoiding its concentration at the brain level when given at a therapeutical dosage. This fact avoids any undesired side effect due to the action of baclofen at the brain level. Botulinum toxin as well as peripheral neurotomies are very helpful in those cases in whom spasticity is mainly restricted to few muscular groups. A correct flow-chart to diagnose and treat the patient is mandatory to achieve the best results for each patient according to his spasticity and residual motor ability. PMID:17108887

  12. Drug-disease and drug-drug interactions: systematic examination of recommendations in 12 UK national clinical guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Dumbreck, Siobhan; Flynn, Angela; Nairn, Moray; Wilson, Martin; Treweek, Shaun; Mercer, Stewart W; Alderson, Phil; Thompson, Alex; Payne, Katherine

    2015-01-01

    Objective To identify the number of drug-disease and drug-drug interactions for exemplar index conditions within National Institute of Health and Care Excellence (NICE) clinical guidelines. Design Systematic identification, quantification, and classification of potentially serious drug-disease and drug-drug interactions for drugs recommended by NICE clinical guidelines for type 2 diabetes, heart failure, and depression in relation to 11 other common conditions and drugs recommended by NICE guidelines for those conditions. Setting NICE clinical guidelines for type 2 diabetes, heart failure, and depression Main outcome measures Potentially serious drug-disease and drug-drug interactions. Results Following recommendations for prescription in 12 national clinical guidelines would result in several potentially serious drug interactions. There were 32 potentially serious drug-disease interactions between drugs recommended in the guideline for type 2 diabetes and the 11 other conditions compared with six for drugs recommended in the guideline for depression and 10 for drugs recommended in the guideline for heart failure. Of these drug-disease interactions, 27 (84%) in the type 2 diabetes guideline and all of those in the two other guidelines were between the recommended drug and chronic kidney disease. More potentially serious drug-drug interactions were identified between drugs recommended by guidelines for each of the three index conditions and drugs recommended by the guidelines for the 11 other conditions: 133 drug-drug interactions for drugs recommended in the type 2 diabetes guideline, 89 for depression, and 111 for heart failure. Few of these drug-disease or drug-drug interactions were highlighted in the guidelines for the three index conditions. Conclusions Drug-disease interactions were relatively uncommon with the exception of interactions when a patient also has chronic kidney disease. Guideline developers could consider a more systematic approach regarding the potential for drug-disease interactions, based on epidemiological knowledge of the comorbidities of people with the disease the guideline is focused on, and should particularly consider whether chronic kidney disease is common in the target population. In contrast, potentially serious drug-drug interactions between recommended drugs for different conditions were common. The extensive number of potentially serious interactions requires innovative interactive approaches to the production and dissemination of guidelines to allow clinicians and patients with multimorbidity to make informed decisions about drug selection. PMID:25762567

  13. [The position of tiotropium in new treatment guidelines for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease].

    PubMed

    Koblížek, V

    2013-12-01

    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is a significant syndrome of internal medicine with serious health, social and economic impacts. Globally, tiotropium is the longest used and through the randomised studies the most examined representative of inhalation long-acting antimuscarinics. In routine practice, this treatment group is identified with a globally known abbreviation LAMA (or U-LAMA, U means ultralong-acting with dosing every 24 hours). Pharmacological agents of the LAMA (U-LAMA) group are included in a significant number of all important treatment guidelines. The Czech guidelines place these medicines into the first line of general medication - for all symptomatic patients, regardless of the stage, age and comorbidities. The article describes the role of LAMA (namely tiotropium) in the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and also relevant evidence of the efficacy and safety of both tiotropium dosage forms (HandHaler and Respimat) in detail. PMID:24350939

  14. Saudi guidelines on the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension: 2014 updates.

    PubMed

    Idrees, Majdy M; Saleemi, Sarfraz; Azem, M Ali; Aldammas, Saleh; Alhazmi, Manal; Khan, Javid; Gari, Abdulgafour; Aldabbagh, Maha; Sakkijha, Husam; Aldalaan, Abdulla; Alnajashi, Khalid; Alhabeeb, Waleed; Nizami, Imran; Kouatli, Amjad; Chehab, May; Tamimi, Omar; Banjar, Hanaa; Kashour, Tarek; Lopes, Antonio; Minai, Omar; Hassoun, Paul; Pasha, Qadar; Mayer, Eckhard; Butrous, Ghazwan; Bhagavathula, Sastry; Ghio, Stefano; Swiston, John; Boueiz, Adel; Tonelli, Adriano; Levy, Robert D; Hoeper, Marius; Levy, Rober D

    2014-07-01

    The Saudi Association for Pulmonary Hypertension (previously called Saudi Advisory Group for Pulmonary Hypertension) has published the first Saudi Guidelines on Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension back in 2008.[1] That guideline was very detailed and extensive and reviewed most aspects of pulmonary hypertension (PH). One of the disadvantages of such detailed guidelines is the difficulty that some of the readers who just want to get a quick guidance or looking for a specific piece of information might face. All efforts were made to develop this guideline in an easy-to-read form, making it very handy and helpful to clinicians dealing with PH patients to select the best management strategies for the typical patient suffering from a specific condition. This Guideline was designed to provide recommendations for problems frequently encountered by practicing clinicians involved in management of PH. This publication targets mainly adult and pediatric PH-treating physicians, but can also be used by other physicians interested in PH. PMID:25076987

  15. Saudi guidelines on the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension: 2014 updates

    PubMed Central

    Idrees, Majdy M.; Saleemi, Sarfraz; Azem, M Ali; Aldammas, Saleh; Alhazmi, Manal; Khan, Javid; Gari, Abdulgafour; Aldabbagh, Maha; Sakkijha, Husam; Aldalaan, Abdulla; Alnajashi, Khalid; Alhabeeb, Waleed; Nizami, Imran; Kouatli, Amjad; Chehab, May; Tamimi, Omar; Banjar, Hanaa; Kashour, Tarek; Lopes, Antonio; Minai, Omar; Hassoun, Paul; Pasha, Qadar; Mayer, Eckhard; Butrous, Ghazwan; Bhagavathula, Sastry; Ghio, Stefano; Swiston, John; Boueiz, Adel; Tonelli, Adriano; Levy, Robert D.

    2014-01-01

    The Saudi Association for Pulmonary Hypertension (previously called Saudi Advisory Group for Pulmonary Hypertension) has published the first Saudi Guidelines on Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension back in 2008.[1] That guideline was very detailed and extensive and reviewed most aspects of pulmonary hypertension (PH). One of the disadvantages of such detailed guidelines is the difficulty that some of the readers who just want to get a quick guidance or looking for a specific piece of information might face. All efforts were made to develop this guideline in an easy-to-read form, making it very handy and helpful to clinicians dealing with PH patients to select the best management strategies for the typical patient suffering from a specific condition. This Guideline was designed to provide recommendations for problems frequently encountered by practicing clinicians involved in management of PH. This publication targets mainly adult and pediatric PH-treating physicians, but can also be used by other physicians interested in PH. PMID:25076987

  16. [Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of the fibromyalgia syndrome].

    PubMed

    Ablin, Jacob N; Amital, Howard; Ehrenfeld, Michael; Aloush, Valerie; Elkayam, Ori; Langevitz, Pnina; Mevorach, Dror; Mader, Reuven; Sachar, Tali; Amital, Daniela; Buskila, Dan

    2013-12-01

    Over the past years, considerable progress has been made in understanding the pathogenesis of the fibromyatgia syndrome and the evidence based approach to the diagnosis and management has been significantty extended. The purpose of the current project is to develop practicat and evidence based guidetine recommendations for the Israeli health care system. A panet of physicians with clinical and research experience in the fibromyalgia field was convened under the auspices of the Israeli Rheumatology Association. A systematic review was performed on the current literature regarding the diagnosis and treatment of fibromyalgia. Using an interactive discussion procedure, recommendations were reached and expert opinion was introduced where evidence was considered incomplete. The panel recommendations underline the importance of concomitant and integrated medical therapy, such as serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) anti-depressants or gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) related anti-epileptics, with regular aerobic physical exercise. PMID:24483001

  17. Management of chronic hepatitis B infection: Current treatment guidelines, challenges, and new developments

    PubMed Central

    Tang, Ceen-Ming; Yau, Tung On; Yu, Jun

    2014-01-01

    Chronic hepatitis B (CHB) virus infection is a global public health problem, affecting more than 400 million people worldwide. The clinical spectrum is wide, ranging from a subclinical inactive carrier state, to progressive chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis, decompensation, and hepatocellular carcinoma. However, complications of hepatitis B virus (HBV)-related chronic liver disease may be reduced by viral suppression. Current international guidelines recommend first-line treatment of CHB infection with pegylated interferon, entecavir, or tenofovir, but the optimal treatment for an individual patient is controversial. The indications for treatment are contentious, and increasing evidence suggests that HBV genotyping, as well as serial on-treatment measurements of hepatitis B surface antigen and HBV DNA kinetics should be used to predict antiviral treatment response. The likelihood of achieving a sustained virological response is also increased by extending treatment duration, and using combination therapy. Hence the paradigm for treatment of CHB is constantly evolving. This article summarizes the different indications for treatment, and systematically reviews the evidence for the efficacy of various antiviral agents. It further discusses the shortcomings of current guidelines, use of rescue therapy in drug-resistant strains of HBV, and highlights the promising clinical trials for emerging therapies in the pipeline. This concise overview presents an updated practical approach to guide the clinical management of CHB. PMID:24876747

  18. [Clinical Practice Guideline. Diagnosis and treatment of postmenopausal and perinemopausia].

    PubMed

    Alvarado-García, Alberto; Hernández-Quijano, Tomás; Hernández-Valencia, Marcelino; Negrín-Pérez, Miriam Concepción; Ríos-Castillo, Brendha; Valencia-Pérez, Gregorio Urbano; Vital-Reyes, Víctor Saúl; Basavilvazo-Rodríguez, María Antonia; Torres-Arreola, Laura Pilar; Ortiz-Luna, Guillermo Federico; Sánchez-Aguirre, Fernando; Montaño-Uscanga, Armando

    2015-01-01

    Post-menopause is the period of life where a deep decline occurs in circulating estrogen levels, inducing the appearance of psycho and somatic symptoms. The classification to understand the chronology of reproductive aging in women (known as STRAW) determines the clinical and endocrine changes contemplating menstrual cycles, symptoms, measurements of FSH, LH, inhibin B, anti-Mullerian hormone , and follicular account. The diagnosis of menopause is established by the absence of menstruation for 12 months or more. The most frequent clinical manifestations of the climacteric syndrome transition to menopause are menstrual disorders, vasomotor symptoms (flushes and/or sweats) and genitourinary manifestations. The assessment of women in the peri- or postmenopause aims to develop: cervicovaginal cytology , lipid profile , serum glucose, basal Mammography at least a year before, pelvic ultrasound, urinalysis, serum TSH, Densitometry in patients older than 60 years if there is no recourse can be applied and FRAX. Drug therapy for the treatment of disorders of the transition to menopause or menopause is divided into: hormone therapy (HT) based estrogens and progestin hormone not being the most recommended the serotonin reuptake inhibitors and norepinephrine, clonidine, gabapentin or veralipride. PMID:25760751

  19. Failure to follow evidence-based best practice guidelines in the treatment of severe acute pancreatitis

    PubMed Central

    Vlada, Adrian C; Schmit, Bradley; Perry, Andrew; Trevino, Jose G; Behrns, Kevin E; Hughes, Steven J

    2013-01-01

    Objectives Evidence-based guidelines for the treatment of severe acute pancreatitis have been established. This study was conducted to investigate the hypothesis that deviation from guidelines occurs frequently. Methods With institutional review board approval, the outside medical records of patients with severe pancreatitis who were transferred to the study institution during the period from July 2005 to May 2012 were reviewed. Severe pancreatitis was defined using the Atlanta Classification criteria. Records were reviewed with respect to published guidelines defining the appropriate use of imaging, antibiotics and nutritional support. Results A total of 538 patients with acute pancreatitis were identified. Of 67 patients with severe acute pancreatitis, 44 (66%) were male. The mean age of the patients was 55 years. Forty-five of 61 (74%) patients for whom relevant data were available were imaged upon admission, but only 15 (31%) patients were imaged appropriately by computerized tomography with i.v. contrast to assess the presence of necrosis or other complications. In patients for whom relevant data were available, prophylactic antibiotics were initiated in the absence of culture data or a specific infectious target in 26 (53%) patients. Total parenteral nutrition (TPN) was administered to 38 (60%) of 63 patients for whom relevant data were available; only 10 (17%) patients received enteric feeding. No nutritional support was provided to 15 (23%) patients. Conclusions Adherence to best practice guidelines in the treatment of severe pancreatitis is poor. The consistent application of current knowledge might improve outcomes in these patients. PMID:24028271

  20. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) Guidelines for Biological Treatment of Schizophrenia Part 3: Update 2015 Management of special circumstances: Depression, Suicidality, substance use disorders and pregnancy and lactation.

    PubMed

    Hasan, Alkomiet; Falkai, Peter; Wobrock, Thomas; Lieberman, Jeffrey; Glenthøj, Birte; Gattaz, Wagner F; Thibaut, Florence; Möller, Hans-Jürgen

    2015-04-01

    These updated guidelines are based on the first edition of the World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for biological treatment of schizophrenia published in the years 2005 and 2006. For this 2015 revision, all available publications pertaining to the biological treatment of schizophrenia were reviewed systematically to allow for an evidence-based update. These guidelines provide evidence-based practice recommendations which are clinically and scientifically relevant. They are intended to be used by all physicians diagnosing and treating patients with schizophrenia. Based on the first version of these guidelines a systematic review, as well as a data extraction from national guidelines have been performed for this update. The identified literature was evaluated with respect to the strength of evidence for its efficacy and subsequently categorised into six levels of evidence (A-F) and five levels of recommendation (1-5). This third part of the updated guidelines covers the management of the following specific treatment circumstances: comorbid depression, suicidality, various comorbid substance use disorders (legal and illegal drugs), and pregnancy and lactation. These guidelines are primarily concerned with the biological treatment (including antipsychotic medication and other pharmacological treatment options) of patients with schizophrenia. PMID:25822804

  1. Summary of proposed approach for deriving cleanup guidelines for radionuclides in soil at Brookhaven National Laboratory

    SciTech Connect

    Meinhold, A.F.; Morris, S.C.; Dionne, B.; Moskowitz, P.D.

    1996-11-01

    Past activities at Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL) resulted in soil and groundwater contamination. As a result, BNL was designated a Superfund site under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA). BNL`s Office of Environmental Restoration (OER) is overseeing environmental restoration activities at the Laboratory, carried out under an Interagency Agreement (IAG) with the United States Department of Energy (DOE), the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC). The objective of this paper is to propose a standard approach to deriving risk-based cleanup guidelines for radionuclides in soil at BNL.

  2. Selective screening for GDM in Italy: application and effectiveness of National Guidelines.

    PubMed

    Lacaria, Emilia; Lencioni, Cristina; Russo, Laura; Romano, Matilde; Lemmi, Paolo; Battini, Lorella; Del Prato, Stefano; Bertolotto, Alessandra; Di Cianni, Graziano

    2014-10-17

    Abstract In September 2011 the Italian Public Health Authority established selective screening for GDM to be performed based on the presence of risk factors. In a cohort of 2552 Caucasian pregnant women we evaluated to which extent the new national guidelines (NGL) are correctly applied; moreover we estimated the prevalence of GDM assessed by NGL. Our data show that the NGL are still properly implemented since the screening test was performed in nearly the totality of the women at 24th and 28th week of gestation. GDM prevalence is 10.9%, 25% greater as compared to the one determined with the old criteria 10 years ago. PMID:25260129

  3. Clinical trial data in support of changing guidelines in osteoarthritis treatment

    PubMed Central

    Balmaceda, Casilda M

    2014-01-01

    Goals for the management of osteoarthritis (OA) emphasize pain relief, reduction of inflammation, and improvement in functioning. Among pharmacological pain management interventions, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are frequently recommended as the most effective treatment option for OA. However, the use of traditional oral NSAIDs is associated with risk of serious adverse events involving the gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, and renal systems. Topical NSAIDs are an alternative with well-established tolerability and efficacy in the treatment of OA of the knee or hand. While the management of OA pain is evolving toward the more widespread use of topical NSAIDs, some OA management guidelines have yet to incorporate these agents in their recommendations. This review examines the efficacy and tolerability of topical NSAIDs, their current placement in OA management guidelines, and their potential role in enabling pain specialists to provide individualized care for their patients with OA. PMID:24748817

  4. Chiropractic clinical practice guideline: evidence-based treatment of adult neck pain not due to whiplash

    PubMed Central

    Anderson-Peacock, Elizabeth; Blouin, Jean-Sébastien; Bryans, Roland; Danis, Normand; Furlan, Andrea; Marcoux, Henri; Potter, Brock; Ruegg, Rick; Gross Stein, Janice; White, Eleanor

    2005-01-01

    OBJECTIVE To provide an evidence-based clinical practice guideline for the chiropractic cervical treatment of adults with acute or chronic neck pain not due to whiplash. This is a considerable health concern considered to be a priority by stakeholders, and about which the scientific information was poorly organized. OPTIONS Cervical treatments: manipulation, mobilization, ischemic pressure, clinic- and home-based exercise, traction, education, low-power laser, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, pillows, pulsed electromagnetic therapy, and ultrasound. OUTCOMES The primary outcomes considered were improved (reduced and less intrusive) pain and improved (increased and easier) ranges of motion (ROM) of the adult cervical spine. EVIDENCE An “extraction” team recorded evidence from articles found by literature search teams using 4 separate literature searches, and rated it using a Table adapted from the Oxford Centre for Evidence-based Medicine. The searches were 1) Treatment; August, 2003, using MEDLINE, CINAHL, AMED, MANTIS, ICL, The Cochrane Library (includes CENTRAL), and EBSCO, identified 182 articles. 2) Risk management (adverse events); October, 2004, identified 230 articles and 2 texts. 3) Risk management (dissection); September, 2003, identified 79 articles. 4) Treatment update; a repeat of the treatment search for articles published between September, 2003 and November, 2004 inclusive identified 121 articles. VALUES To enable the search of the literature, the authors (Guidelines Development Committee [GDC]) regarded chiropractic treatment as including elements of “conservative” care in the search strategies, but not in the consideration of the range of chiropractic practice. Also, knowledge based only on clinical experience was considered less valid and reliable than good-caliber evidence, but where the caliber of the relevant evidence was low or it was non-existent, unpublished clinical experience was considered to be equivalent to, or better than the published evidence. REPORTED BENEFITS, HARMS AND COSTS The expected benefits from the recommendations include more rapid recovery from pain, impairment and disability (improved pain and ROM). The GDC identified evidence-based pain benefits from 10 unimodal treatments and more than 7 multimodal treatments. There were no pain benefits from magnets in necklaces, education or relaxation alone, occipital release alone, or head retraction-extension exercise combinations alone. The specificity of the studied treatments meant few studies could be generalized to more than a minority of patients. Adverse events were not addressed in most studies, but where they were, there were none or they were minor. The theoretic harm of vertebral artery dissection (VAD) was not reported, but an analysis suggested that 1 VAD may occur subsequent to 1 million cervical manipulations. Costs were not analyzed in this guideline, but it is the understanding of the GDC that recommendations limiting ineffective care and promoting a more rapid return of patients to full functional capacity will reduce patient costs, as well as increase patient safety and satisfaction. For simplicity, this version of the guideline includes primarily data synthesized across studies (evidence syntheses), whereas the technical and the interactive versions of this guideline (http://ccachiro.org/cpg) also include relevant data from individual studies (evidence extractions). RECOMMENDATIONS The GDC developed treatment, risk-management and research recommendations using the available evidence. Treatment recommendations addressing 13 treatment modalities revolved around a decision algorithm comprising diagnosis (or assessment leading to diagnosis), treatment and reassessment. Several specific variations of modalities of treatment were not recommended. For adverse events not associated with a treatment modality, but that occur in the clinical setting, there was evidence to recommend reconsideration of treatment options or referral to the appropriate health services. For adverse eve

  5. Use of medicines and adherence to standard treatment guidelines in rural community health centers, timor-leste.

    PubMed

    Higuchi, Michiyo; Okumura, Junko; Aoyama, Atsuko; Suryawati, Sri; Porter, John

    2015-03-01

    The use of medicines and nurses'/midwives' adherence to standard treatment guidelines (STGs) were examined in Timor-Leste during the early stage of the nation's new health system development. A cross-sectional study was conducted as the quantitative element of mixed methods research. Retrospective samples from patient registration books and prospective observations were obtained in 20 randomly selected rural community health centers. The medicines use indicators, in particular the level of injection use, in Timor-Leste did not suggest overprescription. Prescribers with clinical nurse training prescribed significantly fewer antibiotics than those without such training (P < .01). The adjusted odds ratio of prescribing adherence for clinical nurse training, after accounting for confounders and prescriber clustering, was 6.6 (P < .01). STGs for nonphysician health professionals at the primary health care level have potential value in basic health care delivery, including appropriate use of medicines, in resource-limited communities when strategically developed and introduced. PMID:22548774

  6. Systemic treatment approaches in her2-negative advanced breast cancer—guidance on the guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Joy, A.A.; Ghosh, M.; Fernandes, R.; Clemons, M.J.

    2015-01-01

    Despite advancements in the treatment of early-stage breast cancer, many patients still develop disease recurrence; others present with de novo metastatic disease. For most patients with advanced breast cancer, the primary treatment intent is noncurative—that is, palliative—in nature. The goals of treatment should therefore focus on maximizing symptom control and extending survival. Treatments should be evaluated on an individualized basis in terms of evidence, but also with full respect for the wishes of the patient in terms of acceptable toxicity. Given the availability of extensive reviews on the roles of endocrine therapy and her2 (human epidermal growth factor receptor 2)–targeted therapies for advanced disease, we focus here mainly on treatment guidelines for the non-endocrine management of her2-negative advanced breast cancer in a Canadian health care context.

  7. Quality Control Guidelines for National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards-Recommended Broth Macrodilution Testing of Ketoconazole and Itraconazole

    Microsoft Academic Search

    JOHN H. REX; MICHAEL A. PFALLER; MICHAEL LANCASTER; FRANK C. ODDS; ANNE BOLMSTROM; ANDMICHAEL G. RINALDI

    1996-01-01

    Ketoconazole and itraconazole were tested in a multilaboratory study to establish quality control (QC) guidelines for yeast antifungal susceptibility testing. Two isolates that had been previously identified as QC isolates for amphotericin B,fluconazole, andflucytosine (Candida parapsilosisATCC 22019 andCandida krusei ATCC 6258) were tested in accordance with the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards M27-P guidelines. Each isolate was tested 20

  8. Quality Assessment of Clinical Practice Guidelines on the Treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma or Metastatic Liver Cancer

    PubMed Central

    Wang, Yingqiang; Luo, Qianqian; Li, Youping; Wang, Haiqing; Deng, Shaolin; Wei, Shiyou; Li, Xianglian

    2014-01-01

    Objectives To assess the quality of the currently available clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) for hepatocellular carcinoma, and provide a reference for clinicians in selecting the best available clinical protocols. Methods The databases of PubMed, MEDLINE, Web of Science, Chinese Biomedical Literature database (CBM), China National Knowledge Infrastructure (CNKI), WanFang, and relevant CPGs websites were systematically searched through March 2014. CPGs quality was appraised using the Appraisal of Guidelines for Research & Evaluation (AGREE) II instrument, and data analysis was performed using SPSS 13.0 software. Results A total of 20 evidence-based and 20 expert consensus-based guidelines were included. The mean percentage of the domain scores were: scope and purpose 83% (95% confidence interval (CI), 81% to 86%), clarity of presentation 79% (95% CI, 73% to 86%), stakeholder involvement 39% (95% CI, 30% to 49%), editorial independence 58% (95% CI, 52% to 64%), rigor of development 39% (95% CI, 31% to 46%), and applicability 16% (95% CI, 10% to 23%). Evidence-based guidelines were superior to those established by consensus for the domains of rigor of development (p<0.001), clarity of presentation (p?=?0.01) and applicability (p?=?0.021). Conclusions The overall methodological quality of CPGs for hepatocellular carcinoma and metastatic liver cancer is moderate, with poor applicability and potential conflict of interest issues. The evidence-based guidelines has become mainstream for high quality CPGs development; however, there is still need to further increase the transparency and quality of evidence rating, as well as the recommendation process, and to address potential conflict of interest. PMID:25105961

  9. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for treatment of exercise-associated hyponatremia: 2014 update.

    PubMed

    Bennett, Brad L; Hew-Butler, Tamara; Hoffman, Martin D; Rogers, Ian R; Rosner, Mitchell H

    2014-12-01

    Exercise-associated hyponatremia (EAH) is defined by a serum or plasma sodium concentration below the normal reference range of 135 mmol/L that occurs during or up to 24 hours after prolonged physical activity. It is reported to occur in individual physical activities or during organized endurance events conducted in austere environments in which medical care is limited and often not available, and patient evacuation to definitive care is often greatly delayed. Rapid recognition and appropriate treatment are essential in the severe form to ensure a positive outcome. Failure in this regard is a recognized cause of event-related fatality. In an effort to produce best practice guidelines for EAH in the austere environment, the Wilderness Medical Society convened an expert panel. The panel was charged with the development of evidence-based guidelines for management of EAH. Recommendations are made regarding the situations when sodium concentration can be assessed in the field and when these values are not known. These recommendations are graded on the basis of the quality of supporting evidence and balance between the benefits and risks/burdens for each parameter according to the methodology stipulated by the American College of Chest Physicians. This is an updated version of the original WMS Practice Guidelines for Treatment of Exercise-Associated Hyponatremia published in Wilderness & Environmental Medicine 2013;24(3):228-240. PMID:25498260

  10. [National consensus of diagnosis and treatment of non-small cell lung cancer].

    PubMed

    Arrieta, Oscar; Guzmán-de Alba, Enrique; Alba-López, Luis Felipe; Acosta-Espinoza, Alicia; Alatorre-Alexander, Jorge; Alexander-Meza, José Francisco; Allende-Pérez, Silvia Rosa; Alvarado-Aguilar, Salvador; Araujo-Navarrete, Margarita E; Argote-Greene, Luis Marcelo; Aquino-Mendoza, Cinthia Alejandra; Astorga-Ramos, Alma Magdalena; Austudillo-de la Vega, Horacio; Avilés-Salas, Alejandro; Barajas-Figueroa, Luis Javier; Barroso-Quiroga, Nimbe; Blake-Cerda, Mónica; Cabrera-Galeana, Paula Anel; Calderillo-Ruíz, Germán; Campos-Parra, Alma Delia; Cano-Valdez, Ana María; Capdeville-García, Daniel; Castillo-Ortega, Graciano; Casillas-Suárez, Catalina; Castillo-González, Patricia; Corona-Cruz, José Francisco; Correa-Acevedo, María Elma; Cortez-Ramírez, Séfora Sonciry; de la Cruz-Vargas, Jhony Alberto; de la Garza-Salazar, Jaime G; de la Mata-Moya, María Dolores; Domínguez-Flores, María Eugenia; Domínguez-Malagón, Hugo Ricardo; Domínguez-Parra, Luis Manuel; Domínguez-Peregrina, Alfredo; Durán-Alcocer, Jaime; Enríquez-Aceves, María Isabel; Elizondo-Ríos, Abelardo; Escobedo-Sánchez, Moisés Dante; de Villafranca, Pablo Espinosa-Mireles; Flores-Cantisani, Alberto; Flores-Gutiérrez, Juan Pablo; Franco-Marina, Francisco; Franco-González, Edwin Efraín; Franco-Topete, Ramón Antonio; Fuentes-de la Peña, Homero; Galicia-Amor, Susana; Gallardo-Rincón, Dolores; Gamboa-Domínguez, Armando; García-Andreu, Jorge; García-Cuéllar, Claudia María; García-Sancho-Figueroa, María Cecilia; García-Torrentera, Rogelio; Gerson-Cwilich, Raquel; Gómez-González, Arturo; Green-Schneeweiss, León; Guillén-Núñez, María del Rocío; Gutiérrez-Velázquez, Hilda; Ibarra-Pérez, Carlos; Jiménez-Fuentes, Edgardo; Juárez-Sánchez, Paula; Juárez-Ramiro, Alejandro; Kelly-García, Javier; Kuri-Exsome, Roberto; Lázaro-León, Jesús Miguel; León-Rodríguez, Eucario; Llanos-Osuna, Sara; Llanos-Osuna, Sara; Loyola-García, Ulises; López-González, José Sullivan; López y de Antuñano, Francisco Javier; Loustaunau-Andrade, Marco Antonio; Macedo-Pérez, Eleazar Omar; Machado-Villarroel, Limberth; Magallanes-Maciel, Manuel; Martínez-Barrera, Luis; Martínez-Cedillo, Jorge; Martínez-Martínez, Gloria; Medina-Esparza, Alfredo; Meneses-García, Abelardo; Mohar-Betancourt, Alejandro; Morales Blanhir, Jaime; Morales-Gómez, José; Motola-Kuba, Daniel; Nájera-Cruz, Marcela Patricia; Núñez-Valencia, Carolina del Carmen; Ocampo-Ocampo, María Angélica; Ochoa-Vázquez, María Dolores; Olivares-Torres, Carlos A; Palomar-Lever, Andrés; Patiño-Zarco, Mario; Pérez-Padilla, Rogelio; Peña-Alonso, Yolanda Rocío; Pérez-Romo, Alfredo Rafael; Aquilino Pérez, Mario; Pinaya-Ruíz, Paulo Martín; Pointevin-Chacón, María Adela; Poot-Braga, Juan José; Posadas-Valay, Rodolfo; Ramirez-Márquez, Marcelino; Reyes-Martínez, Ivonne; Robledo-Pascual, Julio; Rodríguez-Cid, Jerónimo; Rojas-Marín, Carlos Enrique; Romero-Bielma, Elizabeth; Rubio-Gutiérrez, Jaime Ernesto; Sáenz-Frías, Julia Angelina; Salazar-Lezama, Miguel Angel; Sánchez-Lara, Karla; Sansores Martínez, Raúl; Santillán-Doherty, Patricio; Alejandro-Silva, Juan; Téllez-Becerra, José Luis; Toledo-Buenrostro, Vinicio; Torre-Bouscoulet, Luis; Torecillas-Torres, Laura; Torres, Marineé; Tovar-Guzmán, Víctor; Turcott-Chaparro, Jenny Georgina; Vázquez-Cortés, Jesús Javier; Vázquez-Manríquez, María Eugenia; Vilches-Cisneros, Natalia; Villegas-Elizondo, José Felipe; Zamboni, Mauro M; Zamora-Moreno, Jesús; Zinser-Sierra, Juan W

    2013-03-01

    Mexican specialists in oncology, oncologic surgery, thoracic surgery, pneumology, pathology, molecular biology, anesthesiology, algology, psychology, nutrition, and rehabilitation (all of them experts in lung cancer treatment) in order to develop the National Consensus on Lung Cancer. The consensus has been developed as an answer to the need of updated Mexican guidelines for the optimal treatment of the disease, as well as to the requirements that such guidelines be established by multidisciplinary panel, depicting the current attention given to cancer lung cases in Mexico. Thus, this paper analyses the epidemiological review, screening, diagnosis, staging, pathology, translational medicine, and the suitable therapies for early, locally advanced, and metastatic disease in the first, second, and third lines of management, as well as rehabilitation and palliative measures. PMID:24459776

  11. Guidelines Disconcordance in Acute Bipolar Depression: Data from the National Bipolar Mania Pathway Survey (BIPAS) in Mainland China

    PubMed Central

    Wang, Zuowei; Gao, Keming; Hong, Wu; Xing, Mengjuan; Wu, Zhiguo; Chen, Jun; Zhang, Chen; Yuan, Chengmei; Huang, Jia; Peng, Daihui; Wang, Yong; Lu, Weihong; Yi, Zhenghui; Yu, Xin; Zhao, Jingping; Fang, Yiru

    2014-01-01

    With the recent attention to the importance of evidence-based medicine in psychiatry, a number of treatment guidelines have been published. This survey investigated prescribing pattern and predictors for guideline disconcordance in the acute treatment of bipolar depression across mainland China. Pharmacological treatments of 1078 patients with bipolar depression were examined. Guidelines disconcordance was determined by comparing the medication(s) patients were prescribed with the recommendation(s) in the guidelines of the Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments. Predictors for guidelines discordance were analyzed with logistic regression. Of the 1078 patients, 50.2% patients were treated against treatment guidelines recommendations. The patients who were treated in general hospitals (OR?=?1.53, 95% CI 1.18–1.97), with a depressive episode (OR?=?1.67, 95% CI 1.27–2.19) and an older age at first onset (OR?=?1.62, 95% CI 1.15–2.28) were more likely to receive guideline-disconcordant treatment than their counterparts. In contrast, the patients with current mental comorbidity, an older age at study entry, a longer duration of disease, and more frequent episodes in past year were less likely to receive guideline-disconcordant treatments than their counterparts with an OR of 0.43 (95% CI 0.24–0.77), 0.52 (95CI% 0.36–0.75), 0.48 (95% CI 0.36–0.65), and 0.50 (95% CI 0.38–0.64), respectively. Our finding suggested the disconcordance with treatment guidelines in patients with an acute bipolar depression is common under naturalistic conditions in mainland China, and the predicting factors correlated with guidelines disconcordance include both psychiatrist-specific (clinicians from general hospitals) and patient-specific features (a depressive episode at first onset, no current co-morbidity with mental disorders, a younger age at study entry, an older age at first onset, shorter duration of disease, and non-frequent episodes in past year). PMID:24763748

  12. Compliance of Disease Awareness Campaigns in Printed Dutch Media with National and International Regulatory Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Leonardo Alves, Teresa; Martins de Freitas, Auramarina F.; van Eijk, Martine E. C.; Mantel-Teeuwisse, Aukje K.

    2014-01-01

    Background The European legislation prohibits prescription-only medicines' advertising but allows pharmaceutical companies to provide information to the public on health and diseases, provided there is no direct or indirect reference to a pharmaceutical product. Various forms of promotion have become increasingly common in Europe including “disease-oriented” campaigns. Objectives To explore examples of disease awareness campaigns by pharmaceutical companies in the Netherlands, by assessing their compliance with the World Health Organization (WHO) Ethical Criteria for medicinal drug promotion and the Dutch guidelines for provision of information by pharmaceutical companies. Methods Materials referring to health/disease and treatments published in the most widely circulated newspapers and magazines were collected from March to May 2012. An evaluation tool was developed based on relevant underlying principles from the WHO ethical criteria and Dutch self-regulation guidelines. Collected disease awareness advertisements were used to pilot the evaluation tool and to explore the consistency of information provided with the WHO and Dutch criteria. Findings Eighty materials met our inclusion criteria; 71 were published in newspapers and 9 in magazines. The large majority were news items but 21 were disease awareness advertisements, of which 5 were duplicates. Fifteen out of the 16 disease awareness campaigns were non-compliant with current guidelines mainly due to lack of balance (n?=?12), absence of listed author and/or sponsor (n?=?8), use of misleading or incomplete information (n?=?5) and use of promotional information (n?=?5). None mentioned a pharmaceutical product directly. Conclusion Disease Awareness Campaigns are present in Dutch printed media. Although no brand names were mentioned, the lack of compliance of disease awareness campaigns with the current regulations is alarming. There were information deficiencies and evidence of information bias. A key concern is that the context in which the information is provided, mostly through indirect referral, is likely to support treatment with the sponsor's product. PMID:25198776

  13. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for the out-of-hospital evaluation and treatment of accidental hypothermia.

    PubMed

    Zafren, Ken; Giesbrecht, Gordon G; Danzl, Daniel F; Brugger, Hermann; Sagalyn, Emily B; Walpoth, Beat; Weiss, Eric A; Auerbach, Paul S; McIntosh, Scott E; Némethy, Mária; McDevitt, Marion; Dow, Jennifer; Schoene, Robert B; Rodway, George W; Hackett, Peter H; Bennett, Brad L; Grissom, Colin K

    2014-12-01

    To provide guidance to clinicians, the Wilderness Medical Society (WMS) convened an expert panel to develop evidence-based guidelines for the out-of-hospital evaluation and treatment of victims of accidental hypothermia. The guidelines present the main diagnostic and therapeutic modalities and provide recommendations for the management of hypothermic patients. The panel graded the recommendations based on the quality of supporting evidence and the balance between benefits and risks/burdens according the criteria published by the American College of Chest Physicians. The guidelines also provide suggested general approaches to the evaluation and treatment of accidental hypothermia that incorporate specific recommendations. PMID:25443771

  14. International guidelines for the management and treatment of Morquio A syndrome.

    PubMed

    Hendriksz, Christian J; Berger, Kenneth I; Giugliani, Roberto; Harmatz, Paul; Kampmann, Christoph; Mackenzie, William G; Raiman, Julian; Villarreal, Martha Solano; Savarirayan, Ravi

    2015-01-01

    Morquio A syndrome (mucopolysaccharidosis IVA) is a lysosomal storage disorder associated with skeletal and joint abnormalities and significant non-skeletal manifestations including respiratory disease, spinal cord compression, cardiac disease, impaired vision, hearing loss, and dental problems. The clinical presentation, onset, severity and progression rate of clinical manifestations of Morquio A syndrome vary widely between patients. Because of the heterogeneous and progressive nature of the disease, the management of patients with Morquio A syndrome is challenging and requires a multidisciplinary approach, involving an array of specialists. The current paper presents international guidelines for the evaluation, treatment and symptom-based management of Morquio A syndrome. These guidelines were developed during two expert meetings by an international panel of specialists in pediatrics, genetics, orthopedics, pulmonology, cardiology, and anesthesia with extensive experience in managing Morquio A syndrome. PMID:25346323

  15. International Guidelines for the Management and Treatment of Morquio A Syndrome

    PubMed Central

    Hendriksz, Christian J; Berger, Kenneth I; Giugliani, Roberto; Harmatz, Paul; Kampmann, Christoph; Mackenzie, William G; Raiman, Julian; Villarreal, Martha Solano; Savarirayan, Ravi

    2015-01-01

    Morquio A syndrome (mucopolysaccharidosis IVA) is a lysosomal storage disorder associated with skeletal and joint abnormalities and significant non-skeletal manifestations including respiratory disease, spinal cord compression, cardiac disease, impaired vision, hearing loss, and dental problems. The clinical presentation, onset, severity and progression rate of clinical manifestations of Morquio A syndrome vary widely between patients. Because of the heterogeneous and progressive nature of the disease, the management of patients with Morquio A syndrome is challenging and requires a multidisciplinary approach, involving an array of specialists. The current paper presents international guidelines for the evaluation, treatment and symptom-based management of Morquio A syndrome. These guidelines were developed during two expert meetings by an international panel of specialists in pediatrics, genetics, orthopedics, pulmonology, cardiology, and anesthesia with extensive experience in managing Morquio A syndrome. © 2014 The Authors. American Journal of Medical Genetics Part A published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. PMID:25346323

  16. Table 3F. Asthma Treatment: Adherence Referral Guideline Rationale Evidence Type

    E-print Network

    unknown authors

    2011-01-01

    Patients with asthma in whom adherence problems may be limiting optimal control Patients with a visit to an allergist/immunologist in the prior year were significantly more likely to have been dispensed an optimally effective number of inhaled steroid canisters. 1 Direct outcome evidence Specialty care is associated with more refills of antiinflammatory medications. 2 Patient compliance with national asthma guidelines was higher in patients of specialists. 3 Misunderstanding of asthma controller medications, which was associated with decreased adherence, was more likely in patients not treated by specialists. 4

  17. Addressing malnutrition in young children in South Africa. Setting the national context for paediatric food-based dietary guidelines.

    PubMed

    Bourne, Lesley T; Hendricks, Michael K; Marais, Debbie; Eley, Brian

    2007-10-01

    Despite various national nutrition and primary healthcare programmes being initiated in South Africa over the last decade, child health has deteriorated. This is seen by the rise in infant and child mortality rates, the high prevalence of preventable childhood diseases, e.g. diarrhoea and lower respiratory tract infections, and the coexistence of under-nutrition along with HIV/AIDS. Poor dietary intake, food insecurity and poor quality of basic services prevail within this precarious causal web. The national Integrated Nutrition Programme is a comprehensive nutrition strategy that focuses on children below 6 years old, at-risk pregnant and lactating women, and those affected by communicable and non-communicable diseases. Focus areas relevant to pre-school children include disease-specific nutrition treatment, support and counselling; growth monitoring and promotion (GMP); micronutrient malnutrition control; breastfeeding promotion, protection and support; contributions to household food security; nutrition interventions among HIV-infected children; and nutrition promotion, education and advocacy. Progress towards this includes the Baby-Friendly Hospital Initiative; mandatory fortification of maize meal and wheat flour with multiple micronutrients; vitamin A supplementation coverage and mandatory iodization of salt by legislation; the provision of free road-to-health charts for GMP; and the National School Nutrition Programme. Since 2003, the basis of the nutrition education strategy has been the locally developed food-based dietary guidelines (FBDGs), directed at adults and school-going children. This review sketches the backdrop to and motivation for the introduction of specifically targeted paediatric FBDGs, for mothers and caregivers of children from birth to age 7 years, as a national initiative. PMID:17824851

  18. Australian guidelines for the treatment of adults with acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder.

    PubMed

    Forbes, David; Creamer, Mark; Phelps, Andrea; Bryant, Richard; McFarlane, Alexander; Devilly, Grant J; Matthews, Lynda; Raphael, Beverley; Doran, Chris; Merlin, Tracy; Newton, Skye

    2007-08-01

    Over the past 2-3 years, clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and acute stress disorder (ASD) have been developed in the USA and UK. There remained a need, however, for the development of Australian CPGs for the treatment of ASD and PTSD tailored to the national health-care context. Therefore, the Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health in collaboration with national trauma experts, has recently developed Australian CPGs for adults with ASD and PTSD, which have been endorsed by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC). In consultation with a multidisciplinary reference panel (MDP), research questions were determined and a systematic review of the evidence was then conducted to answer these questions (consistent with NHMRC procedures). On the basis of the evidence reviewed and in consultation with the MDP, a series of practice recommendations were developed. The practice recommendations that have been developed address a broad range of clinical questions. Key recommendations indicate the use of trauma-focused psychological therapy (cognitive behavioural therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addition to in vivo exposure) as the most effective treatment for ASD and PTSD. Where medication is required for the treatment of PTSD in adults, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor antidepressants should be the first choice. Medication should not be used in preference to trauma-focused psychological therapy. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, practitioners should adopt a position of watchful waiting and provide psychological first aid. Structured interventions such as psychological debriefing, with a focus on recounting the traumatic event and ventilation of feelings, should not be offered on a routine basis. PMID:17620160

  19. The 2013 Clinical Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Treatment of HIV/AIDS in HIV-Infected Koreans

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    While a variety of clinical guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of HIV/AIDS are used extensively around the world, the implementation of such guidelines is not assured in Korea due to constraints with respect to the diagnostic tests and antiretroviral drugs currently available in the country. Consequently, the Committee for Clinical Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Treatment of HIV/AIDS of the Korean Society for AIDS was founded in 2010, and the first edition of the Korean guidelines was published a year later. However, due to the rapid discovery of new data in the field of HIV and the evolution of the clinical environment in Korea in the last few years, it has become necessary to revise the first set of guidelines. This guideline aims to provide comprehensive information regarding the diagnosis and management of HIV/AIDS in Korea. The recommendations contain important information for physicians working with HIV/AIDS in the clinical field. A brief summary of the revised guidelines and key changes to the original version of the guidelines are summarized below. PMID:24475362

  20. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for the out-of-hospital evaluation and treatment of accidental hypothermia: 2014 update.

    PubMed

    Zafren, Ken; Giesbrecht, Gordon G; Danzl, Daniel F; Brugger, Hermann; Sagalyn, Emily B; Walpoth, Beat; Weiss, Eric A; Auerbach, Paul S; McIntosh, Scott E; Némethy, Mária; McDevitt, Marion; Dow, Jennifer; Schoene, Robert B; Rodway, George W; Hackett, Peter H; Bennett, Brad L; Grissom, Colin K

    2014-12-01

    To provide guidance to clinicians, the Wilderness Medical Society (WMS) convened an expert panel to develop evidence-based guidelines for the out-of-hospital evaluation and treatment of victims of accidental hypothermia. The guidelines present the main diagnostic and therapeutic modalities and provide recommendations for the management of hypothermic patients. The panel graded the recommendations based on the quality of supporting evidence and the balance between benefits and risks/burdens according the criteria published by the American College of Chest Physicians. The guidelines also provide suggested general approaches to the evaluation and treatment of accidental hypothermia that incorporate specific recommendations. This is an updated version of the original Wilderness Medical Society Practice Guidelines for the Out-of-Hospital Evaluation and Treatment of Accidental Hypothermia published in Wilderness & Environmental Medicine 2014;25(4):425-445. PMID:25498264

  1. Guidelines for Reporting Case Studies on Extracorporeal Treatments in Poisonings: Methodology

    PubMed Central

    Lavergne, Valéry; Ouellet, Georges; Bouchard, Josée; Galvao, Tais; Kielstein, Jan T; Roberts, Darren M; Kanji, Salmaan; Mowry, James B; Calello, Diane P; Hoffman, Robert S; Gosselin, Sophie; Nolin, Thomas D; Goldfarb, David S; Burdmann, Emmanuel A; Dargan, Paul I; Decker, Brian Scott; Hoegberg, Lotte C; Maclaren, Robert; Megarbane, Bruno; Sowinski, Kevin M; Yates, Christopher; Mactier, Robert; Wiegand, Timothy; Ghannoum, Marc

    2014-01-01

    A literature review performed by the EXtracorporeal TReatments In Poisoning (EXTRIP) workgroup highlighted deficiencies in the existing literature, especially the reporting of case studies. Although general reporting guidelines exist for case studies, there are none in the specific field of extracorporeal treatments in toxicology. Our goal was to construct and propose a checklist that systematically outlines the minimum essential items to be reported in a case study of poisoned patients undergoing extracorporeal treatments. Through a modified two-round Delphi technique, panelists (mostly chosen from the EXTRIP workgroup) were asked to vote on the pertinence of a set of items to identify those considered minimally essential for reporting complete and accurate case reports. Furthermore, independent raters validated the clarity of each selected items between each round of voting. All case reports containing data on extracorporeal treatments in poisoning published in Medline in 2011 were reviewed during the external validation rounds. Twenty-one panelists (20 from the EXTRIP workgroup and an invited expert on pharmacology reporting guidelines) participated in the modified Delphi technique. This group included journal editors and experts in nephrology, clinical toxicology, critical care medicine, emergency medicine, and clinical pharmacology. Three independent raters participated in the validation rounds. Panelists voted on a total of 144 items in the first round and 137 items in the second round, with response rates of 96.3% and 98.3%, respectively. Twenty case reports were evaluated at each validation round and the independent raters' response rate was 99.6% and 98.8% per validation round. The final checklist consists of 114 items considered essential for case study reporting. This methodology of alternate voting and external validation rounds was useful in developing the first reporting guideline for case studies in the field of extracorporeal treatments in poisoning. We believe that this guideline will improve the completeness and transparency of published case reports and that the systematic aggregation of information from case reports may provide early signals of effectiveness and/or harm, thereby improving healthcare decision-making. PMID:24890576

  2. Clinical Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Cushing's Disease in Korea.

    PubMed

    Hur, Kyu Yeon; Kim, Jung Hee; Kim, Byung Joon; Kim, Min Seon; Lee, Eun Jig; Kim, Sung Woon

    2015-03-27

    Cushing's disease (CD) is a rare disorder characterized by the overproduction of adrenocorticotropic hormone due to a pituitary adenoma that ultimately stimulates excessive cortisol secretion from the adrenal glands. Prior to the detection of pituitary adenomas, various clinical signs of CD such as central obesity, moon face, hirsutism, and facial plethora are usually already present. Uncontrolled hypercortisolism is associated with metabolic, cardiovascular, and psychological disorders that result in increased mortality. Hence, the early detection and treatment of CD are not only important but mandatory. Because its clinical manifestations vary from patient to patient and are common in other obesity-related conditions, the precise diagnosis of CD can be problematic. Thus, the present set of guidelines was compiled by Korean experts in this field to assist clinicians with the screening, diagnoses, and treatment of patients with CD using currently available tests and treatment modalities. PMID:25827452

  3. Clinical Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Cushing's Disease in Korea

    PubMed Central

    Hur, Kyu Yeon; Kim, Jung Hee; Kim, Byung Joon; Kim, Min-Seon; Lee, Eun Jig

    2015-01-01

    Cushing's disease (CD) is a rare disorder characterized by the overproduction of adrenocorticotropic hormone due to a pituitary adenoma that ultimately stimulates excessive cortisol secretion from the adrenal glands. Prior to the detection of pituitary adenomas, various clinical signs of CD such as central obesity, moon face, hirsutism, and facial plethora are usually already present. Uncontrolled hypercortisolism is associated with metabolic, cardiovascular, and psychological disorders that result in increased mortality. Hence, the early detection and treatment of CD are not only important but mandatory. Because its clinical manifestations vary from patient to patient and are common in other obesity-related conditions, the precise diagnosis of CD can be problematic. Thus, the present set of guidelines was compiled by Korean experts in this field to assist clinicians with the screening, diagnoses, and treatment of patients with CD using currently available tests and treatment modalities. PMID:25827452

  4. Managing Conflicts of Interest in the UK National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) Clinical Guidelines Programme: Qualitative Study

    PubMed Central

    Graham, Tanya; Alderson, Phil; Stokes, Tim

    2015-01-01

    Background There is international concern that conflicts of interest (COI) may bias clinical guideline development and render it untrustworthy. Guideline COI policies exist with the aim of reducing this bias but it is not known how such policies are interpreted and used by guideline producing organisations. This study sought to determine how conflicts of interest (COIs) are disclosed and managed by a national clinical guideline developer (NICE: the UK National Institute for Health and Care Excellence). Methods Qualitative study using semi-structured telephone interviews with 14 key informants: 8 senior staff of NICE’s guideline development centres and 6 chairs of guideline development groups (GDGs). We conducted a thematic analysis. Results Participants regard the NICE COI policy as comprehensive leading to transparent and independent guidance. The application of the NICE COI policy is, however, not straightforward and clarity could be improved. Disclosure of COI relies on self reporting and guideline developers have to take “on trust” the information they receive, certain types of COI (non-financial) are difficult to categorise and manage and disclosed COI can impact on the ability to recruit clinical experts to GDGs. Participants considered it both disruptive and stressful to exclude members from GDG meetings when required by the COI policy. Nonetheless the impact of this disruption can be minimised with good group chairing skills. Conclusions We consider that the successful implementation of a COI policy in clinical guideline development requires clear policies and procedures, appropriate training of GDG chairs and an evaluation of how the policy is used in practice. PMID:25811754

  5. Clinical practice guidelines for treatment of acne vulgaris: a critical appraisal using the AGREE II instrument.

    PubMed

    Sanclemente, Gloria; Acosta, Jorge-Luis; Tamayo, Maria-Eulalia; Bonfill, Xavier; Alonso-Coello, Pablo

    2014-04-01

    A significant number of clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) about the treatment of acne vulgaris in adolescents and adults have been published worldwide. However, little is known about the quality of CPGs in this field. The aim of this study was to appraise the methodological quality of published acne vulgaris CPGs. We performed a systematic review of published CPGs on acne vulgaris therapy from July 2002 to July 2012. Three reviewers independently assessed each CPG using the AGREE II instrument. A standardized score was calculated for each of the six domains. Our search strategy identified 103 citations but just six met our inclusion criteria. Agreement among reviewers was very good: 0.981. The domains that scored better were: "scope and purpose" and "clarity and presentation". Those that scored worse were "stakeholder involvement", "rigor of development", and "applicability". The European and the Malaysian CPGs were the only recommended with no further modifications. In addition, the Mexican, Colombian and the United States guidelines were recommended with provisos, with lower scores regarding stakeholder involvement, rigor of development and applicability. Only two guidelines clearly reported outcome measures for evaluating efficacy or included quality of life outcomes. CPGs varied regarding the consideration of light/laser therapy or consideration of complementary/alternative medicines. None of them included cost considerations of drugs such as systemic isotretinoin. In conclusion, published acne vulgaris CPGs for acne therapy vary in quality with a clear need to improve their methodological rigor. This could be achieved with the adherence to current CPGs development standards. PMID:23925586

  6. Evolving guidelines in the use of topical nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in the treatment of osteoarthritis

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    Background Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are a standard treatment for osteoarthritis (OA), but the use of oral NSAIDs has been linked to an elevated risk for cardiovascular and gastrointestinal adverse events and renal toxicity. Topical NSAIDs are thought to afford efficacy that is comparable to oral formulations while reducing widespread systemic drug exposure, which may provide a benefit in terms of safety and tolerability. As a result, European treatment guidelines have, for many years, recommended the use of topical NSAIDs as a safe and effective treatment option for OA. Following the recent approval of several topical NSAID formulations by the US Food and Drug Administration, US treatment guidelines are increasingly recommending the use of topical NSAIDs as an alternative therapy and, in some cases, as a first-line option for OA. This commentary summarizes OA treatment guidelines that are currently available and discusses their potential evolution with regard to the increased inclusion of topical NSAIDs. PMID:24444047

  7. Standards of Practice: Quality Assurance Guidelines for Percutaneous Treatments of Intervertebral Discs

    SciTech Connect

    Kelekis, Alexis D., E-mail: akelekis@med.uoa.gr; Filippiadis, Dimitris K., E-mail: dfilippiadis@yahoo.g [Attikon University Hospital, 2nd Radiology Department (Greece); Martin, Jean-Baptiste, E-mail: jbmartin@cird.c [Geneva University Hospital, Service d'Imagerie Medicale (Switzerland); Brountzos, Elias, E-mail: ebrountz@med.uoa.g [Attikon University Hospital, 2nd Radiology Department (Greece)

    2010-10-15

    Percutaneous treatments are used in the therapy of small- to medium-sized hernias of intervertebral discs to reduce the intradiscal pressure in the nucleus and theoretically create space for the herniated fragment to implode inward, thus reducing pain and improving mobility and quality of life. These techniques involve the percutaneous removal of the nucleus pulposus by using a variety of chemical, thermal, or mechanical techniques and consist of removal of all or part of nucleus pulposus to induce more rapid healing of the abnormal lumbar disc. These guidelines are written to be used in quality improvement programs for assessing fluoroscopy- and/or computed tomography-guided percutaneous intervertebral disc ablative techniques.

  8. National clinical guidelines for the extraction of first permanent molars in children.

    PubMed

    Cobourne, M T; Williams, A; Harrison, M

    2014-12-01

    This article summarises recently updated guidelines produced by the Clinical Governance Directorate of the British Orthodontic Society through the Clinical Standards Committee of the Faculty of Dental Surgery, Royal College of Surgeons of England (FDSRCS) on the extraction of first permanent molars in children. The first permanent molar is susceptible to chronological enamel defects, molar-incisor hypomineralisation and caries, which may necessitate enforced extraction in the developing dentition. In the right circumstances, the extraction of these teeth can be followed by successful eruption of the second permanent molar and ultimately, third molar eruption to complete the molar dentition. For this reason, elective extraction of first permanent molars with a questionable long-term prognosis should be considered when planning enforced extractions. However, a number of factors can influence the decision-making process, including the necessity for a general anaesthetic to allow extraction, potential cooperation with restorative or orthodontic treatment and likely future preventative practice within the family. Moreover, the presence of any underlying malocclusion also needs to be evaluated within the context of extraction planning. The current available evidence has been evaluated and awarded a grade based upon those recommended by the Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network. PMID:25476643

  9. Treatment and follow-up strategies in desmoid tumours: a practice guideline

    PubMed Central

    Ghert, M.; Yao, X.; Corbett, T.; Gupta, A.A.; Kandel, R.A.; Verma, S.; Werier, J.

    2014-01-01

    Objectives We set out to determine the optimal treatment options—surgery, radiation therapy (rt), systemic therapy, or any combinations thereof—for patients with desmoid tumours once the decision to undergo active treatment has been made (that is, monitoring and observation have been determined to be inadequate).provide clinical-expert consensus opinions on follow-up strategies in patients with desmoid tumours after primary interventional management. Methods This guideline was developed by Cancer Care Ontario’s Program in Evidence-Based Care and the Sarcoma Disease Site Group. The medline, embase, and Cochrane Library databases, main guideline Web sites, and abstracts of relevant annual meetings (1990 to September 2012) were searched. Internal and external reviews were conducted, with final approval by the Program in Evidence-Based Care and the Sarcoma Disease Site Group. Recommendations Treatments Surgery with or without rt can be a reasonable treatment option for patients with desmoid tumours whose surgical morbidity is deemed to be low. The decision about whether rt should be offered in conjunction with surgery should be made by clinicians and patients after weighing the potential benefit of improved local control against the potential harms and toxicity associated with rt. Depending on individual patient preferences, systemic therapy alone or rt alone might also be reasonable treatment options, regardless of whether the desmoid umours are deemed to be resectable. Follow-Up Strategies Undergo evaluation for rehabilitation (occupational therapy or physical therapy, or both). Continue with rehabilitation until maximal function is achieved. Undergo history and physical examinations with appropriate imaging every 3–6 months for 2–3 years, and then annually. PMID:25089635

  10. Detailed protocol for administration of intralesional IL-2 for the treatment of Stage IIIc and IV M1a metastatic melanoma based on current NCCN guidelines.

    PubMed

    Patel, Forum; Wilken, Reason; Burrall, Barbara; Martinez, Steve; Wells, Victoria; King, Brett; Maverakis, Emanual

    2014-11-01

    Melanoma claims approximately 9,000 lives in the United States annually. Patients who present with satellite, in-transit, or distant cutaneous metastases have limited treatment options and the prognosis for patients with metastatic disease remains poor. Surgical excision remains the most common treatment modality for cutaneous metastases, but may not address concurrent subclinical in-transit metastases. Other palliative treatment options include Bacillus Calmette-Guérin (BCG) and isolated limb perfusion (ILP). Although intravenous IL-2 has been used for treatment of metastatic melanoma since 1998, intralesional IL-2 has only now been included in the most recent National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines after case series and phase I/II clinical trials have shown promising results against Stage IIIc and IV M1a melanoma. Intralesional IL-2 protocols have varied markedly from study to study and there are no consensus guidelines available to help direct treatment. Herein, we present a detailed protocol for the administration of intralesional IL-2 that has been successfully used at two different institutions for treatment of cutaneous melanoma metastases. PMID:25419744

  11. Clinical practice guidelines for the treatment of invasive Aspergillus infections in adults in the Middle East region: Expert panel recommendations.

    PubMed

    Al-Abdely, Hail M; Alothman, Adel F; Salman, Jameela Al; Al-Musawi, Tariq; Almaslamani, Muna; Butt, Adeel A; Al Thaqafi, Abdulhakeem O; Raghubir, Nirvana; Morsi, Waleed El; Yared, Nadine A

    2014-02-01

    The incidence of invasive Aspergillus infections in the Middle East continues to rise with the increase in the number of immunocompromised patients, and carries significant morbidity and mortality. A panel of experts analysed the evidence from the most recent international guidelines and relevant published literature to reach consensus and develop clear clinical practice guidelines to aid diagnosis and treatment of invasive Aspergillus infections in the Middle East. Disease-specific recommendations were provided for the management of invasive aspergillosis. The expert panel acknowledged that these guidelines should be followed as closely as possible but used alongside clinical judgement. PMID:24029495

  12. European guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of pelvic girdle pain

    PubMed Central

    Albert, Hanne B.; Östgaard, Hans Christian; Sturesson, Bengt; Stuge, Britt

    2008-01-01

    A guideline on pelvic girdle pain (PGP) was developed by “Working Group 4” within the framework of the COST ACTION B13 “Low back pain: guidelines for its management”, issued by the European Commission, Research Directorate-General, Department of Policy, Coordination and Strategy. To ensure an evidence-based approach, three subgroups were formed to explore: (a) basic information, (b) diagnostics and epidemiology, and (c) therapeutical interventions. The progress of the subgroups was discussed at each meeting and the final report is based on group consensus. A grading system was used to denote the strength of the evidence, based on the AHCPR Guidelines (1994) and levels of evidence recommended in the method guidelines of the Cochrane Back Review group. It is concluded that PGP is a specific form of low back pain (LBP) that can occur separately or in conjunction with LBP. PGP generally arises in relation to pregnancy, trauma, arthritis and/or osteoarthritis. Uniform definitions are proposed for PGP as well as for joint stability. The point prevalence of pregnant women suffering from PGP is about 20%. Risk factors for developing PGP during pregnancy are most probably a history of previous LBP, and previous trauma to the pelvis. There is agreement that non risk factors are: contraceptive pills, time interval since last pregnancy, height, weight, smoking, and most probably age. PGP can be diagnosed by pain provocation tests (P4/thigh thrust, Patrick’s Faber, Gaenslen’s test, and modified Trendelenburg’s test) and pain palpation tests (long dorsal ligament test and palpation of the symphysis). As a functional test, the active straight leg raise (ASLR) test is recommended. Mobility (palpation) tests, X-rays, CT, scintigraphy, diagnostic injections and diagnostic external pelvic fixation are not recommended. MRI may be used to exclude ankylosing spondylitis and in the case of positive red flags. The recommended treatment includes adequate information and reassurance of the patient, individualized exercises for pregnant women and an individualized multifactorial treatment program for other patients. We recommend medication (excluding pregnant women), if necessary, for pain relief. Recommendations are made for future research on PGP. PMID:18259783

  13. Criminal justice and alcohol treatment: results from a national sample.

    PubMed

    Booth, Brenda M; Curran, Geoffrey M; Han, Xiaotong; Edlund, Mark J

    2013-03-01

    This study investigates the associations of recent criminal justice involvement with perceived need for alcohol treatment and alcohol treatment utilization, adjusting for demographic and clinical characteristics. We examined a national sample of adults with alcohol use disorders (N=4390) from the 2006 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. Almost 15% reported criminal justice involvement in the past year. Generalized logit models regressed perceived need for alcohol or drug treatment and past year treatment utilization (versus neither) on past year legal involvement, demographic, and clinical information. In general, results found stronger associations between frequency of criminal justice involvement for treatment utilization compared to perceived need for treatment alone. Treatment utilization was also associated with being on probation, arrests for drug possession/sale and driving under the influence but perceived need was not. Study results suggest opportunities for interventions to increase treatment rates or treatment need, a major correlate of treatment utilization. PMID:22954511

  14. 2011 SOSORT guidelines: Orthopaedic and Rehabilitation treatment of idiopathic scoliosis during growth

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Background The International Scientific Society on Scoliosis Orthopaedic and Rehabilitation Treatment (SOSORT), that produced its first Guidelines in 2005, felt the need to revise them and increase their scientific quality. The aim is to offer to all professionals and their patients an evidence-based updated review of the actual evidence on conservative treatment of idiopathic scoliosis (CTIS). Methods All types of professionals (specialty physicians, and allied health professionals) engaged in CTIS have been involved together with a methodologist and a patient representative. A review of all the relevant literature and of the existing Guidelines have been performed. Documents, recommendations, and practical approach flow charts have been developed according to a Delphi procedure. A methodological and practical review has been made, and a final Consensus Session was held during the 2011 Barcelona SOSORT Meeting. Results The contents of the document are: methodology; generalities on idiopathic scoliosis; approach to CTIS in different patients, with practical flow-charts; literature review and recommendations on assessment, bracing, physiotherapy, Physiotherapeutic Specific Exercises (PSE) and other CTIS. Sixty-five recommendations have been given, divided in the following topics: Bracing (20 recommendations), PSE to prevent scoliosis progression during growth (8), PSE during brace treatment and surgical therapy (5), Other conservative treatments (3), Respiratory function and exercises (3), Sports activities (6), Assessment (20). No recommendations reached a Strength of Evidence level I; 2 were level II; 7 level III; and 20 level IV; through the Consensus procedure 26 reached level V and 10 level VI. The Strength of Recommendations was Grade A for 13, B for 49 and C for 3; none had grade D. Conclusion These Guidelines have been a big effort of SOSORT to paint the actual situation of CTIS, starting from the evidence, and filling all the gray areas using a scientific method. According to results, it is possible to understand the lack of research in general on CTIS. SOSORT invites researchers to join, and clinicians to develop good research strategies to allow in the future to support or refute these recommendations according to new and stronger evidence. PMID:22264320

  15. KDOQI US Commentary on the KDIGO Clinical Practice Guideline for the Prevention, Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Treatment of Hepatitis C in CKD

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Craig E. Gordon; Ethan M. Balk; Bryan N. Becker; Peter A. Crooks; Bertrand L. Jaber; Cynda A. Johnson; Maureen A. Michael; Brian J. G. Pereira; Katrin Uhlig; Adeera Levin

    2008-01-01

    KDIGO (Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes) is an international initiative with a key mission of developing clinical practice guidelines in the area of chronic kidney disease (CKD). KDIGO recently published evidence-based clinical practice guidelines for the prevention, diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of hepatitis C virus infection in individuals with CKD. The process of adaptation of international guidelines is an important

  16. A National Evaluation of Treatment Outcomes for Cocaine Dependence

    Microsoft Academic Search

    D. Dwayne Simpson; George W. Joe; Bennett W. Fletcher; Robert L. Hubbard; M. Douglas Anglin

    1999-01-01

    Background: This national study focused on posttreat- ment outcomes of community treatments of cocaine de- pendence. Relapse to weekly (or more frequent) co- caine use in the first year after discharge from 3 major treatment modalities was examined in relation to pa- tient problem severity at admission to the treatment pro- gram and length of stay. Methods: We studied 1605

  17. The National Treatment Improvement Evaluation Study: Retention Analysis.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Orwin, Rob; Williams, Valerie

    This study focuses on programmatic factors that predict retention for individuals in drug and alcohol treatment programs through secondary analysis of data from the National Treatment Improvement Evaluation Study (NTIES). It addresses the relationships between completion rates, lengths of stay, and treatment modality. It examines the effect of…

  18. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for treatment of exercise-associated hyponatremia.

    PubMed

    Bennett, Brad L; Hew-Butler, Tamara; Hoffman, Martin D; Rogers, Ian R; Rosner, Mitchell H

    2013-09-01

    Exercise-associated hyponatremia (EAH) typically occurs during or up to 24 hours after prolonged physical activity, and is defined by a serum or plasma sodium concentration below the normal reference range of 135 mEq/L. It is also reported to occur in individual physical activities or during organized endurance events conducted in austere environments in which medical care is limited or often not available, and patient evacuation to definitive care is often greatly delayed. Rapid recognition and appropriate treatment are essential in the severe form to ensure a positive outcome. Failure in this regard is a recognized cause of event-related fatality. In an effort to produce best practice guidelines for EAH in the austere environment, the Wilderness Medical Society convened an expert panel. The panel was charged with the development of evidence-based guidelines for management of EAH. Recommendations are made regarding the situations when sodium concentration can be assessed in the field and when these values are not known. These recommendations are graded based on the quality of supporting evidence and balance between the benefits and risks/burdens for each parameter according to the methodology stipulated by the American College of Chest Physicians. PMID:23590928

  19. Do United States' Teachers Know and Adhere to the National Guidelines on Asthma Management in the Classroom? A Systematic Review

    PubMed Central

    2015-01-01

    Proper asthma management in schools is important in achieving optimum asthma control in children with asthma. The National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI) has developed guidelines on classroom asthma management. We conducted a systematic review to examine teacher knowledge of the NHLBI guidelines on asthma management in the classroom. We searched PubMed and EMBASE using search terms “asthma management,” “teacher(s),” “school teacher,” and “public school.” The inclusion criteria were articles published in English from 1994 to May 2014 that focus on schools in the United States (US). From 535 titles and abstracts, 9 studies met inclusion criteria. All studies reported that school teachers did not know the policies and procedures of asthma management. Teachers relied on school nurses to handle medical emergencies. Some studies identified that lack of full-time school nurses was a barrier to asthma management. Only one study showed directly that classroom teachers were not following the NHLBI guidelines on asthma management. Our literature review revealed that US teachers do not know the NHLBI guidelines on asthma management in the classroom. Future research should focus on interventions targeted toward training classroom teachers on asthma management as per NHLBI guidelines to ultimately improve asthma management in schools. PMID:25729770

  20. Developing Guidelines on the Assessment and Treatment of Delirium in Older Adults at the End of Life

    PubMed Central

    Brajtman, Susan; Wright, David; Hogan, David B.; Allard, Pierre; Bruto, Venera; Burne, Deborah; Gage, Laura; Gagnon, Pierre R.; Sadowski, Cheryl A.; Helsdingen, Sherri; Wilson, Kimberley

    2011-01-01

    Background and Purpose Delirium at the end of life is common and can have serious consequences on an older person’s quality of life and death. In spite of the importance of detecting, diagnosing, and managing delirium at the end of life, comprehensive clinical practice guidelines (CPG) are lacking. Our objective was to develop CPG for the assessment and treatment of delirium that would be applicable to seniors receiving end-of-life care in diverse settings. Methods Using as a starting point the 2006 Canadian Coalition for Seniors’ Mental Health CPG on the assessment and treatment of delirium, a team of palliative care researchers and clinicians partnered with members of the original guideline development group to adapt the guidelines for an end-of-life care context. This process was supported by an extensive literature review. The final guidelines were reviewed by external experts. Results Comprehensive CPG on the assessment and treatment of delirium in older adults at the end of life were developed and can be downloaded from http://www.ccsmh.ca. Conclusions Further research is needed on the implementation and evaluation of these adapted delirium guidelines for older patients receiving end-of-life care in various palliative care settings. PMID:23251311

  1. 75 FR 14153 - National Advisory Committee for Acute Exposure Guideline Levels for Hazardous Substances; Notice...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-03-24

    ...and the development of Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs) for the following chemicals: 1,3- butadiene; acetaldehyde; acrylonitrile; arsenic trioxide; benzene; bromine pentafluoride; butane; carbon dioxide; chlorine...

  2. Workshop: Patient Centered (Health) Care Solutions Mobile Guidelines for Pharmacologic Treatment of Hypertension

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Patrik Eklund

    Computerised guidelines contain experience and intelligence wrapped up in elec -tronic form. From theoretical point of view, the logic of guidelines is still a rather open problem. Furthermore, a successful system includes not only knowledge repre-sentations, but obviously also implementations, usage and evaluation. In an eHealth environment, computerised guidelines are expected to communicate with other subsystems, such as those provided

  3. Von Hippel-Lindau disease (vHL). National clinical guideline for diagnosis and surveillance in Denmark. 3rd edition.

    PubMed

    Binderup, Marie Louise Mølgaard; Bisgaard, Marie Luise; Harbud, Vibeke; Møller, Hans Ulrik; Gimsing, Steen; Friis-Hansen, Lennart; Hansen, Thomas van Overeem; Bagi, Per; Knigge, Ulrich; Kosteljanetz, Michael; Bøgeskov, Lars; Thomsen, Carsten; Gerdes, Anne-Marie; Ousager, Lillian Bomme; Sunde, Lone

    2013-12-01

    These clinical guidelines outline the criteria and recommendations for diagnostic and genetic work-up of families suspected of von Hippel-Lindau disease (vHL), as well as recommendations for prophylactic surveillance for vHL patients. The guideline has been composed by the Danish Coordination Group for vHL which is comprised of Danish doctors and specialists interested in vHL. The recommendations are based on longstanding clinical experience, Danish original research, and extensive review of the international literature. vHL is a hereditary multi-tumour disease caused by germline mutations in the VHL gene. vHL is inherited in an autosomal dominant manner. Predisposed individuals are advised to undergo prophylactic examinations, as they are at lifelong risk of developing multiple cysts and tumours, especially in the cerebellum, the spinal cord, the retina (hemangioblastomas), the kidneys (renal cell carcinoma), the adrenal glands (pheochromocytoma), the pancreas, as well as in other organs. As many different organs can be affected, several medical specialities often take part in both diagnosis and treatment of manifestations. vHL should be suspected in individuals with a family history of the disease, and/or in individuals with a vHL-associated manifestation; i.e. a hemangioblastoma in the retina or the central nervous system, familial or bilateral pheochromocytomas, familial, multiple, or early onset renal cell carcinomas, and in individuals with an endolymphatic sac tumour in the inner ear. Individuals suspected of vHL should be referred to a department of clinical genetics for genetic work-up and counselling as well as have a clinical work-up to identify any undiagnosed vHL-associated manifestations. This guideline describes the elements of the clinical diagnostic work-up, as well as the genetic work-up, counselling, and mutation screening. Individuals who are affected with vHL, individuals at risk of vHL, and VHL-mutation carriers are advised to follow the surveillance program which consists of regular prophylactic examinations relevant to different age groups. The examinations are recommended to start in infancy with annual paediatric examinations and ophthalmoscopy until the age of five years. From five to 14 years, annual plasma-metanephrine and plasma-normetanephrine tests, as well as annual hearing examinations are added. Also, an MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) examination of the CNS and abdomen should be done between the ages of eight and 14 years. After the age of 15 years, individuals should be referred to: a) annual ophthalmoscopy in dilation, b) annual neurological examination, c) every two years: MRIs of the CNS, including the inner ear, d) annual ultrasound/MRI of the abdomen, e) annual plasma-metanephrine, plasma-normetanephrine, and plasma-chromogranin A tests, and f) annual hearing examination at a department of audiology. It is advised that one doctor takes on the responsibility of coordination of and referral to the many examinations, and the communication with the patient. To facilitate the coordination, and especially for the patients' own use, a mobile chart can be used. In 2012, the Danish vHL Coordination Group established a national vHL database comprising individuals with vHL and their relatives, as well as individuals examined for vHL. The database is designated to be a treatment and diagnostic instrument, as well as a tool in future vHL research in Denmark. PMID:24355456

  4. An Update of the International Society of Sexual Medicine's Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Premature Ejaculation (PE)

    PubMed Central

    Althof, Stanley E; McMahon, Chris G; Waldinger, Marcel D; Serefoglu, Ege Can; Shindel, Alan W; Adaikan, P Ganesan; Becher, Edgardo; Dean, John; Giuliano, Francois; Hellstrom, Wayne JG; Giraldi, Annamaria; Glina, Sidney; Incrocci, Luca; Jannini, Emmanuele; McCabe, Marita; Parish, Sharon; Rowland, David; Segraves, R Taylor; Sharlip, Ira; Torres, Luiz Otavio

    2014-01-01

    Introduction In 2009, the International Society for Sexual Medicine (ISSM) convened a select panel of experts to develop an evidence-based set of guidelines for patients suffering from lifelong premature ejaculation (PE). That document reviewed definitions, etiology, impact on the patient and partner, assessment, and pharmacological, psychological, and combined treatments. It concluded by recognizing the continually evolving nature of clinical research and recommended a subsequent guideline review and revision every fourth year. Consistent with that recommendation, the ISSM organized a second multidisciplinary panel of experts in April 2013, which met for 2 days in Bangalore, India. This manuscript updates the previous guidelines and reports on the recommendations of the panel of experts. Aim The aim of this study was to develop clearly worded, practical, evidenced-based recommendations for the diagnosis and treatment of PE for family practice clinicians as well as sexual medicine experts. Method A comprehensive literature review was performed. Results This article contains the report of the second ISSM PE Guidelines Committee. It offers a new unified definition of PE and updates the previous treatment recommendations. Brief assessment procedures are delineated, and validated diagnostic and treatment questionnaires are reviewed. Finally, the best practices treatment recommendations are presented to guide clinicians, both familiar and unfamiliar with PE, in facilitating treatment of their patients. Conclusion Development of guidelines is an evolutionary process that continually reviews data and incorporates the best new research. We expect that ongoing research will lead to a more complete understanding of the pathophysiology as well as new efficacious and safe treatments for this sexual dysfunction. We again recommend that these guidelines be reevaluated and updated by the ISSM in 4 years. Althof SE, McMahon CG, Waldinger MD, Serefoglu EC, Shindel AW, Adaikan PG, Becher E, Dean J, Giuliano F, Hellstrom WJG, Giraldi A, Glina S, Incrocci L, Jannini E, McCabe M, Parish S, Rowland D, Segraves RT, Sharlip I, and Torres LO. An update of the International Society of Sexual Medicine's guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of premature ejaculation (PE). Sex Med 2014;2:60–90. PMID:25356302

  5. Improving Quality: Core Mission for Developing Higher Education in the "National Medium- and Long-Term Educational Reform and Development Guideline (2010-20)"

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kai, Jiang

    2012-01-01

    The "National Medium- and Long-Term Educational Reform and Development Guideline (2010-20)" (hereafter abbreviated as the "Guideline") has pointed out that the core mission for the development of China's higher education in the next decade is to improve quality. This development mission was put forward against the background of China's higher…

  6. MANAGEMENT OF ASTHMA EXACERBATIONS: School Treatment National Asthma Education and

    E-print Network

    Bandettini, Peter A.

    MANAGEMENT OF ASTHMA EXACERBATIONS: School Treatment National Asthma Education and Prevention Program Suggested Emergency Nursing Protocol for Students with Asthma Symptoms Who Don't Have a Personal Asthma Action Plan National Asthma Education and Prevention Program A student with asthma symptoms should

  7. MANAGEMENT OF ASTHMA EXACERBATIONS: School Treatment National Asthma Education and

    E-print Network

    Bandettini, Peter A.

    MANAGEMENT OF ASTHMA EXACERBATIONS: School Treatment National Asthma Education and Prevention Program National Asthma Education and Prevention Program Steps to Follow for an Asthma Episode in the School Setting When a Nurse is Not Available Be prepared. Know which students have asthma and where

  8. Implementing NICE guidelines for the psychological treatment of depression and anxiety disorders: the IAPT experience.

    PubMed

    Clark, David M

    2011-08-01

    The Improving Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT) programme is a large-scale initiative that aims to greatly increase the availability of NICE recommended psychological treatment for depression and anxiety disorders within the National Health Service in England. This article describes the background to the programme, the arguments on which it is based, the therapist training scheme, the clinical service model, and a summary of progress to date. At mid-point in a national roll-out of the programme progress is generally in line with expectation, and a large number of people who would not otherwise have had the opportunity to receive evidence-based psychological treatment have accessed, and benefited from, the new IAPT services. Planned future developments and challenges for the programme are briefly described. PMID:22026487

  9. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders: recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology

    Microsoft Academic Search

    David S. Baldwin; Ian M. Anderson; David J. Nutt; Borwin Bandelow; A. Bond; Jonathan R. T. Davidson; J. A. den Boer; Naomi A. Fineberg; Martin Knapp; J. Scott; H.-U. Wittchen

    2005-01-01

    These British Association for Psychopharmacology guidelines cover the range and aims of treatment for anxiety disorders. They are based explicitly on the available evidence and are presented as recommendations to aid clinical decision making in primary and secondary medical care. They may also serve as a source of information for patients and their carers. The recommendations are presented together with

  10. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis: Section 1. Overview of psoriasis and guidelines of care for the treatment of psoriasis with biologics.

    PubMed

    Menter, Alan; Gottlieb, Alice; Feldman, Steven R; Van Voorhees, Abby S; Leonardi, Craig L; Gordon, Kenneth B; Lebwohl, Mark; Koo, John Y M; Elmets, Craig A; Korman, Neil J; Beutner, Karl R; Bhushan, Reva

    2008-05-01

    Psoriasis is a common, chronic, inflammatory, multisystem disease with predominantly skin and joint manifestations affecting approximately 2% of the population. In this first of 5 sections of the guidelines of care for psoriasis, we discuss the classification of psoriasis; associated comorbidities including autoimmune diseases, cardiovascular risk, psychiatric/psychologic issues, and cancer risk; along with assessment tools for skin disease and quality-of-life issues. Finally, we will discuss the safety and efficacy of the biologic treatments used to treat patients with psoriasis. PMID:18423260

  11. European S1 guideline for the treatment of hidradenitis suppurativa/acne inversa.

    PubMed

    Zouboulis, C C; Desai, N; Emtestam, L; Hunger, R E; Ioannides, D; Juhász, I; Lapins, J; Matusiak, L; Prens, E P; Revuz, J; Schneider-Burrus, S; Szepietowski, J C; van der Zee, H H; Jemec, G B E

    2015-04-01

    Hidradenitis suppurativa/acne inversa (HS) is a chronic, inflammatory, recurrent, debilitating skin disease of the hair follicle that usually presents after puberty with painful, deep-seated, inflamed lesions in the apocrine gland-bearing areas of the body, most commonly the axillae, inguinal and anogenital regions. A mean disease incidence of 6.0 per 100 000 person-years and an average prevalence of 1% has been reported in Europe. HS has the highest impact on patients' quality of life among all assessed dermatological diseases. HS is associated with a variety of concomitant and secondary diseases, such as obesity, metabolic syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, e.g. Crohn's disease, spondyloarthropathy, follicular occlusion syndrome and other hyperergic diseases. The central pathogenic event in HS is believed to be the occlusion of the upper part of the hair follicle leading to a perifollicular lympho-histiocytic inflammation. A highly significant association between the prevalence of HS and current smoking (Odds ratio 12.55) and overweight (Odds ratio 1.1 for each body mass index unit) has been documented. The European S1 HS guideline suggests that the disease should be treated based on its individual subjective impact and objective severity. Locally recurring lesions can be treated by classical surgery or LASER techniques, whereas medical treatment either as monotherapy or in combination with radical surgery is more appropriate for widely spread lesions. Medical therapy may include antibiotics (clindamycin plus rifampicine, tetracyclines), acitretin and biologics (adalimumab, infliximab). A Hurley severity grade-relevant treatment of HS is recommended by the expert group following a treatment algorithm. Adjuvant measurements, such as pain management, treatment of superinfections, weight loss and tobacco abstinence have to be considered. PMID:25640693

  12. The feasibility of meeting the WHO guidelines for sodium and potassium: a cross-national comparison study

    PubMed Central

    Drewnowski, Adam; Maillot, Matthieu; Mendoza, Alfonso; Monsivais, Pablo

    2015-01-01

    Objective To determine joint compliance with the WHO sodium–potassium goals in four different countries, using data from nationally representative dietary surveys. Setting Compared to national and international recommendations and guidelines, the world's population consumes too much sodium and inadequate amounts of potassium. The WHO recommends consuming less than 2000?mg sodium (86?mmol) and at least 3510?mg potassium (90?mmol) per person per day. Participants Dietary surveillance data were obtained from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES 2007–2010) for the USA; the Encuesta Nacional de Salud y Nutrición 2012 for Mexico; the Individual and National Study on Food Consumption (INCA2) for France; and the National Diet and Nutrition Survey (NDNS) for the UK. Primary outcome measures We estimated the proportion of adults meeting the joint WHO sodium–potassium goals in the USA, the UK, France and Mexico. Results The upper bounds of joint compliance with the WHO sodium–potassium goals were estimated at 0.3% in the USA, 0.15% in Mexico, 0.5% in France and 0.1% in the UK. Conclusions Given prevailing food consumption patterns and the current food supply, implementing WHO guidelines will be an enormous challenge for global public health. PMID:25795689

  13. An initiative to improve adherence to evidence-based guidelines in the treatment of URIs, sinusitis, and pharyngitis

    PubMed Central

    Alweis, Richard; Greco, Michael; Wasser, Thomas; Wenderoth, Suzanne

    2014-01-01

    Background Upper respiratory infections, acute sinus infections, and sore throats are common symptoms that cause patients to seek medical care. Despite well-established treatment guidelines, studies indicate that antibiotics are prescribed far more frequently than appropriate, raising a multitude of clinical issues. Methods The primary goal of this study was to increase guideline adherence rates for acute sinusitis, pharyngitis, and upper respiratory tract infections (URIs). This study was the first Plan-Do-Study-Act (PDSA) cycle in a quality improvement program at an internal medicine resident faculty practice at a university-affiliated community hospital internal medicine residency program. To improve guideline adherence for respiratory infections, a package of small-scale interventions was implemented aimed at improving patient and provider education regarding viral and bacterial infections and the necessity for antibiotics. The data from this study was compared with a previously published study in this practice, which evaluated the adherence rates for the treatment guidelines before the changes, to determine effectiveness of the modifications. After the first PDSA cycle, providers were surveyed to determine barriers to adherence to antibiotic prescribing guidelines. Results After the interventions, antibiotic guideline adherence for URI improved from a rate of 79.28 to 88.58% with a p-value of 0.004. The increase of adherence rates for sinusitis and pharyngitis were 41.7–57.58% (p=0.086) and 24.0–25.0% (p=0.918), respectively. The overall change in guideline adherence for the three conditions increased from 57.2 to 78.6% with the implementations (p<0.001). In planning for future PDSA cycles, a fishbone diagram was constructed in order to identify all perceived facets of the problem of non-adherence to the treatment guidelines for URIs, sinusitis, and pharyngitis. From the fishbone diagram and the provider survey, several potential directions for future work are discussed. Conclusions Passive interventions can result in small changes in antibiotic guideline adherence, but further PDSA cycles using more active methodologies are needed. PMID:24596644

  14. Outpatient antihypertensive drug utilization in Canton Sarajevo during five years period (2004-2008) and adherence to treatment guidelines assessment

    PubMed Central

    ?ati?, Tarik; Begovi?, Begler

    2011-01-01

    Hypertension is chronic disease with high prevalence, which can successfully be treated with antihypertensive drugs. Previous researches have shown that existing hypertension treatment guidelines are not fully implemented in practice. We have analysed antihypertensive drug utilization in Canton Sarajevo during five-year period (2004-2008). Research findings are discussed in relation to expected drug utilization according to Canton Sarajevo treatment guidelines. Objective of this research is to examine prescription patterns of antihypertensive drugs in primary health care in Canton Sarajevo during five-year period. Based on study findings we did an estimation of adherence to local treatment guidelines, which are similar to those published globally. Drug utilization data were collected from the largest pharmacy (retail) chain, representing more than 80% of pharmacies in Canton Sarajevo. Following drug groups have been analyzed: diuretics, beta-blockers, calcium- channel-blockers, ACE-Inhibitors (plain and combinations), Angiotensin-II-antagonists and alpha-blockers. Drug utilization is expressed in number of defined daily dose (DDDs), defined daily dose per thousand inhabitants per day (DDD/TID), drug utilization 90% (DU90%) and value in euros. ACE-Inhibitors are most prescribed drug class; combination of ACE-Inhibitors and diuretics account 46% of total antihypertensive budget spending. ACEIs are followed by calcium-channel-blockers. Diuretics utilization is decreasing from 2006 and being replaced with beta-blockers. Diuretics, recommended as first line therapy, are ranked as third in total antihypertensive drug utilization. It is necessary to introduce follow-up and enforce adherence to developed treatment guideline. Drug utilization studies can be used as tool for assessment of treatment guidelines adherence in primary health care. PMID:21619556

  15. A national survey of substance abuse treatment for juvenile offenders

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Douglas W. Young; Richard Dembo; Craig E. Henderson

    2007-01-01

    Despite consensus about the value of substance abuse treatment for delinquent youth, information about its prevalence and availability is inadequate and inconsistent. This article presents findings about treatment and other correctional service provision from a national survey of directors of 141 juvenile institutional and community corrections (CC) facilities. Educational\\/General Educational Development programming and drug and alcohol education were the most

  16. Technology for Water Treatment (National Water Management)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1992-01-01

    The buildup of scale and corrosion is the most costly maintenance problem in cooling tower operation. Jet Propulsion Laboratory successfully developed a non-chemical system that not only curbed scale and corrosion, but also offered advantages in water conservation, cost savings and the elimination of toxic chemical discharge. In the system, ozone is produced by an on-site generator and introduced to the cooling tower water. Organic impurities are oxidized, and the dissolved ozone removes bacteria and scale. National Water Management, a NASA licensee, has installed its ozone advantage systems at some 200 cooling towers. Customers have saved money and eliminated chemical storage and discharge.

  17. [Diagnosis and conservative treatment of low back pain: review and guidelines of the Croatian Vertebrologic Society].

    PubMed

    Grazio, Simeon; Curkovi?, Bozidar; Vlak, Tonko; Kes, Vanja Basi?; Jeli?, Miroslav; Buljan, Danijel; Gnjidi?, Zoja; Nemci?, Tomislav; Grubisi?, Frane; Bori?, Igor; Kauzlari?, Neven; Mustapi?, Matej; Demarin, Vida

    2012-10-01

    Low back pain (LBP) is a very common condition with high costs of patient care. Medical doctors of various specialties from Croatia have brought an up-to-date review and guidelines for diagnosis and conservative treatment of low back pain, which should result in the application of evidence-based care and eventually better outcomes. As LBP is a multifactorial disease, it is often not possible to identify which factors may be responsible for the onset of LBP and to what extent they aggravate the patient's symptoms. In the diagnostic algorithm, patient's history and clinical examination have the key role. Furthermore, most important is to classify patients into those with nonspecific back pain, LBP associated with radiculopathy (radicular syndrome) and LBP potentially associated with suspected or confirmed severe pathology. Not solely a physical problem, LBP should be considered through psychosocial factors too. In that case, early identification of patients who will develop chronic back pain will be helpful because it determines the choice of treatment. In order to make proper assessment of a patient with LBP (i.e. pain, function), we should use validated questionnaires. Useful approach to a patient with LBP is to apply the principles of content management. Generally, acute and chronic LBP cases are treated differently. Besides providing education, in patients with acute back pain, advice seems to be crucial (especially to remain active), along with the use of drugs (primarily in terms of pain control), while in some patients spinal manipulation (performed by educated professional) or/and short-term use of lumbosacral orthotic devices can also be considered. The main goal of treating patients with chronic LBP is renewal of function, even in case of persistent pain. For chronic LBP, along with education and medical treatment, therapeutic exercise, physical therapy and massage are recommended, while in patients with a high level of disability intensive multidisciplinary biopsychosocial approach has proved to be effective. PMID:23814971

  18. Treatment of bipolar disorder in the Netherlands and concordance with treatment guidelines: study protocol of an observational, longitudinal study on naturalistic treatment of bipolar disorder in everyday clinical practice

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    Background While various guidelines on the treatment of bipolar disorder have been published over the last decades, adherence to guidelines has been reported to be low. In this article we describe the protocol of a nationwide, multicenter, longitudinal, non-intervention study on the treatment of bipolar disorder in the Netherlands. Study aims are to provide information on the nature and content of outpatient treatment of bipolar disorder, to determine to what extent treatment is in concordance with the Dutch guideline for the treatment of bipolar disorder (2008), and to investigate the relationship of guideline concordance with symptomatic and functional outcome. Methods/Design Between December 2009 and February 2010, all psychiatrists registered as member of the Dutch Psychiatric Association received a questionnaire with questions about their treatment setting, and whether they would be willing to participate in further research. Psychiatrists treating adult outpatients with bipolar disorder were invited to participate. Consenting psychiatrist subsequently approached all their patients with bipolar disorder. The study is performed with written patient and caregiver surveys at baseline and after 12 months, including data on demographics, illness characteristics, organization of care, treatments received, symptomatic and functional outcome, quality of life, and burden of care for informal caregivers. Discussion This study will provide information on the naturalistic treatment of bipolar disorder in the Netherlands, as well as degree of concordance of this treatment with the Dutch guideline, and its relationship with symptomatic and functional outcome. Limitations of a survey-based study are discussed. PMID:24576061

  19. A dental phobia treatment within the Swedish National Health Insurance.

    PubMed

    Hägglin, Catharina; Boman, Ulla Wide

    2012-01-01

    Severe dental fear/phobia (DF) is a problem for both dental care providers and for patients who often suffer from impaired oral health and from social and emotional distress.The aim of this paper was to present the Swedish model for DF treatment within the National Health Insurance System, and to describe the dental phobia treatment and its outcome at The Dental Fear Research and Treatment Clinic (DFRTC) in Gothenburg. A literature review was made of relevant policy documents on dental phobia treatment from the National Health Insurance System and for Västra Götaland region on published outcome studies from DFRTC. The treatment manual of DFRTC was also used. In Sweden, adult patients with severe DF are able to undergo behavioral treatment within the National Health Insurance System if the patient and caregivers fulfil defined criteria that must be approved for each individual case. At DFRTC dental phobia behavioral treatment is given by psychologists and dentists in an integrated model. The goal is to refer patients for general dental care outside the DFRTC after completing treatment. The DF treatment at DFRTC has shown positive effects on dental fear, attendance and acceptance of dental treatment for 80% of patients. Follow-up after 2 and 10 years confirmed these results and showed improved oral health. In addition, positive psychosomatic and psychosocial side-effects were reported, and benefits also for society were evident in terms of reduced sick-leave. In conlusion, in Sweden a model has been developed within the National Health Insurance System helping individuals with DF. Behavioral treatment conducted at DFRTC has proven successful in helping patients cope with dental care, leading to regular attendance and better oral health. PMID:22876394

  20. The National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines for caesarean section, 2011 update: implications for the anaesthetist.

    PubMed

    Soltanifar, S; Russell, R

    2012-07-01

    In 2004 the first National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence guidelines on caesarean section were published with the aim of providing evidence-based recommendations for best practice. With the publication of new evidence, the guidelines have been revised with the second edition released in 2011. This review highlights the changes that have been made which are of specific relevance to obstetric anaesthetists including planned caesarean section compared with vaginal birth in healthy women with an uncomplicated pregnancy; management of the morbidly adherent placenta; mother-to-child transmission of maternal infections; maternal request for caesarean section; decision-to-delivery interval for emergency caesarean section; timing of antibiotic administration and childbirth after caesarean section. PMID:22541846

  1. Cardiovascular and Interventional Radiological Society of Europe Guidelines on Endovascular Treatment in Aortoiliac Arterial Disease

    SciTech Connect

    Rossi, Michele, E-mail: michele.rossi@uniroma1.it [Sant’Andrea University Hospital, Interventional Radiology Unit (Italy); Iezzi, Roberto, E-mail: roberto.iezzi.md@gmail.com [“Sacro Cuore” Catholic University, Radiology Department (Italy)

    2013-11-06

    PurposeThese guidelines are intended for use in assessing the standard for technical success and safety in aorto-iliac percutaneous endovascular interventions.MethodsAny recommendation contained in the text comes from the highest level and extension of literature review available to date.ResultsThe success of endovascular procedures is strictly related to an accurate planning based mainly on CT- or MR-angiography. TASC II A through C lesions have an endovascular-first option Pre-procedure ASA antiplatelet therapy is advisable in all cases. The application of stents improves the immediate hemodynamic and most likely long-term clinical results. Cumulative mean complication rate is 7.51 % according to the most relevant literature. Most of the complications can be managed by means of percutaneous techniques.ConclusionThe design and quality of devices, as well as the easy and accuracy of performing these procedures, have improved over the last decades, leading to the preferential treatment of aorto-iliac steno-obstructive disease via endovascular means, often as first-line therapy, with high technical success rate and low morbidity. This is mirrored by the decreasing number of patients undergoing surgical grafts over the last years with patency, limb salvage, and survival rates equivalent to open reconstruction.

  2. Medical Staff Guidelines for Periviability Pregnancy Counseling and Medical Treatment of Extremely Premature Infants

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Joseph W. Kaempf; Mark Tomlinson; Cindy Arduza; Shelly Anderson; Betty Campbell; Linda A. Ferguson; Mara Zabari; Valerie T. Stewart

    2010-01-01

    OBJECTIVES. The goal of this report is to describe the collaborative formation of rational, practical, medical staff guidelines for the counseling and subsequent care of extremely early-gestation pregnancies and premature infants between 22 and 26 weeks. The purposes of the guidelines were to improve knowledge regarding neonatal outcomes, to provide consistency in periviability counseling, and to promote informed, supportive, responsible

  3. NCI Digital Media Guidelines

    Cancer.gov

    NCI Digital Media Guidelines The NCI Digital Media Guidelines provide developers and content managers guidance on the visual and content standards, as well as policies and procedures, in effect for National Cancer Institute (NCI) digital media – including

  4. Spatial Analysis of Adherence to Treatment Guidelines for Advanced-Stage Ovarian Cancer and the Impact of Race and Socioeconomic Status

    PubMed Central

    Bristow, Robert E.; Chang, Jenny; Ziogas, Argyrios; Anton-Culver, Hoda; Vieira, Veronica M.

    2014-01-01

    OBJECTIVE To determine the impact of geographic location on advanced-stage ovarian cancer care adherence to National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines in relation to race and socioeconomic status (SES). METHODS Patients diagnosed with Stage IIIC/IV epithelial ovarian cancer (1/1/96-12/31/06) were identified from the California Cancer Registry. Generalized additive models were created to assess the effect of spatial distributions of geographic location, proximity to a high-volume hospital (?20 cases/year), distance travelled to receive care, race, and SES on adherence to NCCN guidelines, with simultaneous smoothing of geographic location and adjustment for confounding variables. Disparities in geographic predictors of treatment adherence were analyzed with the ?2 test for equality of proportions. RESULTS Of the 11,770 patients identified, 45.4% were treated according to NCCN guidelines. Black race (OR=1.49, 95%CI=1.21-1.83), low-SES (OR=1.46, 95%CI=1.24-1.72), and geographic location ?80km/50mi from a high-volume hospital (OR=1.88, 95%CI=1.61-2.19) were independently associated with an increased risk of non-adherent care, while high-volume hospital treatment (OR=0.59, 95%CI=0.53-0.66) and travel distance to receive care ?32km/20mi (OR=0.80, 95%CI=0.69-0.92) were independently protective. SES was inversely associated with location ?80km/50mi from a high-volume hospital, ranging from 6.3% (high-SES) to 33.0% (low-SES) (p<0.0001). White patients were significantly more likely to travel ?32km/20mi to receive care (21.8%) compared to Blacks (14.4%), Hispanics (15.9%), and Asian/Pacific Islanders (15.5%) (p<0.0001). CONCLUSION Geographic proximity to a high-volume hospital and travel distance to receive treatment are independently associated with NCCN guideline adherent care for advanced-stage ovarian cancer. Geographic barriers to standard ovarian cancer treatment disproportionately affect racial minorities and women of low-SES. PMID:24680770

  5. Adherence to treatment guidelines and survival in triple-negative breast cancer: a retrospective multi-center cohort study with 9156 patients

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Triple-negative breast cancer (TNBC) remains a challenging topic for clinical oncologists. This study sought to evaluate TNBC versus other breast cancer subtypes with respect to survival parameters. We evaluated possible differences in survival in TNBC by age and by the extent to which evidence-based treatment guidelines were adhered. Methods This German retrospective multi-center cohort study included 9156 patients with primary breast cancer recruited from 1992 to 2008. Results The rates of guideline adherence are significantly lower in TNBC compared to non-TNBC subtypes. These lower rates of guideline adherence can be observed in all age groups and are most pronounced in the >65 subgroup [<50 (20.9% vs. 42.0%), 50–64 (25.1% vs. 51.1%), and >65 (38.4% vs. 74.6%)]. In TNBC patients of all age groups, disease-free survival and overall survival were associated with an improvement by 100% guideline-adherent adjuvant treatment compared to non-adherence. Furthermore, TNBC patients of all ages had similar outcome parameters if 100% guideline-adherent adjuvant treatment was applied. Conclusion The rates of guideline-adherent treatment were significantly lower in TNBC, even though guideline adherence was strongly associated with improved survival. In the case of 100% guideline-adherent treatment, no difference in survival was observed over all the age groups examined, even in the group of >65-year-old TNBC patients. PMID:24138748

  6. Expanding HAART Treatment to All Currently Eligible Individuals under the 2008 IAS-USA Guidelines in British Columbia, Canada

    PubMed Central

    Lima, Viviane D.; Hogg, Robert S.; Montaner, Julio S. G.

    2010-01-01

    Background In 2008, the IAS-USA published the revised guidelines for the use of HAART in adults substantially increasing the number of individuals eligible for HAART. The epidemic in British Columbia (BC) is mainly among men who have sex with men and those with injection drug use. Here, we explored the potential impact of different HAART coverage scenarios, based on the new guidelines, on the HIV-related incidence, morbidity and mortality in BC, Canada. Methodology We built a mathematical transmission model to investigate different HAART coverage scenarios (50%, 60%, 75% and 100%) of those medically eligible to receive HAART under the 2008 IAS guidelines. All new scenarios were compared to the current coverage in BC under the 2006 IAS guidelines (i.e. baseline scenario). In BC, it is estimated that 25–30% of individuals are unaware of their status. Costs were drug-related and reported in Canadian dollars. HIV-related morbidity and mortality were estimated based on the disability-adjusted life years (DALY) methodology. Principal Findings Currently, there are 4379 individuals on HAART under the IAS 2006 guidelines and 6781 individuals who qualify for treatment based on the new guidelines. Within 5 years, increasing HAART coverage decreased yearly new infections by at least 44.8%. In the 50% scenario, in 5 years, DALY decreased by 53% corresponding to 4155 averted DALYs, and in 25 years it decreased by 66% corresponding to 5837 averted DALYs. The effect was even stronger if the 75% scenario was chosen instead. Compared to the 100% expansion scenario, we observed an excess in annual direct treatment expenditures at the end of 5 years of approximately 1 million dollars in the 75% scenario, and of approximately 2 million dollars in the 50% scenario. Conclusions/Significance The individual and public health benefits of these new guidelines are immense. The results show that by increasing the number of individuals on HAART save lives, it is cost averting, and it positively impacts society by decreasing the number of new HIV infections. Thus, public health community should consider incremental gains when considering guidelines and policy. PMID:20539817

  7. Translating national childhood immunization guidelines to a computer-based reminder recall system within an immunization registry.

    PubMed Central

    Wang, D.; Jenders, R. A.; Dasgupta, B.

    1999-01-01

    To translate national childhood immunization guidelines to a computer-based reminder recall system, hierarchical system architecture design and combined approach of tabular and procedural knowledge representation are taken. Nested branches with hierarchical combinations of single antecedent variables are used to avoid logical incompleteness, redundancy and inconsistency. Mapping to the local electronic medical vocabulary is implemented to facilitate the integration with the local information system architecture. 26 second-level modules with 195 original branches and 121 final branches after pruning are encoded. 99.67% of the reminders are confirmed to be correct by SQL query. PMID:10566510

  8. Subcutaneous narcotic infusions for cancer pain: treatment outcome and guidelines for use.

    PubMed Central

    Moulin, D E; Johnson, N G; Murray-Parsons, N; Geoghegan, M F; Goodwin, V A; Chester, M A

    1992-01-01

    OBJECTIVE: To provide guidelines for the institution and maintenance of a continuous subcutaneous narcotic infusion program for cancer patients with chronic pain through an analysis of the narcotic requirements and treatment outcomes of patients who underwent such therapy and a comparison of the costs of two commonly used infusion systems. DESIGN: Retrospective study. SETTING: Tertiary care facilities and patients' homes. PATIENTS: Of 481 patients seen in consultation for cancer pain between July 1987 and April 1990, 60 (12%) met the eligibility criteria (i.e., standard medical management had failed, and they had adequate supervision at home). INTERVENTION: Continuous subcutaneous infusion with hydromorphone hydrochloride or morphine started on an inpatient basis and continued at home whenever possible. OUTCOME MEASURES: Patient selectivity, narcotic dosing requirements, discharge rate, patient preference for analgesic regimen, side effects, complications and cost-effectiveness. RESULTS: The mean initial maintenance infusion dose after dose titration was almost three times higher than the dose required before infusion (hydromorphone or equivalent 6.2 v. 2.1 mg/h). Eighteen patients died, and the remaining 42 were discharged home for a mean of 94.4 (standard deviation 128.3) days (extremes 12 and 741 days). The mean maximum infusion rate was 24.1 mg/h (extremes 0.5 and 180 mg/h). All but one of the patients preferred the infusion system to their previous oral analgesic regimen. Despite major dose escalations nausea and vomiting were well controlled in all cases. Twelve patients (20%) experienced serious systemic toxic effects or complications; six became encephalopathic, which necessitated dose reduction, five had a subcutaneous infection necessitating antibiotic treatment, and one had respiratory depression. The programmable computerized infusion pump was found to be more cost-effective than the disposable infusion device after a break-even point of 8 months. CONCLUSIONS: Continuous subcutaneous infusion of opioid drugs with the use of a portable programmable pump is safe and effective in selected patients who have failed to respond to standard medical treatment of their cancer pain. Dose titration may require rapid dose escalation, but this is usually well tolerated. For most communities embarking on such a program a programmable infusion system will be more cost-effective than a disposable system. PMID:1371946

  9. KDOQI US Commentary on the 2009 KDIGO Clinical Practice Guideline for the Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Treatment of CKD–Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD)

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Katrin Uhlig; Jeffrey S. Berns; Bryan Kestenbaum; Raj Kumar; Mary B. Leonard; Kevin J. Martin; Stuart M. Sprague; Stanley Goldfarb

    2010-01-01

    This commentary provides a US perspective on the 2009 KDIGO (Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes) Clinical Practice Guideline for the Diagnosis, Evaluation, Prevention, and Treatment of Chronic Kidney Disease-Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD). KDIGO is an independent international organization with the primary mission of the promotion, coordination, collaboration, and integration of initiatives to develop and implement clinical practice guidelines for

  10. 65 FR 69951 - National Institutes of Health Guidelines for Research Using Human Pluripotent Stem Cells; Correction

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2000-11-21

    ...DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES...Human Pluripotent Stem Cells; Correction ACTION: Notice; correction...Guidelines, with the corrections made in this notice...available on the NIH stem cell information web site...HPSCRG, Building 1, Room 218, MSC 0166,...

  11. 77 FR 10542 - Revision of the National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP) Guidelines

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-02-22

    ...testing of oil spill response plans of certain...PREP Guidelines to reflect changes to regulations...activities and recent response activities. The...the name of the individual submitting the comment...Preparedness for Response Exercise Program...again in order to reflect agency...

  12. Post-brushing and fine-needle aspiration biopsy follow-up and treatment options for patients with pancreatobiliary lesions: The Papanicolaou Society of Cytopathology Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Kurtycz, Daniel F. I.; Field, Andrew; Tabatabai, Laura; Michaels, Claire; Young, Nancy; Schmidt, C. Max; Farrell, James; Gopal, Deepak; Simeone, Diane; Merchant, Nipun B.; Pitman, Martha Bishop

    2014-01-01

    The Papanicolaou Society of Cytopathology (PSC) has developed a set of guidelines for pancreatobiliary cytology including indications for endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) guided fine-needle aspiration (FNA) biopsy, techniques of EUS-FNA, terminology and nomenclature for pancreatobiliary cytology, ancillary testing and post-procedure management. All documents are based on the expertise of the authors, a review of the literature and discussions of the draft document at several national and international meetings over an 18 month period and synthesis of online comments of the draft document on the PSC web site (www.papsociety.org). This document selectively presents the results of these discussions and focuses on the follow-up and treatment options for patients after procedures performed for obtaining cytology samples for the evaluation of biliary strictures and solid and cystic masses in the pancreas. These recommendations follow the six-tiered terminology and nomenclature scheme proposed by committee III. PMID:25191519

  13. National Treatment and the Optimal Regulation of Environmental Externalities

    E-print Network

    Farrell, Anthony P.

    the role of National Treatment in the regulation of environmental product standards for an open economy. Using a general equilibrium model where a welfare maximizing government uses product standards and Devesh Roy* February 2007 Abstract New forms of protection like product standards have emerged

  14. NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON MANAGEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS: PROCEEDINGS

    EPA Science Inventory

    The National Conference on Management and Treatment of Contaminated Sediment was held in Cincinnati, OH, May 13 to 14, 1997. This technology transfer meeting was held for 213 professionals from various EPA divisions and other organizations, including Environment Canada, the U.S. ...

  15. Problem Gambling Treatment within the British National Health Service

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rigbye, Jane; Griffiths, Mark D.

    2011-01-01

    According to the latest British Gambling Prevalence Survey, there are approximately 300,000 adult problem gamblers in Great Britain. In January 2007, the "British Medical Association" published a report recommending that those experiencing gambling problems should receive treatment via the National Health Service (NHS). This study examines the…

  16. Ethical and practical guidelines for reporting genetic research results to study participants: updated guidelines from a National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute working group.

    PubMed

    Fabsitz, Richard R; McGuire, Amy; Sharp, Richard R; Puggal, Mona; Beskow, Laura M; Biesecker, Leslie G; Bookman, Ebony; Burke, Wylie; Burchard, Esteban Gonzalez; Church, George; Clayton, Ellen Wright; Eckfeldt, John H; Fernandez, Conrad V; Fisher, Rebecca; Fullerton, Stephanie M; Gabriel, Stacey; Gachupin, Francine; James, Cynthia; Jarvik, Gail P; Kittles, Rick; Leib, Jennifer R; O'Donnell, Christopher; O'Rourke, P Pearl; Rodriguez, Laura Lyman; Schully, Sheri D; Shuldiner, Alan R; Sze, Rebecca K F; Thakuria, Joseph V; Wolf, Susan M; Burke, Gregory L

    2010-12-01

    In January 2009, the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute convened a 28-member multidisciplinary Working Group to update the recommendations of a 2004 National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Working Group focused on Guidelines to the Return of Genetic Research Results. Changes in the genetic and societal landscape over the intervening 5 years raise multiple questions and challenges. The group noted the complex issues arising from the fact that technological and bioinformatic progress has made it possible to obtain considerable information on individuals that would not have been possible a decade ago. Although unable to reach consensus on a number of issues, the working group produced 5 recommendations. The working group offers 2 recommendations addressing the criteria necessary to determine when genetic results should and may be returned to study participants, respectively. In addition, it suggests that a time limit be established to limit the duration of obligation of investigators to return genetic research results. The group recommends the creation of a central body, or bodies, to provide guidance on when genetic research results are associated with sufficient risk and have established clinical utility to justify their return to study participants. The final recommendation urges investigators to engage the broader community when dealing with identifiable communities to advise them on the return of aggregate and individual research results. Creation of an entity charged to provide guidance to institutional review boards, investigators, research institutions, and research sponsors would provide rigorous review of available data, promote standardization of study policies regarding return of genetic research results, and enable investigators and study participants to clarify and share expectations for the handling of this increasingly valuable information with appropriate respect for the rights and needs of participants. PMID:21156933

  17. Scoliosis Research Society (SRS) Criteria and Society of Scoliosis Orthopaedic and Rehabilitation Treatment (SOSORT) 2008 Guidelines in Non-Operative Treatment of Idiopathic Scoliosis.

    PubMed

    Korbel, Krzysztof; Kozinoga, Mateusz; Stoli?ski, ?ukasz; Kotwicki, Tomasz

    2014-01-01

    According to the Scoliosis Research Society (SRS), idiopathic scoliosis (IS) is a curvature of more than 10° Cobb angle, affecting 2-3% of pediatric population. Idiopathic scoliosis accounts for 80% of all scoliosis cases. Non-operative principles in the therapy of idiopathic scoliosis, including Scoliosis Research Society (SRS) criteria and guidelines proposed by the experts of the Society on Scoliosis Orthopedic and Rehabilitation Treatment (SOSORTS) were presented. The possibility to carry out quality of life assessments in a conservative procedure was also demonstrated. Based on the natural history of idiopathic scoliosis, SRS criteria, SOSORT 2008 experts' opinion and the knowledge of the possibilities of psychological assessment of conservative IS treatment, rules were proposed regarding nonsurgical IS therapy procedures, with special consideration being paid to the proper treatment start time (age, Risser test, biological maturity, Cobb angle), possibility of curvature progression, the importance of physiotherapy and psychological assessment. The knowledge of SRS criteria and SOSORT guidelines regarding the conservative treatment of IS are essential for proper treatment (the right time to start treatment), and supports establishment of interdisciplinary treatment teams, consisting of a physician, a physiotherapist, an orthopedic technician and a psychologist. PMID:25066033

  18. Knowledge of Energy Balance Guidelines and Associated Clinical Care Practices: The U.S. National Survey of Energy Balance Related Care among Primary Care Physicians

    PubMed Central

    Pronk, Nicolaas P.; Krebs-Smith, Susan M.; Galuska, Deborah A.; Liu, Benmei; Kushner, Robert F.; Troiano, Richard P.; Clauser, Steven B.; Ballard-Barbash, Rachel; Smith, Ashley Wilder

    2012-01-01

    Objective To assess primary care physicians’ (PCPs) knowledge of energy balance related guidelines and the association with sociodemographic characteristics and clinical care practices. Method As part of the 2008 U.S. nationally representative National Survey of Energy Balance Related Care among Primary Care Physicians (EB-PCP), 1,776 PCPs from four specialties who treated adults (n=1,060) or children and adolescents (n=716) completed surveys on sociodemographic information, knowledge of energy balance guidelines, and clinical care practices. Results EB-PCP response rate was 64.5%. For PCPs treating children, knowledge of guidelines for healthy BMI percentile, physical activity, and fruit and vegetables intake was 36.5%, 27.0%, and 62.9%, respectively. For PCPs treating adults, knowledge of guidelines for overweight, obesity, physical activity, and fruit and vegetables intake was 81.4%, 81.3%, 70.9%, and 63.5%, respectively. Generally, younger, female physicians were more likely to exhibit correct knowledge. Knowledge of weight-related guidelines was associated with assessment of body mass index (BMI) and use of BMI-for-age growth charts. Conclusion Knowledge of energy balance guidelines among PCPs treating children is low, among PCPs treating adults it appeared high for overweight and obesity-related clinical guidelines and moderate for physical activity and diet, and was mostly unrelated to clinical practices among all PCPs. PMID:22609144

  19. A National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment for Juvenile Offenders

    PubMed Central

    Young, Douglas W.; Dembo, Richard; Henderson, Craig E.

    2008-01-01

    Despite consensus about the value of substance abuse treatment for delinquent youth, information about its prevalence and availability is inadequate and inconsistent. This paper presents findings about treatment and other correctional service provision from a national survey of directors of 141 juvenile institutional and community corrections facilities. Educational/GED programming and drug and alcohol education were the most prevalent types of correctional and substance abuse services. Other common services included physical health services and mental health assessment, provided to about 60% of youth across facilities, and mental health counseling, life and communication skills, and anger management, provided to about half the youth. Substance abuse treatment, as with most other services, were more prevalent in large, state-funded residential facilities (where 66% provided treatment), than local detention centers (20%) and community corrections facilities (56%). More detailed data showed that the number of youth attending treatment in all types of facilities on any given day was very low. PMID:17383550

  20. [The new S2k AWMF guideline for the treatment of obstructive sialadenitis in commented short form].

    PubMed

    Al-Nawas, B; Beutner, D; Geisthoff, U; Naujoks, C; Reich, R; Schröder, U; Sproll, C; Teymoortash, A; Ußmüller, J; Vogl, T; Wittekindt, C; Zenk, J; Guntinas-Lichius, O

    2014-02-01

    A new and interdisciplinary S2k AWMF guideline for the treatment of obstructive sialadenitis has been published. There have been several technical achievements, for instance in the field of ultrasonography, via sialendoscopy, or by MR-sialography, that have increased the possibilities for diagnosis and treatment of patients with obstructive sialadenitis. In the past, the treatment of choice in case of unsuccessful medical treatment was a complete extirpation of the affected salivary gland. Nowadays, using a variety of modern treatment options (like sialendoscopy, or extracorporeal shock-waves lithotripsy sometimes combined with salivary duct incision), it is possible in most patients, especially in cases of sialolithiasis, to preserve the affected gland. A functional recovery after gland-sparing surgery is described but more data is needed to finally evaluate the long-time results. The new guideline describes all relevant steps to diagnose an obstructive sialadenitis and values all diagnostic tools critically. Finally, all recommendable therapy options are described and valued, too. PMID:23929209

  1. Compliance with the Australian national physical activity guidelines for children: relationship to overweight status.

    PubMed

    Spinks, Anneliese B; Macpherson, Alison K; Bain, Chris; McClure, Roderick J

    2007-06-01

    Childhood obesity incidence has increased substantially and it has been argued that decreasing physical activity levels, coinciding with an increase in sedentary behaviours, are responsible. Australian guidelines were published in 2004, recommending that children participate in a minimum of 60 min of physical activity daily and spend no more than 2h a day using electronic media for entertainment. We aimed to compare compliance with these guidelines amongst children of differing weight status. The Childhood Injury Prevention Study (CHIPS) collected data from a randomly selected sample of Brisbane primary and preschool children aged 5-12 years. The following data were available for 518 participants: age, gender, measured height and weight and estimated time per week from a parent-completed 7 days diary in physical activity out of school and sedentary leisure activities including television viewing and computer use. Using age standardised body mass index estimates, approximately 20% of the cohort were overweight. Non-compliance with guidelines was 14.7% for out of school physical activity participation, and 30.9% for excess electronic media entertainment use. There was a 63% increase in the odds of overweight status amongst children who were non-compliant with the electronic entertainment recommendations than those who were compliant (adjusted odds ratio=1.63; 95% CI=1.05-2.54). Female gender and school level socioeconomic category were also independently associated with overweight status. Non-compliance with the minimal physical activity guideline increased the odds of being overweight by 28%, however this difference was not statistically significant. One in seven children from the Greater Brisbane area are at risk for being insufficiently active whilst a third overuse electronic media. Given that overuse of electronic entertainment was positively associated with childhood obesity, these children should be the target of public health campaigns to promote alternative leisure time activities. PMID:16890017

  2. Conformance to schizophrenia treatment guidelines in North West-Bank, Palestine: focus on antipsychotic dosing and polytherapy

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Analysis of the prescribing patterns of antipsychotic drugs can improve therapeutic outcomes. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the prescribing pattern of antipsychotics and its conformance to international treatment guidelines. Methods A cross sectional study at primary psychiatric centers was carried out. Patients’ medical files were used to obtain demographic, medication and clinical information. International guidelines for schizophrenia were used to create conformance indicators. All statistical analyses were conducted using Statistical Package for Social Sciences. Results 250 patients were included in this study. A total of 406 antipsychotic agents were used; 348 (85.7%) were first generation antipsychotics (FGA). The prevalence of antipsychotic combination was 50.4% (n=126). There was no significant difference in positive (p=0.3), negative (p=0.06) and psychopathology (p=0.5) scores of schizophrenia symptoms among patients on monotherapy versus those on antipsychotic combination. Furthermore, no significant difference was observed in the annual cost of antipsychotic monotherapy versus combination therapy. One hundred and five patients (42%) were using optimum dose of (300 – 600 mg CPZeq) while the remaining were using sub or supra therapeutic doses. Analysis showed that use of depot, use of anticholinergic agents and increasing amount of total CPZeq were significant factors associated with antipsychotic combination. Conclusions This study indicated that antipsychotic prescribing was not in conformance with international guidelines with respect to maintenance dose and combination therapy. Type of antipsychotic treatment regimen, combination versus monotherapy, was not associated with better clinical or economic outcome. PMID:23816223

  3. Does following research-derived practice guidelines improve opiate-dependent patients' outcomes under everyday practice conditions? Results of the Multisite Opiate Substitution Treatment study

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Keith Humphreys; Jodie A. Trafton; Elizabeth M. Oliva

    2008-01-01

    The Multisite Opiate Substitution Treatment study evaluated whether adhering to clinical-trial-derived practice guidelines improves treatment outcomes of unselected opiate-dependent patients seen in everyday practice. Clinics that were relatively concordant (n = 4) or nonconcordant (n = 4) with guidelines concerning medication dose levels and psychosocial service provision were identified. Staff interviewed 256 patients at intake and 6-month follow-up regarding past

  4. Evidence-based guidelines for the treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms related to uncomplicated benign prostatic hyperplasia in Italy: updated summary from AURO.it

    PubMed Central

    Casarico, Antonio; Fandella, Andrea; Galetti, Caterina; Hurle, Rodolfo; Mazzini, Elisa; Niro, Ciro; Perachino, Massimo; Sanseverino, Roberto; Pappagallo, Giovanni Luigi

    2012-01-01

    Background: The first Italian national guidelines were developed by the Italian Association of Urologists and published in 2007. Since then, a number of new drugs or classes of drugs have emerged for the treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms (LUTS) related to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), new data have emerged on medical therapy (monotherapies and combination therapies), new surgical techniques have come into practice, and our understanding of disease pathogenesis has increased. Consequently, a new update of the guidelines has become necessary. Methods: A structured literature review was conducted to identify relevant papers published between 1 August 2006 and 12 December 2010. Publications before or after this timeframe were considered only if they were recognised as important milestones in the field or if the literature search did not identify publications within this timeframe. The quality of evidence and strength of recommendations were determined according to the Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation framework. Main findings: Decisions on therapeutic intervention should be based on the impact of symptoms on quality of life (QoL) rather than the severity of symptoms (International Prostate Symptom Score (IPSS) score). A threshold for intervention was therefore based on the IPSS Q8, with intervention recommended for patients with a score of at least 4. Several differences in clinical recommendations have emerged. For example, combination therapy with a 5?-reductase inhibitor plus ? blocker is now the recommended option for the treatment of patients at risk of BPH progression. Other differences include the warning of potential worsening of cognitive disturbances with use of anticholinergics in older patients, the distinction between Serenoa repens preparations (according to the method of extraction), and the clearly defined threshold of prostate size for performing open surgery (>80 g). While the recommendations included in these guidelines are evidence based, clinical decisions should also be informed by patients’ clinical and physical circumstances, as well as patients’ preferences and actions. Conclusions: These guidelines are intended to assist physicians and patients in the decision-making process regarding the management of LUTS/BPH, and support the process of continuous improvement of the quality of care and services to patients. PMID:23205056

  5. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis Section 3. Guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapies

    SciTech Connect

    Menter, A.; Korman, N.J.; Elmets, C.A.; Feldman, S.R.; Gelfand, J.M.; Gordon, K.B.; Gottlieb, A.; Koo, J.Y.M.; Lebwohl, M.; Lim, H.W.; Van Voorhees, A.S.; Beutner, K.R.; Bhushan, R. [University of Texas South West Medical Center Dallas, Dallas, TX (United States)

    2009-04-15

    Psoriasis is a common, chronic, inflammatory, multi-system disease with predominantly skin and joint manifestations affecting approximately 2% of the Population. In this third of 6 sections of the guidelines of care for psoriasis, we discuss the use of topical medications for the treatment of psoriasis. The majority of patients with psoriasis have limited disease (<5% body surface area involvement) and can be treated with topical agents, which generally provide a high efficacy-to-safety ratio. Topical agents may also be used adjunctively for patients with more extensive psoriasis undergoing therapy with either ultraviolet light, systemic or biologic medications. However, the use of topical agents as monotherapy in the setting of extensive disease or in the setting of limited, but recalcitrant, disease is not routinely recommended. Treatment should be tailored to meet individual patients' needs. We will discuss the efficacy and safety of as well as offer recommendations for the use of topical corticosteroids, vitamin D analogues, tazarotene, tacrolimus, pimecrolimus, emollients, salicylic acid, anthralin, coal tar, as well as combination therapy.

  6. Community Rehabilitation: "Home versus Centre" Guidelines for Choosing the Optimal Treatment Location

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Barker, Lauren N.; Ziino, Carlo

    2010-01-01

    This study aimed to produce indicators and guidelines for clinician use in determining whether individual therapy sessions for community rehabilitation services should be delivered in a home/community-based setting or centre-based setting within a flexible service delivery model. Concept mapping techniques as described by Tochrim and Kane (2005)…

  7. Wilderness Medical Society practice guidelines for the treatment of acute pain in remote environments.

    PubMed

    Russell, Katie W; Scaife, Courtney L; Weber, David C; Windsor, Jeremy S; Wheeler, Albert R; Smith, William; Wedmore, Ian; McIntosh, Scott E; Lieberman, James R

    2014-03-01

    The Wilderness Medical Society convened an expert panel to develop evidence-based guidelines for the management of pain in austere environments. Recommendations are graded based on the quality of supporting evidence as defined by criteria put forth by the American College of Chest Physicians. PMID:24462332

  8. Increasing Physicians' and Nurses' Compliance with Treatment Guidelines in Cancer Care Program.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Slenker, Suzanne E.; And Others

    1985-01-01

    The effect of the use of guidelines on the care of patients with breast, colon, and non-small-cell lung cancers is reported. Audits of patient records revealed an increase over time in the percentage of recommended cancer care procedures that were complied with. (Author/MLW)

  9. Magnetic resonance imaging in monitoring the treatment of multiple sclerosis: concerted action guidelines

    Microsoft Academic Search

    D H Miller; F Barkhof; I Berry; L Kappos; G Scotti; A J Thompson

    1991-01-01

    Serial gadolinium enhanced MRI of the brain detects much clinically silent disease activity in early relapsing-remitting and secondary progressive multiple sclerosis (MS), and thus has an important role in monitoring the effects of therapy. Based on the proceedings of a recent Commission of the European Communities (CEC) workshop and a review of the literature, guidelines are presented for using MRI

  10. A Model Policy Statement and Guidelines for Implementation: Equal Treatment of Students.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Education Commission of the States, Denver, CO.

    This booklet offers a model policy statement that schools shall provide equal educational opportunities to all students regardless of sex. It includes stipulations and guidelines to achieve equal access in all areas of education. The following areas are considered: (1) Course offerings: every course shall be open to all students and schools should…

  11. Results of the National Cholesterol Education (NCEP) Program Evaluation Project Utilizing Novel E-Technology (NEPTUNE) II Survey and Implications for Treatment Under the Recent NCEP Writing Group Recommendations

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Michael H. Davidson; Kevin C. Maki; Thomas A. Pearson; Richard C. Pasternak; Prakash C. Deedwania; James M. McKenney; Gregg C. Fonarow; David J. Maron; Benjamin J. Ansell; Luther T. Clark; Christie M. Ballantyne

    The most recent national survey of compliance with the National Cholesterol Edu- cation Program (NCEP) Adult Treatment Panel (ATP) guidelines was completed before ATP III and showed significant underachievement of low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol goals. The NCEP Evaluation ProjecT Utilizing Novel E-Technol- ogy (NEPTUNE) II was a national survey conducted in 2003. Of the 4,885 patients, 67% achieved their LDL

  12. Treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis in adults in Denmark: a national survey.

    PubMed

    Henriksen, Otto M; Prahl, Julie B; Røder, Michael E; Svendsen, Ole Lander

    2007-07-01

    The aims of this study were to investigate management routines of diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) in adult patients in departments of internal medicine in Denmark and to relate current routines of treatment to available evidence. A questionnaire requesting information on management routines of DKA was sent to all departments of internal medicine in Denmark responsible of managing DKA. Fifty-nine departments (88%) returned the questionnaire and/or a copy of their management protocol. At 19 departments (32%), all patients with DKA were managed in an intensive care unit (ICU). Twenty-four different insulin regimens and 21 fluid protocols were identified. Routines of insulin therapy varied in terms of doses and routes of administration. Fifty-eight departments (97%) used isotonic saline for hydration. Potassium supplements were administered as a separate infusion of either isotonic potassium-sodium-chloride (83%) or isotonic potassium-chloride (10%). Recommended volumes to be administered during the first 8h of treatment varied significantly (median 4800ml, range 3750-7700ml). Use of bicarbonate was endorsed by 80%. This study shows significant variations in management routines of DKA in Denmark. In many cases, the treatment routines employed are not supported by evidence from clinical trials. We recommend implementation of national and/or European guidelines for management of DKA in adult patients. PMID:17126447

  13. Written consent for intimate examinations undertaken by medical students in the operating theatre--time for national guidelines?

    PubMed

    Martyn, F; O'Connor, R

    2009-01-01

    The teaching of pelvic examinations to medical students is a challenge faced by most Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. It is an embarrassing and potentially painful procedure for the woman while she is awake. Elective gynaecological procedures under general anaesthesia are often seen as an ideal opportunity to teach pelvic examinations with least disturbance to the patient. Patients are aware that medical students need to learn and are often quiet willing to assist doctors in this teaching process. In our audit we found that 26% of women did not consent to a pelvic examination by a student while asleep. We also highlight the fact that only five other units in Ireland actually have a dedicated written consent form for patients undergoing intimate examinations under anaesthetic. A significant percentage of women will not agree to such an intimate examination and thus there is an urgent need for a national guideline regarding consent in these circumstances and full compliance. PMID:20108806

  14. Treatment Programs in the National Drug Abuse Treatment Clinical Trials Network

    PubMed Central

    McCarty, Dennis; Fuller, Bret; Kaskutas, Lee Ann; Wendt, William W.; Nunes, Edward V.; Miller, Michael; Forman, Robert; Magruder, Kathryn M.; Arfken, Cynthia; Copersino, Marc; Floyd, Anthony; Sindelar, Jody; Edmundson, Eldon

    2008-01-01

    Drug abuse treatment programs and university-based research centers collaborate to test emerging therapies for alcohol and drug disorders in the National Drug Abuse Treatment Clinical Trials Network (CTN). Programs participating in the CTN completed organizational (n = 106 of 112; 95% response rate) and treatment unit surveys (n = 348 of 384; 91% response rate) to describe the levels of care, ancillary services, patient demographics, patient drug use and co-occurring conditions. Analyses describe the corporations participating in the CTN and provide an exploratory assessment of variation in treatment philosophies. A diversity of treatment centers participate in the CTN; not for profit organizations with a primary mission of treating alcohol and drug disorders dominate. Compared to N-SSATS (National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services), programs located in medical settings are over-represented and centers that are mental health clinics are under-represented. Outpatient, methadone, long-term residential and inpatient treatment units differed on patients served and services proved. Larger programs with higher counselor caseloads in residential settings reported more social model characteristics. Programs with higher social model scores were more likely to offer self-help meetings, vocational services and specialized services for women. Conversely, programs with accreditation had less social model influence. The CTN is an ambitious effort to engage community-based treatment organizations into research and more fully integrate research and practice. PMID:17875368

  15. Use of cost-effectiveness data in priority setting decisions: experiences from the national guidelines for heart diseases in Sweden

    PubMed Central

    Eckard, Nathalie; Janzon, Magnus; Levin, Lars-Åke

    2014-01-01

    Background: The inclusion of cost-effectiveness data, as a basis for priority setting rankings, is a distinguishing feature in the formulation of the Swedish national guidelines. Guidelines are generated with the direct intent to influence health policy and support decisions about the efficient allocation of scarce healthcare resources. Certain medical conditions may be given higher priority rankings i.e. given more resources than others, depending on how serious the medical condition is. This study investigated how a decision-making group, the Priority Setting Group (PSG), used cost-effectiveness data in ranking priority setting decisions in the national guidelines for heart diseases. Methods: A qualitative case study methodology was used to explore the use of such data in ranking priority setting healthcare decisions. The study addressed availability of cost-effectiveness data, evidence understanding, interpretation difficulties, and the reliance on evidence. We were also interested in the explicit use of data in ranking decisions, especially in situations where economic arguments impacted the reasoning behind the decisions. Results: This study showed that cost-effectiveness data was an important and integrated part of the decision-making process. Involvement of a health economist and reliance on the data facilitated the use of cost-effectiveness data. Economic arguments were used both as a fine-tuning instrument and a counterweight for dichotomization. Cost-effectiveness data were used when the overall evidence base was weak and the decision-makers had trouble making decisions due to lack of clinical evidence and in times of uncertainty. Cost-effectiveness data were also used for decisions on the introduction of new expensive medical technologies. Conclusion: Cost-effectiveness data matters in decision-making processes and the results of this study could be applicable to other jurisdictions where health economics is implemented in decision-making. This study contributes to knowledge on how cost-effectiveness data is used in actual decision-making, to ensure that the decisions are offered on equal terms and that patients receive medical care according their needs in order achieve maximum benefit. PMID:25396208

  16. Directrices para la Creacion del Centro Nacional de Informacion y Documentacion (Guidelines for the Creation of a National Information and Documentation Center).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Menda Behrens, Eduardo

    This document discusses background information and guidelines for the creation of a national information and documentation center for the dissemination of scientific and technological information. The study first reports on information services in several other countries and the need for an information center in Venezuela; included are…

  17. Survey of policy for MRSA screening in English cataract surgical units and changes to practice after updated National guidelines

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background National guidelines on MRSA (methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus) screening policy in England have changed on a number of occasions, but there is limited data on its influence at a local level. The aim of this study was to determine if changes in National policy influenced preoperative screening of cataract patients for MRSA. Methods A structured telephone survey was conducted on all 133 ophthalmology units in England in 2004 and again in 2007 for the initial responders, after a change in national policy. Results A total of 74 units (56%) responded in 2004 and 71 units (96% of initial respondents) in 2007. In 2004, 57% of units screened for MRSA. They screened groups at high risk of carriage, including patients with previous MRSA (93%) and patients from Nursing homes (21%). Swab sites included the nose (100%), eyes (31%) and perineum (62%). In 2007, there was no significant change in the number of units that screened for MRSA (57% vs 66%; p?=?0.118; McNemar test). However, more units screened for MRSA in patients from nursing/residential homes (21% vs 51%; p?=?0.004, McNemar test), and in patients who had recent admission to hospital (12% vs 36%; p?=?0.003). In the second survey, 3 units (6%) now screened patients who were close relatives of MRSA carriers. Conclusion This survey has highlighted inconsistences in MRSA screening practice of day-case cataract surgery patients across England after 2 major national policy changes. A change in DoH policy only led to more units screening patients for MRSA from high risk groups. PMID:24341357

  18. Addition of high-risk HPV testing improves the current guidelines on follow-up after treatment for cervical intraepithelial neoplasia

    Microsoft Academic Search

    M A E Nobbenhuis; C J L M Meijer; A J C van den Brule; L Rozendaal; F J Voorhorst; E K J Risse; R H M Verheijen; T J M Helmerhorst

    2001-01-01

    We assessed a possible role for high-risk human papillomavirus (HPV) testing in the policy after treatment for cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (CIN) 2 or 3 (moderate to severe dysplasia). According to the Dutch guidelines follow-up after treatment consists of cervical cytology at 6, 12 and 24 months. Colposcopy is only performed in case of abnormal cervical cytology. In this observational study

  19. Promotion of standard treatment guidelines and building referral system for management of common noncommunicable diseases in India.

    PubMed

    Jindal, Sk

    2011-12-01

    Treatment services constitute one of the five priority actions to face the global crisis due to noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). It is important to formulate standard treatment guidelines (STGs) for an effective management, particularly at the primary and secondary levels of health care. Dissemination and implementation of STGs for NCDs on a country-wide scale involves difficult and complex issues. The management of NCDs and the associated costs are highly variable and huge. Besides the educational strategies for promotion of STGs, the scientific and administrative sanctions and sanctity are important for purposes of reimbursements, insurance, availability of facilities, and legal protection. An effective and functional referral- system needs to be built to ensure availability of appropriate care at all levels of health- services. The patient-friendly "to and fro" referral system will help to distribute the burden, lower the costs, and maintain the sustainability of services. PMID:22628909

  20. Democracy or efficiency: contradictory national guidelines in urban planning in Norway

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Eva Falleth; Inger-Lise Saglie

    2011-01-01

    Planning and building legislation is often divided between two institutional systems and mutually contradictory discourses. While the discourse related to building legislation focuses on efficiency, the planning discourse focuses on democracy. The two discourses are institutionally divided with two national governance systems in Norway. These governance systems meet in local development plans where planning and building are often fully integrated.

  1. Treatment in Kenyan rural health facilities: projected drug costs using the WHO-UNICEF integrated management of childhood illness (IMCI) guidelines.

    PubMed Central

    Boulanger, L. L.; Lee, L. A.; Odhacha, A.

    1999-01-01

    Guidelines for the integrated management of childhood illness (IMCI) in peripheral health facilities have been developed by WHO and UNICEF to improve the recognition and treatment of common causes of childhood death. To evaluate the impact of the guidelines on treatment costs, we compared the cost of drugs actually prescribed to a sample of 747 sick children aged 2-59 months in rural health facilities in western Kenya with the cost of drugs had the children been managed using the IMCI guidelines. The average cost of drugs actually prescribed per child was US$ 0.44 (1996 US$). Antibiotics were the most costly component, with phenoxymethylpenicillin syrup accounting for 59% of the cost of all the drugs prescribed. Of the 295 prescriptions for phenoxymethylpenicillin syrup, 223 (76%) were for treatment of colds or cough. The cost of drugs that would have been prescribed had the same children been managed with the IMCI guidelines ranged from US$ 0.16 per patient (based on a formulary of larger-dose tablets and a home remedy for cough) to US$ 0.39 per patient (based on a formulary of syrups or paediatric-dose tablets and a commercial cough preparation). Treatment of coughs and colds with antibiotics is not recommended in the Kenyan or in the IMCI guidelines. Compliance with existing treatment guidelines for the management of acute respiratory infections would have halved the cost of the drugs prescribed. The estimated cost of the drugs needed to treat children using the IMCI guidelines was less than the cost of the drugs actually prescribed, but varied considerably depending on the dosage forms and whether a commercial cough preparation was used. PMID:10593034

  2. Adherence to guidelines: A national audit of the management of acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding. The REASON registry

    PubMed Central

    Lu, Yidan; Barkun, Alan N; Martel, Myriam

    2014-01-01

    OBJECTIVES: To assess process of care in nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding (NVUGIB) using a national cohort, and to identify predictors of adherence to ‘best practice’ standards. METHODS: Consecutive charts of patients hospitalized for acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding across 21 Canadian hospitals were reviewed. Data regarding initial presentation, endoscopic management and outcomes were collected. Results were compared with ‘best practice’ using established guidelines on NVUGIB. Adherence was quantified and independent predictors were evaluated using multivariable analysis. RESULTS: Overall, 2020 patients (89.4% NVUGIB, variceal in 10.6%) were included (mean [± SD] age 66.3±16.4 years; 38.4% female). Endoscopy was performed in 1612 patients: 1533 with NVUGIB had endoscopic lesions (63.1% ulcers; high-risk stigmata in 47.8%). Early endoscopy was performed in 65.6% and an assistant was present in 83.5%. Only 64.5% of patients with high-risk stigmata received endoscopic hemostasis; 9.8% of patients exhibiting low-risk stigmata also did. Intravenous proton pump inhibitor was administered after endoscopic hemostasis in 95.7%. Rebleeding and mortality rates were 10.5% and 9.4%, respectively. Multivariable analysis revealed that low American Society of Anesthesiologists score patients had fewer assistants present during endoscopy (OR 0.63 [95% CI 0.48 to 0.83), a hemoglobin level <70 g/L predicted inappropriate high-dose intravenous proton pump inhibitor use in patients with low-risk stigmata, and endoscopies performed during regular hours were associated with longer delays from presentation (OR 0.33 [95% CI 0.24 to 0.47]). CONCLUSION: There was variability between the process of care and ‘best practice’ in NVUGIB. Certain patient and situational characteristics may influence guideline adherence. Dissemination initiatives must identify and focus on such considerations to improve quality of care. PMID:25314356

  3. Guidelines for compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act and the California Environmental Quality Act

    SciTech Connect

    Kielusiak, C.

    1993-02-01

    The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) sets forth national policy for the protection of the environment. The NEPA process is intended to help officials of the federal government make decisions that are based on an understanding of environmental consequences, and take actions that protect, restore, and enhance the environment. The California Environmental Quality Act of 1970 (CEQA) is similar to NEPA. The California legislature established CEQA to inform both state and local governmental decision-makers and the public about potential significant environmental effects of proposed activities, to identify ways to avoid or reduce environmental impacts, and to disclose to the public the reasons why a project is approved if significant environmental effects are involved. Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (LBL), complies with the provisions of both NEPA and CEQA. This document defines the responsibilities and authorities for NEPA/CEQA compliance at LBL.

  4. Syndromic Diagnosis of Malaria in Rural Sierra Leone and Proposed Additions to the National Integrated Management of Childhood Illness Guidelines for Fever

    PubMed Central

    Nnedu, Obinna N.; Rimel, Bryan; Terry, Carey; Jalloh-Vos, Heidi; Baryon, Brima; Bausch, Daniel G.

    2010-01-01

    Many countries in Africa, including Sierra Leone, have adopted artemisinin-based combination therapy as first-line therapy for treatment of patients with malaria. Because laboratory testing is often unavailable in rural areas, the cost-benefit and viability of this approach may depend on accurately diagnosing malaria by using clinical criteria. We assessed the accuracy of syndromic diagnosis for malaria in three peripheral health units in rural Sierra Leone and determined factors that were associated with an accurate malaria diagnosis. Of 175 children diagnosed with malaria on syndromic grounds, 143 (82%) were confirmed by the Paracheck-Pf test. In a multivariate analysis, splenomegaly (P = 0.04) was the only clinical sign significantly associated with laboratory-confirmed malaria, and sleeping under a bed net was protective (P = 0.05). Our findings show that clinical malaria is diagnosed relatively accurately in rural Sierra Leone. Incorporating bed net use and splenomegaly into the national Integrated Management of Childhood Illness guidelines for evaluation of fever may further enhance diagnostic accuracy for malaria. PMID:20348493

  5. National General Aviation Design Competition Guidelines 1999-2000 Academic Year

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1999-01-01

    The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and the Air Force Research Laboratory are sponsoring a National General Aviation Design Competition for students at U.S. aeronautical and engineering universities for the 1999-2000 academic year. The competition challenges individuals and teams of undergraduates and/ or graduate students, working with faculty advisors, to address design challenges for general aviation aircraft. Now in its sixth year, the competition seeks to increase the involvement of the academic community in the revitalization of the U.S. general aviation industry while providing real-world design and development experiences for students. It allows university students to participate in a major national effort to rebuild the U.S. general aviation sector while raising student awareness of the value of general aviation for business and personal use , and its economic relevance. Faculty and student participants have indicated that the open-ended design challenges offered by the competition have provided the basis for quality educational experiences.

  6. The need for guidelines and the use of economic evidence in decision-making in Thailand: lessons learnt from the development of the national list of essential drugs.

    PubMed

    Wibulpolprasert, Suwit

    2008-06-01

    Since 2004, the Subcommittee for Development of the National List of Essential Drugs (NLED) has embarked upon an historical evolution of applying evidence to the revision, inclusion and exclusion of medicines into and from the list. Then, the revision of the 2008 NLED was the first time in Thai history where the drug selection process in Thailand formally incorporated pharmacoeconomics. At present, the lack of a standard methodology for conducting economic evaluation is a major barrier that diminishes the potential use of economic evidence. The development of national economic evaluation guidelines by a group of national experts was subsequently endorsed by members in the Subcommittee as useful tools for future NLED revision. They emphasize that these guidelines should be applied not only to those evaluations conducted by public institutions but also by private pharmaceutical companies that often use this evidence for their marketing, or even for future requirements of economic information from industry, as complementary evidence for inclusion of health technology. PMID:19255984

  7. Implementation of Management Guidelines For Chronic Myeloid Leukemia

    PubMed Central

    Rizzieri, David; Moore, Joseph O.

    2012-01-01

    Clinical practice guidelines are developed to improve the quality of care and outcomes for patients. Guidelines facilitate clinical decisions, promote efficient use of health care resources, and provide guidance to practitioners. For chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) have changed the paradigm of therapy by lowering the disease burden and by providing more precise monitoring of response. These advances affect treatment guidelines for CML and inform CML clinical trial protocols. Guidelines developed by the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) and European LeukemiaNet (ELN) synthesize the best available evidence to support decision-making in the management of CML patients. Both guidelines recognize specific milestones for treatment response. At each time point, the ELN guidelines define overall response benchmarks, and the NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology (NCCN Guidelines) provide an algorithm that specifies the timing for evaluations of cytogenetic and molecular parameters during therapy. The NCCN Guidelines also include strategies for providing supportive care and for managing toxicities. Molecular monitoring now plays a greater role in CML management. Molecular response as a milestone is currently recommended by the ELN but has not yet been adopted by the NCCN. As evidence continues to accumulate, the NCCN and ELN Guidelines are likely to evolve to reflect new data and standards of care. PMID:23204819

  8. National Kidney Foundation Practice Guidelines for Chronic Kidney Disease: Evaluation, Classification, and Stratification

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Andrew S. Levey; Josef Coresh; Ethan Balk; Annamaria T. Kausz; Adeera Levin; Michael W. Steffes; Ronald J. Hogg; Ronald D. Perrone; Joseph Lau; Garabed Eknoyan

    Chronic kidney disease is a worldwide public health problem with an increasing incidence and prevalence, poor outcomes, and high cost. Outcomes of chronic kidney disease include not only kidney failure but also complications of decreased kidney function and cardiovascular disease. Current evidence suggests that some of these adverse outcomes can be prevented or delayed by early detection and treatment. Unfortunately,

  9. Current recommendations for the diagnosis and treatment of concussion in sport: a comparison of three new guidelines.

    PubMed

    West, Therese A; Marion, Donald W

    2014-01-15

    Currently, there is considerable debate within the sports medicine community about the role of concussion and the risk of chronic neurological sequelae. This concern has led to significant confusion among primary care providers and athletic trainers about how to best identify those athletes at risk and how to treat those with concussion. During the first quarter of 2013, several new or updated clinical practice guidelines and position statements were published on the diagnosis, treatment, and management of mild traumatic brain injury/concussion in sports. Three of these guidelines were produced by the American Medical Society for Sports Medicine, The American Academy of Neurology, and the Zurich Consensus working group. The goal of each group was to clearly define current best practices for the definition, diagnosis, and acute and post-acute management of sports-related concussion, including specific recommendations for return to play. In this article, we compare the recommendations of each of the three groups, and highlight those topics for which there is consensus regarding the definition of concussion, diagnosis, and acute care of athletes suspected of having a concussion, as well as return-to-play recommendations. PMID:23879529

  10. Current Recommendations for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Concussion in Sport: A Comparison of Three New Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Marion, Donald W.

    2014-01-01

    Abstract Currently, there is considerable debate within the sports medicine community about the role of concussion and the risk of chronic neurological sequelae. This concern has led to significant confusion among primary care providers and athletic trainers about how to best identify those athletes at risk and how to treat those with concussion. During the first quarter of 2013, several new or updated clinical practice guidelines and position statements were published on the diagnosis, treatment, and management of mild traumatic brain injury/concussion in sports. Three of these guidelines were produced by the American Medical Society for Sports Medicine, The American Academy of Neurology, and the Zurich Consensus working group. The goal of each group was to clearly define current best practices for the definition, diagnosis, and acute and post-acute management of sports-related concussion, including specific recommendations for return to play. In this article, we compare the recommendations of each of the three groups, and highlight those topics for which there is consensus regarding the definition of concussion, diagnosis, and acute care of athletes suspected of having a concussion, as well as return-to-play recommendations. PMID:23879529

  11. Current Fat Guidelines and Recommendations

    Technology Transfer Automated Retrieval System (TEKTRAN)

    Current dietary guidelines, including those of the US government [Dietary Guidelines (USDA/DHHS, 2005), Dietary Reference Intakes [reference DRI macronutrient book], National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP, 2001)], American Heart Association (AHA, 2206), American Diabetes Association (2006) and...

  12. Assessing adherence to accepted national guidelines for immigrant and refugee screening and vaccines in an urban primary care practice: a retrospective chart review.

    PubMed

    Waldorf, Barbara; Gill, Christopher; Crosby, Sondra S

    2014-10-01

    In the United States, 38.5 million people are foreign-born, one in three arriving since 2000. Health issues include high rates of hepatitis B, humanimmunodeficiency virus infection, parasitic infections, and M. tuberculosis. We sought to determine rates of provider adherence to accepted national guidelines for immigrant and refugee health screening and vaccines done at the primary care clinics at Boston Medical Center. Randomized, retrospective chart review of foreign born patients in the primary care clinics. We found low screening and immunization rates that do not conform to CDC/ACIP guidelines. Only 43 % of immigrant patients had tuberculosis screening, 36 % were screened for HIV and hepatitis B, and 33 % received tetanus vaccinations. Organizational changes incorporating multi-disciplinary approaches such as creative use of nursing staff, protocols, standing orders, EMR reminders, and web based educational tools can contribute to better outcomes by identifying patients and improving utilization of guidelines. PMID:23512323

  13. Main Effects Analysis in Clinical Research: Statistical Guidelines for Disaggregating Treatment Groups.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lyons, John S.; Howard, Kenneth I.

    1991-01-01

    Treatment outcome research generally relies on main effects analysis of variance to determine whether treatments are differentially effective. There is reason to consider disaggregating main effects even when conditions of heterogeneity of variance are not violated. Potential statistical significance of disaggregation can be shown to be function…

  14. Guideline for diagnosis and treatment of subacromial pain syndrome: a multidisciplinary review by the Dutch Orthopaedic Association.

    PubMed

    Diercks, Ron; Bron, Carel; Dorrestijn, Oscar; Meskers, Carel; Naber, René; de Ruiter, Tjerk; Willems, Jaap; Winters, Jan; van der Woude, Henk Jan

    2014-06-01

    Treatment of "subacromial impingement syndrome" of the shoulder has changed drastically in the past decade. The anatomical explanation as "impingement" of the rotator cuff is not sufficient to cover the pathology. "Subacromial pain syndrome", SAPS, describes the condition better. A working group formed from a number of Dutch specialist societies, joined by the Dutch Orthopedic Association, has produced a guideline based on the available scientific evidence. This resulted in a new outlook for the treatment of subacromial pain syndrome. The important conclusions and advice from this work are as follows: (1) The diagnosis SAPS can only be made using a combination of clinical tests. (2) SAPS should preferably be treated non-operatively. (3) Acute pain should be treated with analgetics if necessary. (4) Subacromial injection with corticosteroids is indicated for persistent or recurrent symptoms. (5) Diagnostic imaging is useful after 6 weeks of symptoms. Ultrasound examination is the recommended imaging, to exclude a rotator cuff rupture. (6) Occupational interventions are useful when complaints persist for longer than 6 weeks. (7) Exercise therapy should be specific and should be of low intensity and high frequency, combining eccentric training, attention to relaxation and posture, and treatment of myofascial trigger points (including stretching of the muscles) may be considered. (8) Strict immobilization and mobilization techniques are not recommended. (9) Tendinosis calcarea can be treated by shockwave (ESWT) or needling under ultrasound guidance (barbotage). (10) Rehabilitation in a specialized unit can be considered in chronic, treatment resistant SAPS, with pain perpetuating behavior. (11) There is no convincing evidence that surgical treatment for SAPS is more effective than conservature management. (12) There is no indication for the surgical treatment of asymptomatic rotator cuff tears. PMID:24847788

  15. The association between population-based treatment guidelines and adjuvant therapy for node-negative breast cancer. British Columbia/Ontario Working Group.

    PubMed Central

    Sawka, C.; Olivotto, I.; Coldman, A.; Goel, V.; Holowaty, E.; Hislop, T. G.

    1997-01-01

    This study evaluated the impact of province-wide treatment guidelines on consistency of adjuvant therapy for node-negative breast cancer. A retrospective population-based cohort study was conducted in the Canadian provinces of British Columbia, which has province-wide guidelines, and Ontario, which does not. All eligible 1991 incident cases of node-negative breast cancer in British Columbia (n = 942) and a similar number of randomly selected 1991 incident cases in Ontario (n = 938) were reviewed. Consistency of adjuvant therapy received was evaluated by stratifying cases into discrete diagnostic groups using several grouping systems, and by then comparing the distribution of treatments received within each diagnostic group in the two provinces. Recursive partitioning was also performed. We observed that patterns of pathology reporting were consistent with awareness of the factors used in the British Columbia guidelines to define indications for adjuvant therapy. Consistency of care was greater in British Columbia than in Ontario by all diagnostic grouping systems and by recursive partitioning (P < 0.001), and the observed patterns in British Columbia corresponded to the British Columbia guidelines. We conclude that population-based treatment guidelines can play a role in promoting consistent patterns of adjuvant therapy for women with node-negative breast cancer. PMID:9166950

  16. Focus on anorexia nervosa: modern psychological treatment and guidelines for the adolescent patient

    PubMed Central

    Espie, Jonathan; Eisler, Ivan

    2015-01-01

    Anorexia nervosa is a serious condition associated with high mortality. Incidence is highest for female adolescents, and prevalence data highlight a pressing unmet need for treatment. While there is evidence that adolescent-onset anorexia has relatively high rates of eventual recovery, the illness is often protracted, and even after recovery from the eating disorder there is an ongoing vulnerability to psychosocial problems in later life. Family therapy for anorexia in adolescence has evolved from a generic systemic treatment into an eating disorder-specific format (family therapy for anorexia nervosa), and this approach has been evidenced as an effective treatment. Individual treatments, including cognitive behavioral therapy, also have some evidence of effectiveness. Most adolescents can be effectively and safely managed as outpatients. Day-patient treatment holds promise as an alternative to inpatient treatment or as an intensive program following a brief medical admission. Evidence is emerging of advantages in detecting and treating adolescent anorexia nervosa in specialist community-based child and adolescent eating-disorder services accessible directly from primary care. Limitations and future directions for modern treatment are considered. PMID:25678834

  17. EBMPracticeNet: A Bilingual National Electronic Point-Of-Care Project for Retrieval of Evidence-Based Clinical Guideline Information and Decision Support

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background In Belgium, the construction of a national electronic point-of-care information service, EBMPracticeNet, was initiated in 2011 to optimize quality of care by promoting evidence-based decision-making. The collaboration of the government, health care providers, evidence-based medicine (EBM) partners, and vendors of electronic health records (EHR) is unique to this project. All Belgian health care professionals get free access to an up-to-date database of validated Belgian and nearly 1000 international guidelines, incorporated in a portal that also provides EBM information from other sources than guidelines, including computerized clinical decision support that is integrated in the EHRs. Objective The objective of this paper was to describe the development strategy, the overall content, and the management of EBMPracticeNet which may be of relevance to other health organizations creating national or regional electronic point-of-care information services. Methods Several candidate providers of comprehensive guideline solutions were evaluated and one database was selected. Translation of the guidelines to Dutch and French was done with translation software, post-editing by translators and medical proofreading. A strategy is determined to adapt the guideline content to the Belgian context. Acceptance of the computerized clinical decision support tool has been tested and a randomized controlled trial is planned to evaluate the effect on process and patient outcomes. Results Currently, EBMPracticeNet is in "work in progress" state. Reference is made to the results of a pilot study and to further planned research including a randomized controlled trial. Conclusions The collaboration of government, health care providers, EBM partners, and vendors of EHRs is unique. The potential value of the project is great. The link between all the EHRs from different vendors and a national database held on a single platform that is controlled by all EBM organizations in Belgium are the strengths of EBMPracticeNet. PMID:23842038

  18. Defining ‘elderly’ in clinical practice guidelines for pharmacotherapy

    PubMed Central

    Singh, Shamsher; Bajorek., Beata

    2014-01-01

    Objective: To identify how ‘elderly’ patients are defined and considered within Australian clinical guidelines for the use of pharmacotherapy. Method: Guidelines pertaining to the use of pharmacotherapy, focusing on conditions described in National Health Priority Areas, were identified using databases (Medline, Google Scholar) and organisation websites (Department of Health and Ageing, National Heart Foundation, National Health and Medical Research Council). Guidelines were reviewed and qualitatively analysed to identify any references or definitions of ‘elderly’ persons. Results: Among the 20 guidelines reviewed, 3 defined ‘elderly’ by chronological age (i.e., years since birth) while the remaining 17 guidelines did not define ‘elderly’ in any way. All 20 guidelines used the term ‘elderly’, whilst some guidelines provided age (chronological)-based dosage recommendations suggesting an ageist or generalist approach in their representation of ‘elderly’, for which rationale was seldom provided. Thematic analysis of the statements revealed five key themes regarding how ‘elderly’ was considered within the guidelines, broadly describing ‘elderly’ persons as being frail and with altered pharmacology. Some guidelines also highlighted the limited evidence base to direct clinical decision-making. A continuum of perceptions of ageing also emerged out of the identified themes. Conclusion: Clinical practice guidelines currently do not adequately define ‘elderly’ persons and provide limited guidance on how to apply treatment recommendations to older persons. The representation of ‘elderly’ in guidelines needs to be less based on chronological age or generic definitions focusing more on establishing a direct link between an individual patient’s characteristics and the pharmacology of their prescribed medication. Clinical guidelines that do not offer any practical descriptions of the features of ageing that are specifically related to the use of pharmacotherapy, or how to assess these in individual patients, render decision-making challenging. PMID:25580172

  19. Breaking new ground: challenging existing asthma guidelines

    Microsoft Academic Search

    David Price; Mike Thomas

    2006-01-01

    BACKGROUND: While we have international guidelines and various national guidelines for asthma diagnosis and management, asthma remains poorly controlled in many children and adults. In this paper we review the limitations of current asthma guidelines and describe important issues and remaining questions regarding asthma guidelines for use, particularly in primary care. DISCUSSION: Clinical practice guidelines based on evidence from randomized

  20. Effect of a Brief Outreach Educational Intervention on the Translation of Acute Poisoning Treatment Guidelines to Practice in Rural Sri Lankan Hospitals: A Cluster Randomized Controlled Trial

    PubMed Central

    Senarathna, Lalith; Buckley, Nick A.; Dibley, Michael J.; Kelly, Patrick J.; Jayamanna, Shaluka F.; Gawarammana, Indika B.; Dawson, Andrew H.

    2013-01-01

    Background In developing countries, including Sri Lanka, a high proportion of acute poisoning and other medical emergencies are initially treated in rural peripheral hospitals. Patients are then usually transferred to referral hospitals for further treatment. Guidelines are often used to promote better patient care in these emergencies. We conducted a cluster randomized controlled trial (ISRCTN73983810) which aimed to assess the effect of a brief educational outreach (‘academic detailing’) intervention to promote the utilization of treatment guidelines for acute poisoning. Methods and Findings This cluster RCT was conducted in the North Central Province of Sri Lanka. All peripheral hospitals in the province were randomized to either intervention or control. All hospitals received a copy of the guidelines. The intervention hospitals received a brief out-reach academic detailing workshop which explained poisoning treatment guidelines and guideline promotional items designed to be used in daily care. Data were collected on all patients admitted due to poisoning for 12 months post-intervention in all study hospitals. Information collected included type of poison exposure, initial investigations, treatments and hospital outcome. Patients transferred from peripheral hospitals to referral hospitals had their clinical outcomes recorded. There were 23 intervention and 23 control hospitals. There were no significant differences in the patient characteristics, such as age, gender and the poisons ingested. The intervention hospitals showed a significant improvement in administration of activated charcoal [OR 2.95 (95% CI 1.28–6.80)]. There was no difference between hospitals in use of other decontamination methods. Conclusion This study shows that an educational intervention consisting of brief out-reach academic detailing was effective in changing treatment behavior in rural Sri Lankan hospitals. The intervention was only effective for treatments with direct clinician involvement, such as administering activated charcoal. It was not successful for treatments usually administered by non-professional staff such as forced emesis for poisoning. Trial Registration Controlled-Trials.com ISRCTN73983810 ISRCTN73983810 PMID:23990989

  1. Summary of the Dutch S3-Guidelines on the treatment of psoriasis 2011

    E-print Network

    2014-01-01

    enhances skin penetration (e.g. salicylic acid gel) or 3)skin surface) Children Important drug interactions Infants Topical preparations with salicylic acidsalicylic acid in the treatment of plaque psoriasis with dithranol creams. Skin

  2. Guidelines for Hanford Site implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act

    SciTech Connect

    King, S.E.

    1989-03-01

    The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) environmental review process is mandatory for federal agencies. Understanding and complying with NEPA is extremely important to successfully planning and implementing programs at the Hanford Site. This report is intended to help planners and decision makers understand NEPA by describing the NEPA process as it is outlined in NEPA, in regulations, and in guidance information. The requirements and guidance documents that set forth the NEPA process are discussed. Some of the major NEPA concepts and issues are also addressed. This report is intended to be used as a general road map through the maze of NEPA requirements and guidance to ensure that Hanford Site activities are conducted in compliance with NEPA. Enhanced knowledge of the NEPA process is expected to increase the ability of the Hanford Site to work with regulators, interested parties and the public to ensure that the potential environmental impacts of DOE activities are fully considered at the Hanford Site. In addition, an enhanced understanding of NEPA will help project and program managers to integrate NEPA compliance requirements with program planning. 43 refs., 6 figs., 3 tabs.

  3. Management of scalp psoriasis: guidelines for corticosteroid use in combination treatment.

    PubMed

    van der Vleuten, C J; van de Kerkhof, P C

    2001-01-01

    Scalp psoriasis is a frequent expression of the common skin disease psoriasis, and scaling and itching are the two major complaints. Topical treatments are the mainstay of the treatment of psoriasis of the scalp, with the vehicle as well as the active ingredient relevant to efficacy, tolerability and compliance. Vehicles can be shampoos, lotions, gels, foams, creams and more greasy ointments. Active ingredients are keratolytics, coal tar (liquor carbonis detergens), dithranol, corticosteroids and vitamin D3 analogues. Some effect has also been described from topical or systemic imidazole derivatives. Topical corticosteroids remain the mainstay in the treatment of scalp psoriasis. The effects are rapid, the formulations are patient friendly and the adverse effects seem limited, although no data are available to support safety during prolonged use (more than 4 weeks). Topical vitamin D3 analogues have been available for the treatment of psoriasis since 1992. In the lotion formulation in particular, vitamin D3 analogues are a patient friendly, tolerable and effective alternative to corticosteroids, although the effects are optimal after 8 weeks, in contrast to 2-3 weeks for topical corticosteroids. Facial irritation (often temporary) can also be a disadvantage of vitamin D3 analogues, although only a small proportion of patients stop treatment for this reason. All other treatment options for psoriasis, such as tazarotene, phototherapy and systemic treatment with methotrexate, acitretin and cyclosporin are often not indicated or not suitable for treatment of the scalp. In daily practice, to make a choice from the available therapeutic arsenal for psoriasis, each patient should be examined individually. Deteriorating factors have to be excluded. For scaling, keratolysis is the first step. Subsequently, active treatment can be chosen depending on the clinical picture. When the psoriatic lesions are mainly characterised by inflammation, anti-inflammatory drugs such as topical corticosteroids are indicated. When scaling is the more important clinical feature, vitamin D3 analogues are indicated. Generally, intermittently used topical corticosteroids alternating with vitamin D3 derivatives either combined or not with liquor carbonis detergens containing shampoo is the most suitable treatment for most patients. Because psoriasis capitis is a chronic disease, long term treatment should, in addition to medical advice, also provide patient support and motivation. PMID:11577796

  4. Comparison of an effect-model-law-based method versus traditional clinical practice guidelines for optimal treatment decision-making: application to statin treatment in the French population.

    PubMed

    Kahoul, Riad; Gueyffier, François; Amsallem, Emmanuel; Haugh, Margaret; Marchant, Ivanny; Boissel, François-Henri; Boissel, Jean-Pierre

    2014-11-01

    Healthcare authorities make difficult decisions about how to spend limited budgets for interventions that guarantee the best cost-efficacy ratio. We propose a novel approach for treatment decision-making, OMES-in French: Objectif thérapeutique Modèle Effet Seuil (in English: Therapeutic Objective-Threshold-Effect Model; TOTEM). This approach takes into consideration results from clinical trials, adjusted for the patients' characteristics in treatment decision-making. We compared OMES with the French clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) for the management of dyslipidemia with statin in a computer-generated realistic virtual population, representing the adult French population, in terms of the number of all-cause deaths avoided (number of avoided events: NAEs) under treatment and the individual absolute benefit. The total budget was fixed at the annual amount reimbursed by the French social security for statins. With the CPGs, the NAEs was 292 for an annual cost of 122.54 M€ compared with 443 with OMES. For a fixed NAEs, OMES reduced costs by 50% (60.53 M€ yr(-1)). The results demonstrate that OMES is at least as good as, and even better than, the standard CPGs when applied to the same population. Hence the OMES approach is a practical, useful alternative which will help to overcome the limitations of treatment decision-making based uniquely on CPGs. PMID:25209407

  5. GUIDELINES FOR THE SELECTION AND EFFECTIVE USE OF OZONE IN WATER TREATMENT

    Microsoft Academic Search

    R Rajagopaul; N Mbongwa

    The use of ozone as a pre-oxidant for water treatment is gaining momentum in South Africa. A case study has indicated that there are five waterworks in South Africa, where ozone is used successfully as a pre-oxidant for the treatment of raw waters with high levels of iron and manganese, colour through presence of humic acids, taste and odour, chlorophyll'A'.

  6. A clinical staging system and treatment guidelines for maxillary osteoradionecrosis in irradiated nasopharyngeal carcinoma patients

    SciTech Connect

    Cheng, S.-J. [Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Department of Dentistry, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Department of Dentistry, Sun-Yat-San Cancer Center, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Lee, J.-J. [Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Department of Dentistry, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); School of Dentistry, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Ting, L.-L. [Division of Radiation Oncology, Department of Oncology, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Tseng, I.-Y. [Department of Dentistry, Cathay General Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Chang, H.-H. [Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Department of Dentistry, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); School of Dentistry, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Chen, H.-M. [Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Department of Dentistry, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); School of Dentistry, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Kuo, Y.-S. [Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Department of Dentistry, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); School of Dentistry, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Hahn, L.-J. [Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Department of Dentistry, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China); School of Dentistry, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan (China); Kok, S.-H. [Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Department of Dentistry, National Taiwan University Hospital, Taipei, Taiwan (China) and School of Dentistry, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan (China)]. E-mail: kok@ha.mc.ntu.edu.tw

    2006-01-01

    Purpose: To develop a clinical staging system for maxillary osteoradionecrosis (ORN) in irradiated nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC) patients. Methods and Materials: The data of maxillary ORN cases among 1,758 irradiated NPC patients were analyzed. A staging system based on the degrees of bone exposure (E), infection (I), and bleeding (B) was developed. Correlations between various clinical parameters and stages of maxillary ORN and relationships between treatment modalities and outcomes at each stage were evaluated. Cumulative success of treatment and risk factors that affect treatment outcomes were analyzed. Results: The incidence of maxillary ORN was 2.7% (48/1,758). TNM stage of NPC (p < 0.001), radiation dose (p = 0.029), and tooth extraction (p < 0.001) appeared to have significant influences on disease severity. Success rates between conservative therapy and surgical treatment were not significantly different for Stage I ORN but differed significantly for Stage II (p = 0.013) and Stage III (p = 0.008) lesions. Grade 3 infection and bleeding significantly jeopardized treatment success (p = 0.043 and 0.015, respectively). The risk ratios of treatment failure for Grade 3 infection and bleeding were 2.523 (p = 0.034) and 3.141 (p = 0.027), respectively. Conclusions: More serious maxillary ORN tended to occur in cases with more advanced NPC, higher radiation dose, and history of tooth extraction. Surgical treatment was usually required in Stage II and III ORN. The grades of infection and bleeding are important factors in guidance of treatment and prediction of outcomes.

  7. The emerging problem of biological treatment in migrant and travelling populations: it is time to extend guidelines for the screening of infectious diseases.

    PubMed

    Bartalesi, F; Bartoloni, A; Bisoffi, Z; Spinicci, M; Giménez Sánchez, F; Muñoz, J; Richi, P; Minisola, G; Muñoz-Fernandez, S; Matucci-Cerinic, M

    2014-05-01

    The use of biological agents in the treatment of rheumatic diseases has been widely associated with an increased risk of reactivation of several latent infections. National and international guidelines recommend screening for infectious diseases before starting these drugs. In Western countries screening is limited to latent tuberculosis infection, HIV and viral hepatitis. However, the increasing globalisation and the remarkable number of migrating and travelling people worldwide make this approach no longer adequate. The Italian and Spanish Societies of Rheumatology and Tropical Medicine wish to issue a warning about the need to improve awareness of doctors about the risk of reactivation of infectious tropical diseases in migrant or travelling patients who undergo biological therapy. Thus, the Italian and Spanish Societies are now planning to issue specific recommendations, based on a multidisciplinary contribution and a systematic review of the literature, for screening and follow-up of active and latent chronic infections in candidate patients for biological agents, taking into account the patient's area of origin and risk of infectious diseases. PMID:24335919

  8. Guideline for benchmarking thermal treatment systems for low-level mixed waste

    SciTech Connect

    Hoffman, D.P.; Gibson, L.V. Jr.; Hermes, W.H. [Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc., Oak Ridge, TN (United States); Bastian, R.E. [Focus Environmental, Inc., Knoxville, TN (United States); Davis, W.T. [Tennessee Univ., Knoxville, TN (United States)

    1994-01-01

    A process for benchmarking low-level mixed waste (LLMW) treatment technologies has been developed. When used in conjunction with the identification and preparation of surrogate waste mixtures, and with defined quality assurance and quality control procedures, the benchmarking process will effectively streamline the selection of treatment technologies being considered by the US Department of Energy (DOE) for LLMW cleanup and management. Following the quantitative template provided in the benchmarking process will greatly increase the technical information available for the decision-making process. The additional technical information will remove a large part of the uncertainty in the selection of treatment technologies. It is anticipated that the use of the benchmarking process will minimize technology development costs and overall treatment costs. In addition, the benchmarking process will enhance development of the most promising LLMW treatment processes and aid in transferring the technology to the private sector. To instill inherent quality, the benchmarking process is based on defined criteria and a structured evaluation format, which are independent of any specific conventional treatment or emerging process technology. Five categories of benchmarking criteria have been developed for the evaluation: operation/design; personnel health and safety; economics; product quality; and environmental quality. This benchmarking document gives specific guidance on what information should be included and how it should be presented. A standard format for reporting is included in Appendix A and B of this document. Special considerations for LLMW are presented and included in each of the benchmarking categories.

  9. [Guidelines for the treatment of Hansen's disease in Japan (third edition)].

    PubMed

    Goto, Masamichi; Nogam, Reiko; Okano, Yoshiko; Gidoh, Masaichi; Yotsu, Rie; Ishida, Yutaka; Kitajima, Shinichi; Kai, Masanori; Ishii, Norihisa; Ozaki, Motoaki; Hatano, Kentaro

    2013-12-01

    ad hoc committee of Japanese Leprosy Association recommends revised standard treatment protocol of leprosy in Japan, which is a modification of World Health Organization's multidrug therapy (WHO/MDT, 2010). For paucibacillary (PB) leprosy, 6 months treatment by rifampicin and dapsone (MDT/PB) is enough. However, for high bacterial load multibacillary (MB) leprosy, 12 months treatment seems insufficient. Thus, (A) For MB with bacterial index (BI) > 3 before treatment, 2 years treatment by rifampicin, dapsone and clofazimine (MDT/MB) is necessary. When BI becomes negative and active lesion is lost within 2 years, no maintenance therapy is necessary. When BI is still positive, one year of MDT/MB is added (3 years in total), followed by maintenance therapy by dapsone and clofazimine until BI negativity and loss of active lesions. (B) For MB with BI < 3 or fresh MB (less than 6 months after the onset of the disease) with BI > 3, 1 year treatment by MDT/MB is necessary. When BI becomes negative and active lesion is lost within one year, no maintenance therapy is necessary. When BI is still positive or active lesion is remaining, additional therapy with MDT/MB for one more year is recommended. Brief summary of diagnosis, purpose of therapy, character of drugs, and prevention of deformity is also described. PMID:24579462

  10. Time at Treatment of Severe Retinopathy of Prematurity in China: Recommendations for Guidelines in More Mature Infants

    PubMed Central

    Chen, Yi; Feng, Jing; Gilbert, Clare; Yin, Hong; Liang, Jianhong; Li, Xiaoxin

    2015-01-01

    Purpose To investigate the postmenstrual (PMA) age at treatment of severe retinopathy of prematurity (i.e. Type 1 prethreshold or threshold) in infants in a tertiary referral center in China. Principal Findings 76.6% (359/469) of infants were treated for threshold disease. 67.5% (317/469) of infants had a birth weight (BW) of 1250g or above and almost 30% (126) had a gestational age (GA) of 32 weeks or above. There was little difference in the characteristics of infants treated for Type 1 prethreshold or threshold ROP. After controlling for GA, PMA age at treatment was highest in infants with BW ?2000g (mean PMA 40.3±4.4 weeks, p<0.001); after controlling for BW, higher GA was associated with higher PMA at treatment (mean PMA 41.5 weeks for gestational age >34 weeks, p<0.001). For every three weeks increase in GA there was a two-week increase in PMA at treatment (R2 = 0.20, p<0.001). The time at treatment of Type 1 prethreshold disease was similar to that for threshold disease i.e. chronological age 5.6?7.4 weeks, or PMA 34.1?40.2 weeks but the lower end of the 95% confidence interval for chronological age for Type 1 prethreshold disease among infants with BW ?2000g was 3.7 weeks (i.e. before the recommended interval of 4?6 weeks after birth). Significance The Chinese guidelines regarding timing of the first examination are appropriate for infants with BW <2000g, but more mature infants should be examined a little earlier, at 3 weeks after birth, in order to detect Type 1 prethreshold disease which has a better prognosis than threshold. PMID:25664992

  11. Field guidelines for collection, treatment, and analysis of water samples, Montana district

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Knapton, J.R.

    1985-01-01

    This manual provides a set of standardized guidelines and quality-control procedures for the collection and preservation of water samples and defines procedures for field analyses of unstable constituents or properties. Seldom is the water being samples of such uniformity that a single grab sample is representative of the whole. For this reason a variety of sampler types and sampling methods have been devised. Descriptions and procedures for field use are given for a number of sampler types. Several methods of sampling are described for which these samplers can be used. Sample-processing devices such as sample splitters and filtration apparatus are discussed along with methods of cleaning. Depending on the type of analysis to be performed in the laboratory, samples may need to be preserved shortly after collection. Various types of preservation are described in detail. Analyses for unstable constituents or properties are of necessity accomplished in the field. This manual addresses analytical techniques and quality assurance for: (1) Water temperature, (2) specific conductance, (3) pH, (4) alkalinity, (5) dissolved oxygen, and (6) bacteria. Examples of field report forms are given as attachments. Information pertinent to certain field calculations is also presented. (USGS)

  12. Pan-Canadian evaluation of irreversible compression ratios ("lossy" compression) for development of national guidelines.

    PubMed

    Koff, David; Bak, Peter; Brownrigg, Paul; Hosseinzadeh, Danoush; Khademi, April; Kiss, Alex; Lepanto, Luigi; Michalak, Tracy; Shulman, Harry; Volkening, Andrew

    2009-12-01

    New technological advancements including multislice CT scanners and functional MRI, have dramatically increased the size and number of digital images generated by medical imaging departments. Despite the fact that the cost of storage is dropping, the savings are largely surpassed by the increasing volume of data being generated. While local area network bandwidth within a hospital is adequate for timely access to imaging data, efficiently moving the data between institutions requires wide area network bandwidth, which has a limited availability at a national level. A solution to address those issues is the use of lossy compression as long as there is no loss of relevant information. The goal of this study was to determine levels at which lossy compression can be confidently used in diagnostic imaging applications. In order to provide a fair assessment of existing compression tools, we tested and compared the two most commonly adopted DISCOM compression algorithms: JPEG and JPEG-2000. We conducted an extensive pan-Canadian evaluation of lossy compression applied to seven anatomical areas and five modalities using two recognized techniques: objective methods or diagnostic accuracy and subjective assessment based on Just Noticeable Difference. By incorporating both diagnostic accuracy and subjective evaluation techniques, enabled us to define a range of compression for each modality and body part tested. The results of our study suggest that at low levels of compression, there was no significant difference between the performance of lossy JPEG and lossy JPEG 2000, and that they are both appropriate to use for reporting on medical images. At higher levels, lossy JPEG proved to be more effective than JPEG 2000 in some cases, mainly neuro CT. More evaluation is required to assess the effect of compression on thin slice CT. We provide a table of recommended compression ratios for each modality and anatomical area investigated, to be integrated in the Canadian Association of Radiologists standard for the use of lossy compression in medical imaging. PMID:18931879

  13. Do HIV-Positive Women Receive Depression Treatment that Meets Best Practice Guidelines?

    PubMed Central

    Cook, Judith A.; Burke-Miller, Jane K.; Grey, Dennis D.; Cocohoba, Jennifer; Liu, Chenlong; Schwartz, Rebecca; Golub, Elizabeth T.; Anastos, Kathryn; Steigman, Pamela J.; Cohen, Mardge H.

    2014-01-01

    This study addressed whether psychopharmacologic and psychotherapeutic treatment of depressed HIV+ women met standards defined in the best practice literature, and tested hypothesized predictors of standard-concordant care. 1,352 HIV-positive women in the multi-center Women’s Interagency HIV Study were queried about depressive symptoms and mental health service utilization using standards published by the American Psychiatric Association and the Agency for Healthcare Quality and Research to define adequate depression treatment. We identified those who: 1) reported clinically significant depressive symptoms (CSDS) using Centers for Epidemiological Studies – Depression Scale (CES-D) scores of ? 16; or 2) had lifetime diagnoses of major depressive disorder (MDD) assessed by World Mental Health Composite International Diagnostic Interviews plus concurrent elevated depressive symptoms in the past 12 months. Adequate treatment prevalence was 46.2% (n=84) for MDD and 37.9% (n=211) for CSDS. Multivariable logistic regression analysis found that adequate treatment was more likely among women who saw the same primary care provider consistently, who had poorer role functioning, who paid out-of-pocket for healthcare, and who were not African American or Hispanic/Latina. This suggests that adequate depression treatment may be increased by promoting healthcare provider continuity, outreaching individuals with lower levels of role impairment, and addressing the specific needs and concerns of African American and Hispanic/Latina women. PMID:24402689

  14. Coordinated, Collaborative and Coherent: Developing and Implementing E-Learning Guidelines within a National Tertiary Education System

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Suddaby, Gordon; Milne, John

    2008-01-01

    Purpose: The paper aims to discusses two complementary initiatives focussed on developing and implementing e-learning guidelines to support good pedagogy in e-learning practice. Design/methodology/approach: The first initiative is the development of a coherent set of open access e-learning guidelines for the New Zealand tertiary sector. The second…

  15. Symptoms during cancer pain treatment following WHO-guidelines: a longitudinal follow-up study of symptom prevalence, severity and etiology

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Thomas Meuser; Christian Pietruck; Lukas Radbruch; Petra Stute; Klaus A Lehmann; Stefan Grond

    2001-01-01

    Most patients with advanced cancer develop diverse symptoms that can limit the efficacy of pain treatment and undermine their quality of life. The present study surveys symptom prevalence, etiology and severity in 593 cancer patients treated by a pain service. Non-opioid analgesics, opioids and adjuvants were administered following the WHO-guidelines for cancer pain relief. Other symptoms were systematically treated by

  16. Quality Improvement Guidelines for Endovascular Treatment of Iliac Artery Occlusive Disease

    SciTech Connect

    Tsetis, Dimitrios [University Hospital of Heraklion, Medical School of Crete, Department of Radiology (Greece)], E-mail: tsetis@med.uoc.gr; Uberoi, Raman [John Radcliffe Hospital, Department of Radiology (United Kingdom)

    2008-03-15

    Endovascular therapy is the treatment of choice for type A and the preferred treatment for type B lesions. In selective patients, this type of treatment can be applied in type C and even type D lesions. Ipsilateral femoral, contralateral femoral, and brachial approach and both the intraluminal and subintimal space can be used for successful recanalization. The application of stents has improved the immediate hemodynamic and probably long-term clinical results of iliac percutaneous transluminal angioplasty. However, the superiority of primary or direct stenting over selective stenting has not been proven yet. The choice of stent type depends on lesion morphology and location but otherwise there is insufficient evidence to support the use of a particular stent design. There is insufficient evidence to justify routine use of covered stents. All patients should receive antiaggregant therapy following endovascular recanalization of iliac arteries. There is no consensus regarding prophylaxis with antibiotics in iliac recanalization procedures.

  17. Strategic Planning for Deepening the All-Around Structural Reform of Education: Issues of Structural Reform in the "National Medium- and Long-Term Educational Reform and Development Guideline (2010-20)"

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Songhua, Tan; Wang, Catherine Yan

    2012-01-01

    The "National Medium- and Long-Term Educational Reform and Development Guideline (2010-20)" (hereafter abbreviated as the "Guideline") posits that the development of education must be driven by reform and innovation. It devotes six chapters to mapping out the targets, tasks, and major policy measures for reforming the educational system. Focusing…

  18. The Chain of Actions in Special Education--The Relationship between National Guidelines and Municipal Follow-Up: An Evaluation Based on a Case Study from One Norwegian Municipality

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nilsen, Sven

    2011-01-01

    This article discusses the chain of actions in special education in Norwegian compulsory school. An analysis is made of how the municipality follows up national guidelines relevant to the chain of actions through its own guidelines to the schools. The analysis gives the general impression that the local authority is facilitating guidance to the…

  19. RECREATIONAL FISHERIES GUIDELINES FOR

    E-print Network

    Cooke, Steven J.

    RECREATIONAL FISHERIES FAO TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR RESPONSIBLE FISHERIES 13 ISSN 1020-5292 RECREATIONAL FISHERIES #12;Cover illustration: Emanuela D'Antoni #12;RECREATIONAL FISHERIES 13 RECREATIONAL FISHERIES FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS Rome, 2012 FAO TECHNICAL GUIDELINES

  20. Changing antipsychotic medication: guidelines on the transition to treatment with Risperidone

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Richard L Borison

    1996-01-01

    When treating patients with psychoses, clinicians must often consider changing their treatment from one antipsychotic agent to another. The transition may be necessary because the patient experiences serious side effects or because the existing therapy no longer controls the patient's symptoms. A principal problem in changing antipsychotic agents is the potential for withdrawal symptoms resulting from discontinuation of the existing

  1. Guidelines for treatment of cystic and alveolar echinococcosis in humans. WHO Informal Working Group on Echinococcosis.

    PubMed Central

    1996-01-01

    Summarized in this article are recent experiences in the treatment of human cystic echinococcosis (CE) and alveolar echinococcosis (AE) of the liver caused by the metacestode stages of Echinococcus granulosus and E. multilocularis, respectively. For CE, surgery remains the first choice for treatment with the potential to remove totally the parasite and completely cure the patient. However, chemotherapy with benzimidazole compounds (albendazole or mebendazole) and the recently developed PAIR procedure (puncture-aspiration-injection-re-aspiration) with concomitant chemotherapy offer further options for treatment of CE cases. Chemotherapy is not yet satisfactory: cure can be expected in about 30% of patients and improvement in 30-50%, after 12 months' follow-up. AE is generally a severe disease, with over 90% mortality in untreated patients. Radical surgery is recommended in all operable cases but has to be followed by chemotherapy for at least 2 years. Inoperable cases and patients who have undergone nonradical resection or liver transplantation require continuous chemotherapy for many years. Long-term chemotherapy may significantly prolong survival, even for inoperable patients with severe AE. Liver transplantation may be indicated as a life-saving measure for patients with severe liver dysfunction, but is associated with a relatively high risk of proliferation of intraoperatively undetected parasite remnants. Details of indications, contraindications, treatment schedules and other aspects are discussed. PMID:8789923

  2. PREVENTION GUIDELINES SYSTEM/DATABASE

    EPA Science Inventory

    The Prevention Guidelines System gives public health practitioners quick access to the most current CDC recommendations and guidelines for the prevention, control, treatment and detection of infectious and chronic diseases, environmental hazards, natural or human-generated disast...

  3. Treatment planning methodology for the Miami Multichannel Applicator following the American Brachytherapy Society recently published guidelines: the Lahey Clinic experience.

    PubMed

    Iftimia, Ileana; Cirino, Eileen T; Mower, Herbert W; McKee, Andrea B

    2013-01-01

    The objective of this study was to develop a standardized procedure from simulation to treatment delivery for the multichannel Miami applicator, in order to increase planning consistency and reduce errors. A plan is generated prior to the 1st treatment using the CT images acquired with the applicator in place, and used for all 3 fractions. To confirm the application placement before each treatment fraction, an AP image is acquired and compared with the AP baseline image taken at simulation. A preplanning table is generated using the EBRT doses and is used to compute the maximum allowable D2cc for bladder, rectum, and sigmoid, and the mean allowable dose for the upper vaginal wall per HDR brachytherapy fraction. These data are used to establish the criteria for treatment planning dose optimization. A step-by-step treatment planning approach was developed to ensure appropriate coverage for the tumor (D90 > 100% prescribed dose of 700 cGy/fraction) and the uninvolved vaginal surface (dose for the entire treatment length > 600 cGy/fraction), while keeping the organs at risk below the tolerance doses. The equivalent dose 2 Gy (EQD2) tolerances for the critical structures are based on the American Brachytherapy Society (ABS) recently published guidelines. An independent second check is performed before the 1st treatment using an in-house Excel spreadsheet. This methodology was successfully applied for our first few cases. For these patients: the cumulative tumor dose was 74-79 EQD2 Gy10 (ABS recommended range 70-85); tumor D90 was >100% of prescribed dose (range 101%-105%); cumulative D2cc for bladder, rectum, and sigmoid were lower than the tolerances of 90, 75, and 75 EQD2 Gy3, respectively; cumulative upper vaginal wall mean dose was below the tolerance of 120 EQD2 Gy3; the second check agreement was within 5%. By using a standardized procedure the planning consistency was increased and all dosimetric criteria were met. PMID:23318396

  4. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis Section 1. Overview of psoriasis and guidelines of care for the treatment of psoriasis with biologics

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Alan Menter; Alice Gottlieb; Steven R. Feldman; Abby S. Van Voorhees; Craig L. Leonardi; Kenneth B. Gordon; Mark Lebwohl; John Y. M. Koo; Craig A. Elmets; Neil J. Korman; Karl R. Beutner; Reva Bhushan

    Psoriasis is a common, chronic, inflammatory, multisystem disease with predominantly skin and joint manifestations affecting approximately 2% of the population. In this first of 5 sections of the guidelines of care for psoriasis, we discuss the classification of psoriasis; associated comorbidities including autoimmune diseases, cardiovascular risk, psychiatric\\/psychologic issues, and cancer risk; along with assessment tools for skin disease and quality-of-life

  5. Neuropathic orofacial pain. Part 2-Diagnostic procedures, treatment guidelines and case reports.

    PubMed

    Vickers, E R; Cousins, M J

    2000-08-01

    Neuropathic orofacial pain can be difficult to diagnose because of the lack of clinical and radiographic abnormalities. Further difficulties arise if the patient exhibits significant distress and is a poor historian regarding previous diagnostic tests and treatments, such as somatosensory local anaesthetic blockade. Valuable information can be obtained by utilising the McGill Pain Questionnaire that allows the patient to choose words that describe the qualities of his/her pain in a number of important dimensions (sensory and effective). Basal pain intensity should be measured with the visual analogue scale, a simple instrument that can evaluate the efficacy of subsequent treatments. The dentist or endodontist can employ sequential analgesic blockade with topical anaesthetics and perineural administration of plain local anaesthetic to ascertain sites of neuropathology in the PNS. These can be performed in the dental chair and in a patient blinded manner. Other, more specific, tests necessitate referral to a specialist anaesthetist at a multidisciplinary pain clinic. These tests include placebo controlled lignocaine infusions for assessing neuropathic pain, and placebo controlled phentolamine infusions for sympathetically maintained pain. The treatment/management of neuropathic pain is multidisciplinary. Medication rationalisation utilises first-line antineuropathic drugs including tricyclic antidepressants such as amitriptyline and nortriptyline, and possibly an anticonvulsant such as carbamazepine, sodium valproate, or gabapentin if there are sharp, shooting qualities to the pain. Mexiletine, an antiarrhythmic agent and lignocaine analogue, may be considered following a positive patient response to a lignocaine infusion. All drugs need to be titrated to achieve maximum therapeutic effect and minimum side effects. Topical applications of capsaicin to the gingivae and oral mucosa are a simple and effective treatment in two out of three patients suffering from neuropathic orofacial pain. Temporomandibular disorder is present in two thirds of patients and should be assessed and treated with physiotherapy and where appropriate, occlusal splint therapy. Attention to the patient's psychological status is crucial and requires the skill of a clinical psychologist and/or psychiatrist with pain clinic experience. Psychological variables include distress, depression, expectations of treatment, motivation to improve, and background environmental factors. Unnecessary dental treatment to "remove the pain" with dental extractions is contraindicated and aggravates neuropathic orofacial pain. PMID:11359283

  6. The privilege to use lasers (non-ionizing radiation) at Stanford University requires each individual user to follow and adhere to the guidelines recommended in the American National Standard Institute

    E-print Network

    Kay, Mark A.

    Preface The privilege to use lasers (non-ionizing radiation) at Stanford recommended in the American National Standard Institute guidelines on laser safety for Safe Use of Lasers (ANSI Z136.1). All individuals who work with lasers

  7. Developing clinical practice guidelines: reviewing, reporting, and publishing guidelines; updating guidelines; and the emerging issues of enhancing guideline implementability and accounting for comorbid conditions in guideline development

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Clinical practice guidelines are one of the foundations of efforts to improve health care. In 1999, we authored a paper about methods to develop guidelines. Since it was published, the methods of guideline development have progressed both in terms of methods and necessary procedures and the context for guideline development has changed with the emergence of guideline clearing houses and large scale guideline production organisations (such as the UK National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence). It therefore seems timely to, in a series of three articles, update and extend our earlier paper. In this third paper we discuss the issues of: reviewing, reporting, and publishing guidelines; updating guidelines; and the two emerging issues of enhancing guideline implementability and how guideline developers should approach dealing with the issue of patients who will be the subject of guidelines having co-morbid conditions. PMID:22762242

  8. ATC Guidelines for use of IMRT for intra-thoracic treatments

    Cancer.gov

    ICRU Report 62 introduced the concept of the planning organ-at-risk volume (PRV), in which a margin is added around the organ at risk (OAR) to account for that organ’s geometric uncertainties. The PRV margin around the critical structure that must be spared is analogous to the PTV margin around the CTV. The use of PRV concept is particularly important for those cases involving IMRT because of the increased sensitivity of this type of treatment to geometric uncertainties.

  9. Withholding/withdrawing treatment from neonates: legislation and official guidelines across Europe.

    PubMed Central

    McHaffie, H E; Cuttini, M; Brölz-Voit, G; Randag, L; Mousty, R; Duguet, A M; Wennergren, B; Benciolini, P

    1999-01-01

    Representatives from eight European countries compared the legal, ethical and professional settings within which decision making for neonates takes place. When it comes to limiting treatment there is general agreement across all countries that overly aggressive treatment is to be discouraged. Nevertheless, strong emphasis has been placed on the need for compassionate care even where cure is not possible. Where a child will die irrespective of medical intervention, there is widespread acceptance of the practice of limiting aggressive treatment or alleviating suffering even if death may be hastened as a result. Where the infant could be saved but the future outlook is bleak there is more debate, but only two countries have tested the courts with such cases. When it comes to the active intentional ending of life, the legal position is standard across Europe; it is prohibited. However, recognising those intractable situations where death may be lingering and unpleasant, Dutch paediatricians have reported that they do sometimes assist babies to die with parental consent. Two cases have been tried through the courts and recent official recommendations have set out standards by which such actions may be assessed. PMID:10635495

  10. Guidelines for diagnosis and treatment of Hunter Syndrome for clinicians in Latin America

    PubMed Central

    Giugliani, Roberto; Villarreal, Martha Luz Solano; Valdez, C. Araceli Arellano; Hawilou, Antonieta Mahfoud; Guelbert, Norberto; Garzón, Luz Norela Correa; Martins, Ana Maria; Acosta, Angelina; Cabello, Juan Francisco; Lemes, Aída; Santos, Mara Lucia Schmitz Ferreira; Amartino, Hernán

    2014-01-01

    This review aims to provide clinicians in Latin America with the most current information on the clinical aspects, diagnosis, and management of Hunter syndrome, a serious and progressive disease for which specific treatment is available. Hunter syndrome is a genetic disorder where iduronate-2-sulfatase (I2S), an enzyme that degrades glycosaminoglycans, is absent or deficient. Clinical manifestations vary widely in severity and involve multiple organs and tissues. An attenuated and a severe phenotype are recognized depending on the degree of cognitive impairment. Early diagnosis is vital for disease management. Clinical signs common to children with Hunter syndrome include inguinal hernia, frequent ear and respiratory infections, facial dysmorphisms, macrocephaly, bone dysplasia, short stature, sleep apnea, and behavior problems. Diagnosis is based on screening urinary glycosaminoglycans and confirmation by measuring I2S activity and analyzing I2S gene mutations. Idursulfase (recombinant I2S) (Elaprase®, Shire) enzyme replacement therapy (ERT), designed to address the underlying enzyme deficiency, is approved treatment and improves walking capacity and respiratory function, and reduces spleen and liver size and urinary glycosaminoglycan levels. Additional measures, responding to the multi-organ manifestations, such as abdominal/inguinal hernia repair, carpal tunnel surgery, and cardiac valve replacement, should also be considered. Investigational treatment options such as intrathecal ERT are active areas of research, and bone marrow transplantation is in clinical practice. Communication among care providers, social workers, patients and families is essential to inform and guide their decisions, establish realistic expectations, and assess patients’ responses. PMID:25071396

  11. Evidence-based guideline update: NSAIDs and other complementary treatments for episodic migraine prevention in adults

    PubMed Central

    Holland, S.; Silberstein, S.D.; Freitag, F.; Dodick, D.W.; Argoff, C.; Ashman, E.

    2012-01-01

    Objective: To provide updated evidence-based recommendations for the preventive treatment of migraine headache. The clinical question addressed was: Are nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) or other complementary treatments effective for migraine prevention? Methods: The authors analyzed published studies from June 1999 to May 2009 using a structured review process to classify the evidence relative to the efficacy of various medications for migraine prevention. Results: The author panel reviewed 284 abstracts, which ultimately yielded 49 Class I or Class II articles on migraine prevention; of these 49, 15 were classified as involving nontraditional therapies, NSAIDs, and other complementary therapies that are reviewed herein. Recommendations: Petasites (butterbur) is effective for migraine prevention and should be offered to patients with migraine to reduce the frequency and severity of migraine attacks (Level A). Fenoprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, naproxen, naproxen sodium, MIG-99 (feverfew), magnesium, riboflavin, and subcutaneous histamine are probably effective for migraine prevention (Level B). Treatments considered possibly effective are cyproheptadine, Co-Q10, estrogen, mefenamic acid, and flurbiprofen (Level C). Data are conflicting or inadequate to support or refute use of aspirin, indomethacin, omega-3, or hyperbaric oxygen for migraine prevention. Montelukast is established as probably ineffective for migraine prevention (Level B). PMID:22529203

  12. Guidelines for diagnosis and treatment of Hunter Syndrome for clinicians in Latin America.

    PubMed

    Giugliani, Roberto; Villarreal, Martha Luz Solano; Valdez, C Araceli Arellano; Hawilou, Antonieta Mahfoud; Guelbert, Norberto; Garzón, Luz Norela Correa; Martins, Ana Maria; Acosta, Angelina; Cabello, Juan Francisco; Lemes, Aída; Santos, Mara Lucia Schmitz Ferreira; Amartino, Hernán

    2014-06-01

    This review aims to provide clinicians in Latin America with the most current information on the clinical aspects, diagnosis, and management of Hunter syndrome, a serious and progressive disease for which specific treatment is available. Hunter syndrome is a genetic disorder where iduronate-2-sulfatase (I2S), an enzyme that degrades glycosaminoglycans, is absent or deficient. Clinical manifestations vary widely in severity and involve multiple organs and tissues. An attenuated and a severe phenotype are recognized depending on the degree of cognitive impairment. Early diagnosis is vital for disease management. Clinical signs common to children with Hunter syndrome include inguinal hernia, frequent ear and respiratory infections, facial dysmorphisms, macrocephaly, bone dysplasia, short stature, sleep apnea, and behavior problems. Diagnosis is based on screening urinary glycosaminoglycans and confirmation by measuring I2S activity and analyzing I2S gene mutations. Idursulfase (recombinant I2S) (Elaprase(®), Shire) enzyme replacement therapy (ERT), designed to address the underlying enzyme deficiency, is approved treatment and improves walking capacity and respiratory function, and reduces spleen and liver size and urinary glycosaminoglycan levels. Additional measures, responding to the multi-organ manifestations, such as abdominal/inguinal hernia repair, carpal tunnel surgery, and cardiac valve replacement, should also be considered. Investigational treatment options such as intrathecal ERT are active areas of research, and bone marrow transplantation is in clinical practice. Communication among care providers, social workers, patients and families is essential to inform and guide their decisions, establish realistic expectations, and assess patients' responses. PMID:25071396

  13. Evaluation of the Definitions of “High-Risk” Cutaneous Squamous Cell Carcinoma Using the American Joint Committee on Cancer Staging Criteria and National Comprehensive Cancer Network Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Chu, Melinda B.; Slutsky, Jordan B.; Dhandha, Maulik M.; Beal, Brandon T.; Armbrecht, Eric S.; Walker, Ronald J.; Varvares, Mark A.; Fosko, Scott W.

    2014-01-01

    Recent guidelines from the American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) and National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) have been proposed for the assessment of “high-risk” cutaneous squamous cell carcinomas (cSCCs). Though different in perspective, both guidelines share the common goals of trying to identify “high-risk” cSCCs and improving patient outcomes. Thus, in theory, both definitions should identify a similar proportion of “high-risk” tumors. We sought to evaluate the AJCC and NCCN definitions of “high-risk” cSCCs and to assess their concordance. Methods. A retrospective review of head and neck cSCCs seen by an academic dermatology department from July 2010 to November 2011 was performed. Results. By AJCC criteria, most tumors (n = 211,82.1%) were of Stage 1; 46 tumors (13.9%) were of Stage 2. Almost all were of Stage 2 due to size alone (?2?cm); one tumor was “upstaged” due to “high-risk features.” Using the NCCN taxonomy, 231 (87%) of tumors were “high-risk.” Discussion. This analysis demonstrates discordance between AJCC and NCCN definitions of “high-risk” cSCC. Few cSCCs are of Stage 2 by AJCC criteria, while most are “high-risk” by the NCCN guidelines. While the current guidelines represent significant progress, further studies are needed to generate a unified definition of “high-risk” cSCC to optimize management. PMID:25309755

  14. [Guideline of neuropathic pain treatment and dilemma from neurological point of view].

    PubMed

    Yang, Chun-Ming; Chen, Nan-Cheng; Shen, Hsiu-Chu; Chou, Chi-Ho; Yeh, Poh-Shiow; Lin, Huey-Juan; Chang, Chia-Yu; Cheng, Tain-Junn; Lin, Kao-Chang

    2012-09-01

    Neuropathic pain is a complicated symptomatic disease as migraine in recent years. Not because the pain character differed from the nociceptive inflammatory symptoms but because of its complexity of mechanisms. Though peripheral sensitization, ectopic discharge, central sensitization, central re-organization and loss of inhibition play part of roles in mechanisms, however, based on this mechanistic treatment, the outcome still disappointed physicians and patients, exampled as central post-stroke central pain (CPSP). The pain reduction is far less than the expectation from patients and physician's under-treatment frequently occur due to the fear of adverse effects or off-label use of these anti-neuropathic pain drugs. Therefore, a multidisciplinary procedure including non-pharmacological management, rehabilitation program, careful explanation, stepwise pain reduction, daily diary record, and tailored individual planning for medications are helpful in treating this kind of sufferers. Pharmacological treatment is the mainstream in post-herpetic neuralgia (PHN), diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain (DPNP), central post-stroke pain (CPSP), trigeminal neuralgia (TN), complex regional pain syndrome (CRPS), cancer pain, failed back syndrome etc, while polypharmacy is still the major prescriptions facing such kind of miserable patients. The tricyclic antidepressants (TCA), gamma- aminobutyric acid (GABA), voltage-dependent calcium channel blockers, selective non-epinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI), opioid or morphine etc, are still evidence-based medicines (EBM) but with different outcome for individuals. Acupuncture is to some extend effective in Taiwanese people with perceived evidence or placebo. The Taiwan guidance for total pain management and review of EBM in treating neuropathic pain from neurological point of view will be introduced in this manuscript. PMID:23196735

  15. [Opinion of the Czech Atherosclerosis Society's committee (CSAT) on the ESC/EAS guidelines related to the diagnostics and treatment of dyslipidemias issued in 2011].

    PubMed

    Soška, V; Vaverková, H; Vráblík, M; Bláha, V; Cífková, R; Freiberger, T; Kraml, P; Pi?ha, J; Rosolová, H; Stulc, T; Urbanová, Z

    2013-02-01

    This position statement of the Executive Committee of the Czech Society for Atherosclerosis (CSAT) summarizes the most important aspects and novelties of the latest European guidelines for the management of dyslipidemia. In particular the position statement comments on: cardiovascular risk stratification, indications for plasma lipid and lipoprotein levels assessment as well as target lipid values, evaluation of current options for both lifestyle and pharmacological treatment of lipid metabolism disorders and, also, recommendation for laboratory monitoring of patients treated with lipid lowering agents. The statement deals with actual concepts of management of dyslipiemia in everyday practice, e.g. therapy of dyslipidemia in special patients´ groups. This statement does not replace the latest guidelines but focuses on the changes from the former guidelines for dyslipidemia management, published by CSAT in 2007. PMID:23461401

  16. EAU Guidelines on Prostate Cancer

    Microsoft Academic Search

    G. Aus; C. C. Abbou; D. Pacik; H. van Poppel; J. M. Wolff; F. Zattoni

    2001-01-01

    Objectives: To develop clinical guidelines for the management of patients with prostate cancer.Methods: Guidelines were compiled by a working panel based on current literature following a literature review using MEDLINE. Already published structured analysis from national and international guidelines was used, and panel consensus was employed when literature evidence was absent or of poor quality.Results: The full text of the

  17. Romanian Guidelines on the diagnosis and treatment of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency.

    PubMed

    Gheorghe, Cristian; Seicean, Andrada; Saftoiu, Adrian; Tantau, Marcel; Dumitru, Eugen; Jinga, Mariana; Negreanu, Lucian; Mateescu, Bogdan; Gheorghe, Liana; Ciocirlan, Mihai; Cijevschi, Cristina; Constantinescu, Gabriel; Dima, Simona; Diculescu, Mircea

    2015-03-01

    In assessing exocrine pancreatic insufficiency (EPI), its diverse etiologies and the heterogeneous population affected should be considered. Diagnosing this condition remains a challenge in clinical practice especially for mild-to-moderate EPI, with the support of the time-consuming breath test or the coefficient of fat absorption. The fecal elastase-1 test, less precise for the diagnosis, cannot be useful for assessing treatment efficacy. Pancreatic enzyme replacement therapy (PERT) is the mainstay of treatment, whereby enteric-coated mini-microspheres are taken with every meal, in progressive doses based on an individual's weight and clinical symptoms. The main indication for PERT is chronic pancreatitis, in patients who have clinically relevant steatorrhea, abnormal pancreatic function test or abnormal function tests associated with symptoms of malabsorption such as weight loss or meteorism. While enzyme replacement therapy is not recommended in the initial stages of acute pancreatitis, pancreatic exocrine function should be monitored for at least 6-18 months. In the case of unresectable pancreatic cancer, replacement enzyme therapy helps to maintain weight and improve overall quality of life. It is also indicated in patients with celiac disease, who have chronic diarrhea (in spite of gluten-free diet), and in patients with cystic fibrosis with proven EPI. PMID:25822444

  18. Saudi Guidelines on the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension: Pulmonary hypertension associated with hemolytic anemia

    PubMed Central

    Saleemi, Sarfraz

    2014-01-01

    Hereditary hemoglobin disorders affecting the globin chain synthesis namely thalassemia syndromes and sickle cell disease (SCD) are the most common genetic disorders in human. Around 7% of the world population carries genes for these disorders, mainly the Mediterranean Basin, Middle and Far East, and Sub-Saharan Africa. An estimated 30 million people worldwide are living with sickle cell disease, while 60-80 million carry beta thalassemia trait. About 400,000 children are born with severe hemoglobinopathies each year. Cardiovascular complications of hemoglobinopathies include left and right ventricular (RV) dysfunction, arrhythmias, pericarditis, myocarditis, valvular heart disease, myocardial ischemia, and notably pulmonary hypertension (PH). Because of a unique pathophysiology, pulmonary hypertension associated with hemolytic disorders was moved from WHO group I to group V PH diseases. Treatment strategies are also unique and include blood transfusion, iron chelation, hydroxyurea, and oxygen therapy. The role of PH-specific agents has not been established. PMID:25077000

  19. When Depression Complicates Childbearing: Guidelines for Screening and Treatment during Antenatal and Postpartum Obstetric Care

    PubMed Central

    Muzik, Maria; Marcus, Sheila M.; Heringhausen, Julie E.; Flynn, Heather

    2015-01-01

    Synopsis Prevalence studies show that one in five women experience an episode of major depressive disorder during their lifetime. The peripartum period constitutes a prime time for symptom exacerbation and relapse of depressive episodes. It is important for health care providers, specifically those in obstetric care, to be aware of (1) the frequency of depression in pregnant and postpartum women; (2) signs, symptoms, and appropriate screening methods; and (3) the health risks for the mother and growing fetus if depression is undetected or untreated. Because management of depressed peripartum women also includes care of a growing fetus or breastfeeding infant, treatment may be complex and requires input from a multidisciplinary team, including an obstetrician, psychiatrist, and pediatrician, to provide optimal care. PMID:19944300

  20. Sudarshan Kriya Yogic breathing in the treatment of stress, anxiety, and depression. Part II--clinical applications and guidelines.

    PubMed

    Brown, Richard P; Gerbarg, Patricia L

    2005-08-01

    Yogic breathing is a unique method for balancing the autonomic nervous system and influencing psychologic and stress-related disorders. Part I of this series presented a neurophysiologic theory of the effects of Sudarshan Kriya Yoga (SKY). Part II will review clinical studies, our own clinical observations, and guidelines for the safe and effective use of yoga breath techniques in a wide range of clinical conditions. Although more clinical studies are needed to document the benefits of programs that combine pranayama (yogic breathing) asanas (yoga postures), and meditation, there is sufficient evidence to consider Sudarshan Kriya Yoga to be a beneficial, low-risk, low-cost adjunct to the treatment of stress, anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, stress-related medical illnesses, substance abuse, and rehabilitation of criminal offenders. SKY has been used as a public health intervention to alleviate PTSD in survivors of mass disasters. Yoga techniques enhance well-being, mood, attention, mental focus, and stress tolerance. Proper training by a skilled teacher and a 30-minute practice every day will maximize the benefits. Health care providers play a crucial role in encouraging patients to maintain their yoga practices. PMID:16131297

  1. Incontinence-associated dermatitis: consensus statements, evidence-based guidelines for prevention and treatment, and current challenges.

    PubMed

    Doughty, Dorothy; Junkin, Joan; Kurz, Peter; Selekof, Joan; Gray, Mikel; Fader, Mandy; Bliss, Donna Z; Beeckman, Dimitri; Logan, Susan

    2012-01-01

    In 2010, an international consensus conference was held to review current evidence regarding the pathology, prevention, and management of incontinence-associated dermatitis (IAD). The results of this literature review were published in a previous issue of this Journal. This article summarizes key consensus statements agreed upon by the panelists, evidence-based guidelines for prevention and management of IAD, and a discussion of the major challenges currently faced by clinicians caring for these patients. The panelists concur that IAD is clinically and pathologically distinct from pressure ulcers and intertriginous dermatitis, and that a consistently applied, structured, or defined skin care program is effective for prevention and management of IAD. They also agreed that differential assessment of IAD versus pressure ulceration versus intertriginous dermatitis remains a major challenge. Panel members also concur that evidence is lacking concerning which products and protocols provide the best outcomes for IAD prevention and treatment in individual patients. Issues related to differential assessment, product labeling and utilization, staff education, and cost of care are the primary focus of this article. PMID:22572899

  2. Guidelines for diagnosis and management of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: joint recommendations of Indian Chest Society and National College of Chest Physicians (India).

    PubMed

    Gupta, Dheeraj; Agarwal, Ritesh; Aggarwal, Ashutosh Nath; Maturu, V N; Dhooria, Sahajal; Prasad, K T; Sehgal, Inderpaul S; Yenge, Lakshmikant B; Jindal, Aditya; Singh, Navneet; Ghoshal, A G; Khilnani, G C; Samaria, J K; Gaur, S N; Behera, D; Jindal, S K

    2014-01-01

    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is a major public health problem in India. Although several International guidelines for diagnosis and management of COPD are available, yet there are lot of gaps in recognition and management of COPD in India due to vast differences in availability and affordability of healthcare facilities across the country. The Indian Chest Society and the National College of Chest Physicians (India) have joined hands to come out with these evidence-based guidelines to help the physicians at all levels of healthcare to diagnose and manage COPD in a scientific manner. Besides the International literature, the Indian studies were specifically analysed to arrive at simple and practical recommendations. The evidence is presented under these five headings: (a) definition, epidemiology and disease burden, (b) disease assessment and diagnosis, (c) pharmacologic management of stable COPD, (d) management of acute exacerbations; and (e) non-pharmacologic and preventive measures. PMID:24974625

  3. Calcium hydroxylapatite associated soft tissue necrosis: a case report and treatment guideline.

    PubMed

    Tracy, Lauren; Ridgway, James; Nelson, J Stuart; Lowe, Nelson; Wong, Brian

    2014-04-01

    We present an uncommon case of nasal alar and facial necrosis following calcium hydroxylapatite filler injection performed elsewhere without direct physician supervision. The patient developed severe full-thickness necrosis of cheek and nasal alar skin 24 h after injections into the melolabial folds. Management prior to referral included oral antibiotics, prednisone taper, and referral to a dermatologist (day 3) who prescribed valacyclovir for a presumptive herpes zoster reactivation induced by the injection. Referral to our institution was made on day 11, and after herpetic outbreak was ruled out by a negative Tzanck smear, debridement with aggressive local wound care was initiated. After re-epithelialization and the fashioning of a custom intranasal stent to prevent vestibular stenosis, pulsed dye laser therapy was performed for wound modification. The patient healed with an acceptable cosmetic outcome. This report underscores the importance of facial vasculature anatomy, injection techniques, and identification of adverse events when using fillers. A current treatment paradigm for such events is also presented. PMID:23993752

  4. Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment of Cognitive Impairment in the Elderly

    PubMed Central

    Brodziak, Andrzej; Woli?ska, Agnieszka; Ko?at, Estera; Ró?yk-Myrta, Alicja

    2015-01-01

    The aim of this study is to present the available and verified methods of prevention of cognitive decline in healthy older adults and to review clinical trials of therapies to improve impaired cognitive performance. We discuss data about the actual possibility of pharmacological treatment, usefulness of physical exercises, and effectiveness of different cognitive training methods. In a separate chapter we discuss why older people cope much better in life challenges then it would appear from the measurements made by use of neuro-psychological tests. We also discuss the so-called issue of transfers, ie, the question of how certain cognitive characteristics, improved through cognitive training, are transferred to other mental skills. We distinguish between simple and sophisticated (usually computerized) forms of cognitive training and pay particular attention to methods that are simple and easy to use. In particular, we discuss the so-called “learning therapy”, which amounts to “reading aloud and simple arithmetic calculations”, the method based on “switching between words and imagination”, and also the method consisting of personal counseling, support, and assistance in learning, especially in the form of home visits. In the final chapter we formulate practical advice, not only for individuals who want to undertake the preventing or correction activities alone with eventual help of medical professionals, but also for the members of health institutions that wish to implement preventive and therapeutic actions directed to a chosen population. We also discuss the indications and rationale for further research and clinical trials. PMID:25708246

  5. Guidelines for prevention and treatment of cognitive impairment in the elderly.

    PubMed

    Brodziak, Andrzej; Woli?ska, Agnieszka; Ko?at, Estera; Ró?yk-Myrta, Alicja

    2015-01-01

    The aim of this study is to present the available and verified methods of prevention of cognitive decline in healthy older adults and to review clinical trials of therapies to improve impaired cognitive performance. We discuss data about the actual possibility of pharmacological treatment, usefulness of physical exercises, and effectiveness of different cognitive training methods. In a separate chapter we discuss why older people cope much better in life challenges then it would appear from the measurements made by use of neuro-psychological tests. We also discuss the so-called issue of transfers, ie, the question of how certain cognitive characteristics, improved through cognitive training, are transferred to other mental skills. We distinguish between simple and sophisticated (usually computerized) forms of cognitive training and pay particular attention to methods that are simple and easy to use. In particular, we discuss the so-called "learning therapy", which amounts to "reading aloud and simple arithmetic calculations", the method based on "switching between words and imagination", and also the method consisting of personal counseling, support, and assistance in learning, especially in the form of home visits. In the final chapter we formulate practical advice, not only for individuals who want to undertake the preventing or correction activities alone with eventual help of medical professionals, but also for the members of health institutions that wish to implement preventive and therapeutic actions directed to a chosen population. We also discuss the indications and rationale for further research and clinical trials. PMID:25708246

  6. General design, construction, and operation guidelines: Constructed wetlands wastewater treatment systems for small users including individual residences. Second edition

    SciTech Connect

    Steiner, G.R.; Watson, J.T.

    1993-05-01

    One of the Tennessee Valley Authority`s (TVA`s) major goals is cleanup and protection of the waters of the Tennessee River system. Although great strides have been made, point source and nonpoint source pollution still affect the surface water and groundwater quality in the Tennessee Valley and nationally. Causes of this pollution are poorly operating wastewater treatment systems or the lack of them. Practical solutions are needed, and there is great interest and desire to abate water pollution with effective, simple, reliable and affordable wastewater treatment processes. In recognition of this need, TVA began demonstration of the constructed wetlands technology in 1986 as an alternative to conventional, mechanical processes, especially for small communities. Constructed wetlands can be downsized from municipal systems to small systems, such as for schools, camps and even individual homes.

  7. [Clinical guidelines for epilepsy].

    PubMed

    Tsuji, Sadatoshi

    2014-05-01

    Many international guidelines for epilepsy from the countries in Europe, USA and Asia have been published since the introduction of evidence-based medicine. In Japan, the clinical guidelines for epilepsy management were published by the Japanese Society of Neurology (JSN) in 2002 and 2010. The clinical guideline for epilepsy 2010 primarily targets general practitioners treating epilepsy patients. The Japan Epilepsy Society has been publishing 16 guidelines for several topics since 2005. The clinical guideline for epilepsy 2010 recommends that carbamazepine can be regarded for new onset partial epilepsy and sodium valproate is for new onset generalized epilepsy as anti-epileptic drug (AED) monotherapy. The new AEDs received approval by the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare, Japan, mainly in the add-on treatment of adults with partial epilepsy. The clinical guideline for epilepsy 2010 will contribute to improvement in the management of epilepsy in Japan. PMID:24912279

  8. The Costs and Benefits of Substance Abuse Treatment: Findings from the National Treatment Improvement Evaluation Study (NTIES).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Koenig, Lane; Denmead, Gabrielle; Nguyen, Robert; Harrison, Margaret; Harwood, Henrick

    This study seeks to quantify the costs and benefits of alcohol and drug abuse treatment and the resulting economic benefits to society. Using data from the National Treatment Improvement Evaluation Study (NTIES), and client questionnaires, estimates were made of the average costs per client in terms of crime-related costs, health care costs, and…

  9. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. Sociedad Española de Neumología y Cirugía Torácica (SEPAR) Research Group on Diffuse Pulmonary Diseases.

    PubMed

    Xaubet, Antoni; Ancochea, Julio; Bollo, Elena; Fernández-Fabrellas, Estrella; Franquet, Tomás; Molina-Molina, Maria; Montero, Maria Angeles; Serrano-Mollar, Anna

    2013-08-01

    Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis is defined as a chronic fibrosing interstitial pneumonia limited to the lung, of unknown cause, with poor prognosis and few treatment options. In recent years there has been an increase in their prevalence, probably due to the optimization of diagnostic methods and increased life expectancy. The ATS/ERS Consensus (2000) established the diagnostic criteria and recommendations for the assessment of the disease course and treatment. Later studies have helped to redefine diagnostic criteria and treatment options. In 2011, an international consensus was published, establishing diagnostic criteria and new treatment strategies. These guidelines have been updated with the newest aspects of diagnosis and treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. A level of evidence has been identified for the most relevant questions, particularly with regard to treatment options. PMID:23742884

  10. Guidelines for the management of varicose veins.

    PubMed

    Gloviczki, P; Gloviczki, M L

    2012-03-01

    Recently published evidence-based guidelines of the Society for Vascular Surgery (SVS) and the American Venous Forum (AVF) include recommendations for evaluation, classification, outcome assessment and therapy of patients with varicose veins and more advanced chronic venous insufficiency (CVI). The need for such guidelines has been evident since imaging techniques and minimally invasive technologies have progressed by leaps and bounds and radiofrequency ablation, laser and sclerotherapy have largely replaced classical open surgery of saphenous stripping. This report reviews the most important guidelines recommended by the SVS/AVF Venous Guideline Committee. It is obvious, however, that some of the technology that is recommended in North America is either not available or not affordable in some parts of the world for patients with varicose veins and CVI. The readers are urged therefore to also consult the guidelines of their national societies, recent publications of the National Institute for Clinical Excellence and the Venous Forum of the Royal Society of Medicine. Venous specialists should also keep in mind that scientific evidence should always be combined with the physician's clinical experience and the patient's preference when the best treatment is selected for an individual patient. PMID:22312060

  11. Wind\\/Tornado Guidelines Study

    Microsoft Academic Search

    D. S. Ng; G. S. Holman

    1991-01-01

    This report documents the strategy employed to develop recommended wind\\/tornado hazard design guidelines for a New Production Reactor (NRP) currently planned for either the Idaho National Engineering Laboratory (INEL) or the Savannah River (SR) site. The Wind\\/Tornado Working Group (WTWG), comprising six nationally recognized experts in structural engineering, wind engineering, and meteorology, formulated an independent set of guidelines based on

  12. Practical guidelines for routine intensity-modulated radiotherapy verification: pre-treatment verification with portal dosimetry and treatment verification with in vivo dosimetry

    PubMed Central

    Vinall, A J; Williams, A J; Currie, V E; Van Esch, A; Huyskens, D

    2010-01-01

    The purpose of this work is to provide guidelines for the routine use of portal dosimetry and in vivo diode measurements to verify intensity-modulated radiotherapy (IMRT) treatments. To achieve tolerance levels that are sensitive enough to intercept problems, both the portal dosimetry and the in vivo procedure must be optimised. Portal dosimetry was improved by the introduction of an optimised two-dimensional (2D) profile correction, which also accounted for the effect of backscatter from the R-arm. The scaled score, indicating the fraction of points not meeting the desired gamma evaluation criteria within the field opening, was determined as the parameter of interest. Using gamma criteria of a 3% dose difference and 3 mm distance to agreement, a “scaled score” threshold value of 1.5% was chosen to indicate excessive tongue and groove and other problems. The pre-treatment portal dosimetry quality assurance (QA) does not encompass verification of the patient dose calculation or position, and so it is complemented by in vivo diode measurements. Diode positioning is crucial in IMRT, and so we describe a method for diode positioning at any suitable point. We achieved 95% of IMRT field measurements within ±5% and 99% within ±8%, with improved accuracy being achieved over time owing to better positioning. Although the careful preparation and setup of the diode measurements can be time-consuming, this is compensated for by the time efficiency of the optimised procedure. Both methods are now easily absorbed into the routine work of the department. PMID:20965905

  13. 39 CFR 775.8 - Environmental evaluation guidelines.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... false Environmental evaluation guidelines. 775.8... NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ACT PROCEDURES § 775.8 Environmental evaluation guidelines. (a) Approach...integrates natural and social sciences and environmental...

  14. 7 CFR 611.10 - Standards, guidelines, and plans.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ...DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE CONSERVATION OPERATIONS SOIL SURVEYS Soil Survey Operations § 611.10 Standards, guidelines, and plans. (a) NRCS conducts soil surveys under national standards and guidelines...

  15. Legal Pressure and Treatment Retention in a National Sample of Long-Term Residential Programs

    Microsoft Academic Search

    MATTHEW L. HILLER; KEVIN KNIGHT; KIRK M. BROOME; D. DWAYNE SIMPSON

    1998-01-01

    This study examined the association between legal pressure and treatment retention in a national sample of 2,605 clients admitted to 18 long-term residential facilities that participated in the Drug Abuse Treatment Outcome Study (DATOS). Hierarchical linear models were used to assess the relationship of background factors and legal pressure with treatment participation for 90 days or longer. Two thirds of

  16. Nonmetastatic renal-cell carcinoma: is it really possible to define rational guidelines for post-treatment follow-up?

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Raymonde Bouvier; Sylvie Négrier; Lionel Badet; Denis Lyonnet; Olivier Rouvière

    2006-01-01

    Defining rational follow-up guidelines in patients treated for cancer is important, from both a medical and an economical perspective. Renal-cell carcinoma is reputed to be unpredictable in its course and only a few, and often contradictory, follow-up guidelines exist for patients treated for nonmetastatic renal-cell carcinoma. Recent advances in tumor biology have contributed to a better understanding of this cancer

  17. Guidelines for laparoscopic treatment of ventral and incisional abdominal wall hernias (International Endohernia Society (IEHS)-part 1.

    PubMed

    Bittner, R; Bingener-Casey, J; Dietz, U; Fabian, M; Ferzli, G S; Fortelny, R H; Köckerling, F; Kukleta, J; Leblanc, K; Lomanto, D; Misra, M C; Bansal, V K; Morales-Conde, S; Ramshaw, B; Reinpold, W; Rim, S; Rohr, M; Schrittwieser, R; Simon, Th; Smietanski, M; Stechemesser, B; Timoney, M; Chowbey, P

    2014-01-01

    Guidelines are increasingly determining the decision process in day-to-day clinical work. Guidelines describe the current best possible standard in diagnostics and therapy. They should be developed by an international panel of experts, whereby alongside individual experience, above all, the results of comparative studies are decisive. According to the results of high-ranking scientific studies published in peer-reviewed journals, statements and recommendations are formulated, and these are graded strictly according to the criteria of evidence-based medicine. Guidelines can therefore be valuable in helping particularly the young surgeon in his or her day-to-day work to find the best decision for the patient when confronted with a wide and confusing range of options. However, even experienced surgeons benefit because by virtue of a heavy workload and commitment, they often find it difficult to keep up with the ever-increasing published literature. All guidelines require regular updating, usually every 3 years, in line with progress in the field. The current Guidelines focus on technique and perioperative management of laparoscopic ventral hernia repair and constitute the first comprehensive guidelines on this topic. In this issue of Surgical Endoscopy, the first part of the Guidelines is published including sections on basics, indication for surgery, perioperative management, and key points of technique. The next part (Part 2) of the Guidelines will address complications and comparisons between open and laparoscopic techniques. Part 3 will cover mesh technology, hernia prophylaxis, technique-related issues, new technologic developments, lumbar and other unusual hernias, and training/education. PMID:24114513

  18. Consensus Guidelines for Delineation of Clinical Target Volume for Intensity-Modulated Pelvic Radiotherapy for the Definitive Treatment of Cervix Cancer

    SciTech Connect

    Lim, Karen [Radiation Medicine Program, Princess Margaret Hospital/ Ontario Cancer Institute, University Health Network, Toronto, Ontario (Canada); Small, William [Department of Radiation Oncology, Robert H. Lurie Comprehensive Cancer Center, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois (United States); Portelance, Lorraine [Department of Radiation Oncology, McGill University Health Center, Montreal, Quebec (Canada); Creutzberg, Carien [Department of Clinical Oncology, Leiden University Medical Center, Leiden (Netherlands); Juergenliemk-Schulz, Ina M. [Department of Radiation Oncology, University Medical Center Utrecht, Utrecht (Netherlands); Mundt, Arno; Mell, Loren K. [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of California, San Diego, School of Medicine, La Jolla, California (United States); Mayr, Nina [Department of Radiation Medicine, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio (United States); Viswanathan, Akila [Department of Radiation Oncology, Brigham and Women's Hospital and Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA (United States); Jhingran, Anuja [Department of Radiation Oncology, M.D. Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX (United States); Erickson, Beth [Dept. of Radiation Oncology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI (United States); De Los Santos, Jennifer [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL (United States); Gaffney, David [Dept. of Radiation Oncology, Huntsman Cancer Institute, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT (United States); Yashar, Catheryn [Dept. of Radiation Oncology, Univ. of California, San Diego, School of Medicine, La Jolla, CA (United States); Beriwal, Sushil [Dept. of Radiation Oncology, Magee-Women's Hospital of Univ. of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA (United States); Wolfson, Aaron [Dept. of Radiation Oncology, Univ. of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL (United States)

    2011-02-01

    Purpose: Accurate target definition is vitally important for definitive treatment of cervix cancer with intensity-modulated radiotherapy (IMRT), yet a definition of clinical target volume (CTV) remains variable within the literature. The aim of this study was to develop a consensus CTV definition in preparation for a Phase 2 clinical trial being planned by the Radiation Therapy Oncology Group. Methods and Materials: A guidelines consensus working group meeting was convened in June 2008 for the purposes of developing target definition guidelines for IMRT for the intact cervix. A draft document of recommendations for CTV definition was created and used to aid in contouring a clinical case. The clinical case was then analyzed for consistency and clarity of target delineation using an expectation maximization algorithm for simultaneous truth and performance level estimation (STAPLE), with kappa statistics as a measure of agreement between participants. Results: Nineteen experts in gynecological radiation oncology generated contours on axial magnetic resonance images of the pelvis. Substantial STAPLE agreement sensitivity and specificity values were seen for gross tumor volume (GTV) delineation (0.84 and 0.96, respectively) with a kappa statistic of 0.68 (p < 0.0001). Agreement for delineation of cervix, uterus, vagina, and parametria was moderate. Conclusions: This report provides guidelines for CTV definition in the definitive cervix cancer setting for the purposes of IMRT, building on previously published guidelines for IMRT in the postoperative setting.

  19. Radiation Therapy Oncology Group Consensus Panel Guidelines for the Delineation of the Clinical Target Volume in the Postoperative Treatment of Pancreatic Head Cancer

    SciTech Connect

    Goodman, Karyn A., E-mail: goodmank@mskcc.org [Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, New York (United States); Regine, William F. [University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland (United States); Dawson, Laura A. [Princess Margaret Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario (Canada); Ben-Josef, Edgar [University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan (United States); Haustermans, Karin [University Hospital Leuven, Leuven (Belgium); Bosch, Walter R. [Image-Guided Therapy QA Center, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri (United States); Turian, Julius; Abrams, Ross A. [Rush University Medical College, Chicago, Illinois (United States)

    2012-07-01

    Purpose: To develop contouring guidelines to be used in the Radiation Therapy Oncology Group protocol 0848, a Phase III randomized trial evaluating the benefit of adjuvant chemoradiation in patients with resected head of pancreas cancer. Methods and Materials: A consensus committee of six radiation oncologists with expertise in gastrointestinal radiotherapy developed stepwise contouring guidelines and an atlas for the delineation of the clinical target volume (CTV) in the postoperative treatment of pancreas cancer, based on identifiable regions of interest and margin expansions. Areas at risk for subclinical disease to be included in the CTV were defined, including nodal regions, anastomoses, and the preoperative primary tumor location. Regions of interest that could be reproducibly contoured on postoperative imaging after a pancreaticoduodenectomy were identified. Standardized expansion margins to encompass areas at risk were developed after multiple iterations to determine the optimal margin expansions. Results: New contouring recommendations based on CT anatomy were established. Written guidelines for the delineation of the postoperative CTV and normal tissues, as well as a Web-based atlas, were developed. Conclusions: The postoperative abdomen has been a difficult area for effective radiotherapy. These new guidelines will help physicians create fields that better encompass areas at risk and minimize dose to normal tissues.

  20. 76 FR 18713 - Malheur National Forest; Oregon; Malheur National Forest Site-Specific Invasive Plants Treatment...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-04-05

    ...Forest Site- Specific Invasive Plants Treatment Project AGENCY...authorize site- specific invasive plant treatments using herbicides...water and other drinking water contaminated by herbicides. Treatment Effectiveness...wildlife species. Non-target Plants: Herbicides,...

  1. Access to treatment for HBV infection and its consistency with 2008 European guidelines in a multicentre cross-sectional study of HIV/HBV co-infected patients in Italy

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background A survey was performed in 2008 to evaluate the profiles of patients with chronic hepatitis B cared for by Italian Infectious Diseases Centers (IDCs). This analysis describes: i) factors associated with access to the anti-HBV treatment in a cohort of HIV/HBV co-infected patients cared for in tertiary centers of a developed country with comprehensive coverage under the National Health System (NHS); ii) consistency of current anti-HBV regimens with specific European guidelines in force at the time of the study and factors associated with the receipt of sub-optimal regimens. Methods The study focuses on 374 (87.6%) treated patients at some point in their life out of the 427 tested HIV/HBV positive. It is multicentre, cross-sectional in the design. To account for missing values, a Multiple Imputation method is used. Results Three hundred and thirty-four (89.3%) patients were currently treated. The most common current regimen was combination therapy of tenofovir (TDF) plus LAM/FTC (lamivudine/emtricitabine) (n?=?235, 70.4%), as part of antiretroviral treatment. In the multivariate analysis, an increased chance of getting treated was independently associated with increasing years since HBV diagnosis (2–10 years, p <0.001; >10 years, p <0.001). Patients consistently treated with European AIDS Clinical Society (EACS) 2008 guidelines were 255 (76.6%), of whom 202 (79.2%) with an indication to an anti-HIV treatment, 30 (11.8%)without an indication, and 21 (8.2%) with cirrhosis. Among the 78 not-consistent patients, LAM mono-therapy (n?=?60, 76.9%) was the most common regimen, 34 (56.7%) of them showing HBV DNA load below 1x103 IU/mL. Previous anti-HBV treatment (p = 0.01) and a triple HDV co-infection (p = 0.03) reduced the chance of not-consistent regimens. Conversely, HCV co-infection was independently associated with an increased odds ratio of being inconsistently treated (p = 0.004). Conclusion Our study shows that Italian IDCs treat for HBV infection the vast majority of HIV/HBV co-infected patients with no disparities limiting access to antiviral therapy. In approximately two-thirds of the patients on treatment, anti-HBV regimens are consistent with 2008 EACS guidelines. Finally, our study identifies scenarios in which clinical practice deviates from recommendations, as in case of sub-optimal regimens with effective anti-HBV response. PMID:23594964

  2. Guidelines International Network: toward international standards for clinical practice guidelines.

    PubMed

    Qaseem, Amir; Forland, Frode; Macbeth, Fergus; Ollenschläger, Günter; Phillips, Sue; van der Wees, Philip

    2012-04-01

    Guideline development processes vary substantially, and many guidelines do not meet basic quality criteria. Standards for guideline development can help organizations ensure that recommendations are evidence-based and can help users identify high-quality guidelines. Such organizations as the U.S. Institute of Medicine and the United Kingdom's National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence have developed recommendations to define trustworthy guidelines within their locales. Many groups charged with guideline development find the lengthy list of standards developed by such organizations to be aspirational but infeasible to follow in entirety. Founded in 2002, the Guidelines International Network (G-I-N) is a network of guideline developers that includes 93 organizations and 89 individual members representing 46 countries. The G-I-N board of trustees recognized the importance of guideline development processes that are both rigorous and feasible even for modestly funded groups to implement and initiated an effort toward consensus about minimum standards for high-quality guidelines. In contrast to other existing standards for guideline development at national or local levels, the key components proposed by G-I-N will represent the consensus of an international, multidisciplinary group of active guideline developers. This article presents G-I-N's proposed set of key components for guideline development. These key components address panel composition, decision-making process, conflicts of interest, guideline objective, development methods, evidence review, basis of recommendations, ratings of evidence and recommendations, guideline review, updating processes, and funding. It is hoped that this article promotes discussion and eventual agreement on a set of international standards for guideline development. PMID:22473437

  3. Contributors to primary care guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Allan, G. Michael; Kraut, Roni; Crawshay, Aven; Korownyk, Christina; Vandermeer, Ben; Kolber, Michael R.

    2015-01-01

    Objective To determine the professions of those who contribute to guidelines, guideline variables associated with differing contributor participation, and whether conflict of interest statements are provided in primary care guidelines. Design Retrospective analysis of the primary care guidelines from the Canadian Medical Association website. Two independent data extractors reviewed the guidelines and extracted relevant data. Setting Canada. Main outcome measures Sponsors of guidelines, jurisdiction (national or provincial) of guidelines, the professions of those who contribute to guidelines, and the reported conflict of interest statements within guidelines. Results Of the 296 guidelines in the family medicine section of the CMA Infobase, 65 were duplicates and 35 had limited relevance to family medicine. Twenty did not provide contributor information, leaving 176 guidelines for analysis. In total, there were 2495 contributors (authors and committee members): 1343 (53.8%) non–family physician specialists, 423 (17.0%) family physicians, 141 (5.7%) nurses, 75 (3.0%) pharmacists, 269 (10.8%) other clinicians, 203 (8.1%) nonclinician scientists, and 41 (1.6%) unknown professions. The proportion of contributors from the various professions differed significantly between provincial and national guidelines, as well as between industry-funded and non–industry-funded guidelines (both P < .001). For provincial guidelines, 30.8% of contributors were family physicians and 37.3% were other specialists compared with 13.9% and 57.4%, respectively, for national guidelines. Of industry-funded guidelines, 7.8% of contributors were family physicians and 68.6% were other specialists compared with 19.4% and 49.9%, respectively, for non–industry-funded guidelines. Conflicts of interest were not reported in 68.9% of guidelines. When reported, conflict of interest statements were present for 48.6% of non–family physician specialists, 30.0% of pharmacists, 27.7% of family physicians, and 10.0% or less of the remaining groups; differences were statistically significant (P < .001). Conclusion Non–family physician specialists outnumber all other health care providers combined and are more than 3 times more likely to contribute to primary care guidelines than family physicians are. Conflict of interest statements were provided in the minority of guidelines, and for guidelines in which conflict of interest statements were included, non–family physician specialists were most likely to report them. Guidelines targeted to primary care should have much more primary care and family medicine representation and include fewer contributors who have conflicts of interest. PMID:25609522

  4. Online dissemination of clinical practice guidelines as narrative texts and structured pathways: a case study with the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

    PubMed

    Séroussi, Brigitte; Falcoff, Hector; Ertel-Pau, Valérie; Raimond, Véronique; Bouaud, Jacques

    2014-01-01

    Recently, National agencies in charge of the development of clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) have started to improve the usual narrative CPGs to provide guidance for different clinical pathways. In France, in conjunction with the development of the type 2 diabetes National CPGs, we have developed the system RecosDoc-Diabète which allows to interactively build a patient-centred pathway and get the appropriate recommendations. National narrative CPGs and RecosDoc-Diabète were published and made available online at the same time (February 2013). A questionnaire was provided to collect visitors' judgement about the system. Between February 12th and December 31st, 2013, 55,203 visitors accessed the narrative CPGs whereas 10,565 accessed the system. Among them, 186 (2%) responded to the questionnaire. One third of the comments were criticisms towards the CPG content. The system was globally positively evaluated although assessments were mixed illustrating that users' needs may be contradictory. PMID:25160139

  5. Therapeutic Effort, Treatment Outcome, and National Health Policy

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Frederick L. Newman; Kenneth I. Howard

    1986-01-01

    Psychotherapy, as a treatment, is provided to patients in order to repair or prevent debilitating emotional, social, and behavioral dysfunctions. Research on psychotherapy ultimately aims to facilitate optimal treatments for specific classes of patients. It is argued in this article that therapeutic effort is a necessary ingredient in the conception of what is optimal and that an assessment of therapeutic

  6. 78 FR 15961 - Center for Substance Abuse Treatment National Advisory Council; Meeting

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-03-13

    ...OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Center for Substance Abuse Treatment National Advisory Council...hereby given of the meeting of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services...

  7. 78 FR 45544 - Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT) National Advisory Council; Notice of Meeting

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-07-29

    ...OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT) National Advisory...notice is hereby given that the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services...

  8. A Narrative Review of the Confluence of Breast Cancer and Low-wage Employment and Its Impact on Receipt of Guideline-recommended Treatment

    PubMed Central

    Swanberg, Jennifer E.; Chambers, Mara D.

    2013-01-01

    Breast cancer is the leading cause of cancer among women in the United States, costing the healthcare system, employers, and society billions of dollars each year. Despite improvements in screening and treatment, significant breast cancer treatment and survivorship disparities exist among various groups of women. One variable that has not been explored extensively as a possible contributor to breast cancer treatment disparities is employment. This is concerning, given the changing economic and employment trends in the United States favoring low-wage employment. Currently, one-quarter to one-third of all US workers are considered to be working poor, and women are disproportionally represented in this group. Characteristics of low-wage work—limited paid time off, minimal health benefits, schedule inflexibility, and economic insecurity—may become even more significant in the event of a breast cancer diagnosis. To date, there has been limited research into how job conditions inherent to low-wage work may influence working poor survivors' receipt of guideline-recommended breast cancer treatment. Therefore, the purpose of this narrative review was to critically examine the current literature to further our understanding of how employment context may impact treatment decisions and adherence—and therefore receipt of guideline-recommended care—among newly diagnosed, working poor breast cancer survivors. After undertaking a comprehensive review, we failed to identify any published literature that explicitly addressed low-wage employment and receipt of guideline-recommended breast cancer treatment. Four articles reported circumstances where women delayed, missed, or quit treatments due to work interference, or alternatively, developed strategies that allowed them to continue to work and obtain their breast cancer treatment concurrent with medical and economic challenges. An additional five articles, while focused on other cancer and employment outcomes, described the need for increased patient-provider communication about the influence of work on treatment decisions and the development of alternative treatment plans. Due to the paucity of research in this area, future policy, practice, and research efforts should focus on the employment context of working poor breast cancer survivors as a potential contributor to cancer disparities. Engagement of women, employers, oncology providers, healthcare systems, and interdisciplinary researchers is warranted to improve cancer outcomes among this disparate population of working women. PMID:24416698

  9. A Narrative Review of the Confluence of Breast Cancer and Low-wage Employment and Its Impact on Receipt of Guideline-recommended Treatment.

    PubMed

    Vanderpool, Robin C; Swanberg, Jennifer E; Chambers, Mara D

    2013-09-01

    Breast cancer is the leading cause of cancer among women in the United States, costing the healthcare system, employers, and society billions of dollars each year. Despite improvements in screening and treatment, significant breast cancer treatment and survivorship disparities exist among various groups of women. One variable that has not been explored extensively as a possible contributor to breast cancer treatment disparities is employment. This is concerning, given the changing economic and employment trends in the United States favoring low-wage employment. Currently, one-quarter to one-third of all US workers are considered to be working poor, and women are disproportionally represented in this group. Characteristics of low-wage work-limited paid time off, minimal health benefits, schedule inflexibility, and economic insecurity-may become even more significant in the event of a breast cancer diagnosis. To date, there has been limited research into how job conditions inherent to low-wage work may influence working poor survivors' receipt of guideline-recommended breast cancer treatment. Therefore, the purpose of this narrative review was to critically examine the current literature to further our understanding of how employment context may impact treatment decisions and adherence-and therefore receipt of guideline-recommended care-among newly diagnosed, working poor breast cancer survivors. After undertaking a comprehensive review, we failed to identify any published literature that explicitly addressed low-wage employment and receipt of guideline-recommended breast cancer treatment. Four articles reported circumstances where women delayed, missed, or quit treatments due to work interference, or alternatively, developed strategies that allowed them to continue to work and obtain their breast cancer treatment concurrent with medical and economic challenges. An additional five articles, while focused on other cancer and employment outcomes, described the need for increased patient-provider communication about the influence of work on treatment decisions and the development of alternative treatment plans. Due to the paucity of research in this area, future policy, practice, and research efforts should focus on the employment context of working poor breast cancer survivors as a potential contributor to cancer disparities. Engagement of women, employers, oncology providers, healthcare systems, and interdisciplinary researchers is warranted to improve cancer outcomes among this disparate population of working women. PMID:24416698

  10. Treatment Services for Children With ADHD: A National Perspective

    Microsoft Academic Search

    KIMBERLY HOAGWOOD; KELLY J. KELLEHER; MICHAEL FEIL; DIANE M. COMER

    2000-01-01

    ObjectiveTo summarize knowledge on treatment services for children and adolescents with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), trends in services from 1989 to 1996, types of services provided, service mix, and barriers to care.

  11. Residential Treatment: A Review of the National Literature

    E-print Network

    Walter, Uta M.; Petr, Chris

    2007-08-01

    Though the evidence base for the effectiveness of residential treatment is still weak, three main components for increasing successful outcomes have emerged in the empirical literature. There is consistent evidence (1) for ...

  12. Saudi Guidelines on the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension: Pulmonary hypertension due to lung diseases and/or hypoxia

    PubMed Central

    Sakkijha, Husam; Idrees, Majdy M.

    2014-01-01

    Chronic lung diseases are common causes of pulmonary hypertension. It ranks second after the left heart disease. Both obstructive and restrictive lung diseases are know to cause pulmonary hypertension. The pathophysiology of the disease is complex, and includes factors affecting the blood vessels, airways, and lung parenchyma. Hypoxia and the inhalation of toxic materials are another contributing factors. Recent guidelines have further clarified the association between pulmonary hypertension and chronic lung disease and made general guidelines concerning the diagnosis and management. In this article, we will provide a detailed revision about the new classification and give general recommendations about the management of pulmonary hypertension in chronic lung diseases. PMID:25076998

  13. Saudi Guidelines on the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension: Pulmonary hypertension due to lung diseases and/or hypoxia.

    PubMed

    Sakkijha, Husam; Idrees, Majdy M

    2014-07-01

    Chronic lung diseases are common causes of pulmonary hypertension. It ranks second after the left heart disease. Both obstructive and restrictive lung diseases are know to cause pulmonary hypertension. The pathophysiology of the disease is complex, and includes factors affecting the blood vessels, airways, and lung parenchyma. Hypoxia and the inhalation of toxic materials are another contributing factors. Recent guidelines have further clarified the association between pulmonary hypertension and chronic lung disease and made general guidelines concerning the diagnosis and management. In this article, we will provide a detailed revision about the new classification and give general recommendations about the management of pulmonary hypertension in chronic lung diseases. PMID:25076998

  14. Forms & Guidelines

    Cancer.gov

    2003 DCP Consortia for Early Phase Prevention Trials 2003 Step 1: Developing a Cancer Prevention Clinical Trial Forms & Guidelines General Guidelines for Consortia Lead Organization to add Participating to Consortium (doc, 63kb) NCI Request for Proposals,

  15. Clinical Significance of the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program Data

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Benjamin M. Ogles; Michael J. Lambert; Jeffrey D. Sawyer

    1995-01-01

    The clinical significance of research findings is an important issue that, until recently, was often neglected. Statistical methods are available, however, to evaluate the meaningfulness of pre- to posttreatment change. The clinical significance of the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program Data was evaluated. A substantial number of clients receiving treatment for depression made reliable

  16. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Treatment Seeking in a National Screening Sample

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Karestan C. Koenen; Renee Goodwin; Elmer Struening; Fred Hellman; Mary Guardino

    2003-01-01

    The behavioral model of service use was employed to identify predictors of mental health treatment seeking and treatment readiness among individual with PTSD (N = 2,713) in data from the 1996 National Anxiety Disorders Screening Day (NADSD). This model examines the contribution of predisposing (age, sex, marital status, race\\/ethnicity, education), enabling (employment, geographic location), perceived need (interference of symptoms with

  17. Treatment Research in Mental Illness: Improving the Nation's Public Mental Health Care

    E-print Network

    Baker, Chris I.

    Treatment Research in Mental Illness: Improving the Nation's Public Mental Health Care through NIMH) is to reduce the burden of mental illness and behavioral disorders on the people of the United States through of treatments for mental illnesses in the U.S. The NIMH, through the Division of Services and Intervention

  18. Substance Dependence, Abuse and Treatment: Findings from the 2000 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Epstein, Joan F.

    This report provides the first information on substance dependence, abuse, and treatment obtained from the 2000 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse (NHSDA). Several important changes to the NHSDA in 1999 and 2000 affected the estimates of drug use, as well as the estimates for dependence, abuse, and needing and receiving treatment. Following…

  19. NATIONAL SCREENING SURVEY OF EDCS IN MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITIES

    EPA Science Inventory

    In 2002 and 2003 the USEPA's Office of Research and Development asked Regional EPA inspectors, state EPA inspectors and municipal plant operators to collect four gallons effluent, either as a grab or composite sample, from up to 50 wastewater treatment plants (WWTP), and ship the...

  20. CIHR Canadian HIV Trials Network Co-Infection and Concurrent Diseases Core: Updated Canadian guidelines for the treatment of hepatitis C infection in HIV-hepatitis C coinfected adults

    PubMed Central

    Hull, Mark; Shafran, Stephen; Tseng, Alice; Giguère, Pierre; Klein, Marina B; Cooper, Curtis

    2014-01-01

    BACKGROUND: Hepatitis C virus (HCV) coinfection occurs in 20% to 30% of Canadians living with HIV and is responsible for a heavy burden of morbidity and mortality. Management of HIV-HCV coinfection is more complex due to the accelerated progression of liver disease, the timing and nature of antiretroviral and HCV therapy, mental health and addictions management, socioeconomic obstacles and drug-drug interactions between new HCV direct-acting antiviral therapies and antiretroviral regimens. OBJECTIVE: To update national standards for the management of HCV-HIV coinfected adults in the Canadian context. METHODS: A standing working group with specific clinical expertise in HIV-HCV coinfection was convened by The Canadian Institute of Health Research HIV Trials Network to review recently published data regarding HCV antiviral treatments and to update the Canadian HIV-HCV coinfection guidelines. RESULTS: Recent data suggest that the gap in sustained virological response rates between HCV monoinfection and HIV-HCV coinfection has been eliminated with newer HCV antiviral regimens. All HIV-HCV coinfected individuals should be assessed for HCV therapy. First-line treatment for genotypes 1 through 6 includes pegylated interferon and weight-based ribavirin dosing plus the nucleotide sofosbuvir for 12 weeks. Sofosbuvir in combination with the protease inhibitor simeprevir is another first-line consideration for genotype 1 infection. Sofosbuvir with ribavirin for 12 weeks (genotype 2) and 24 weeks (genotype 3) is also recommended as first-line treatment. DISCUSSION: Recommendations may not supersede individual clinical judgement. PMID:25587293

  1. Treatments of faecal incontinence: recommendations from the French national society of coloproctology.

    PubMed

    Vitton, V; Soudan, D; Siproudhis, L; Abramowitz, L; Bouvier, M; Faucheron, J-L; Leroi, A-M; Meurette, G; Pigot, F; Damon, H

    2014-03-01

    Faecal incontinence is common and significantly affects quality of life. Its treatment involves dietary manipulation, medical treatments, perineal rehabilitation or surgery. In this paper, the French National Society of Coloproctology offers recommendations based on the data in the current literature, including those on recently developed treatments. There is a lack of high quality data and most of the recommendations are therefore based either on grade of recommendation B or expert recommendation (Level 4). However, the literature supports the construction of an algorithm based on the available scientific evidence and expert recommendation which may be useful in clinical practice. The French National Society of Coloproctology proposes a decision-making algorithm that includes recent developments of treatment. The current recommendations support sacral nerve modulation as the key treatment for faecal incontinence. They do not support the use of sphincter substitutions except in certain circumstances. Transanal irrigation is a novel often successful treatment of faecal incontinence due to neurological disorders. PMID:24521273

  2. Similarities in outcomes for men and women after drug misuse treatment: results from the National Treatment Outcome Research Study (NTORS).

    PubMed

    Stewart, Duncan; Gossop, Michael; Marsden, John; Kidd, Tara; Treacy, Samantha

    2003-03-01

    The National Treatment Outcome Research Study (NTORS) is a prospective, multi-site treatment outcome study of drug misusers in the UK. This paper reports the characteristics and problems of male and female clients at intake to treatment, and changes in substance use, health problems, and criminal behaviour at follow-up. The sample comprised 753 subjects (552 men and 201 women) followed-up 1 year after starting treatment in 54 programmes chosen to be representative of the main national treatment modalities. Men and women presented to treatment with different problems and characteristics. Women reported more frequent cocaine use, greater health problems, and were more likely to have a drug-using partner and be responsible for children. Despite different profiles of problems, men and women both made significant reductions in their problem behaviours following treatment. At 1-year follow-up, men and women reported reductions in drug use, health problems and criminal behaviour. However, women did not reduce their alcohol consumption significantly, and improvements in crime were less pronounced than for men. After controlling for pretreatment differences, gender was not predictive of any of the outcome measures reported. PMID:12745357

  3. [Guidelines for the treatment of chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis due to hepatitis C virus infection for the fiscal year 2014 in Japan].

    PubMed

    Suzuki, Fumitaka

    2015-02-01

    In the 2014 guidelines for the treatment of patients with chronic hepatitis C, Simeprevir, pegylated interferon (Peg-IFN) and ribavirin combination therapy for 24 weeks are indicated to treatment-naive patients infected with hepatitis C virus (HCV) of genotype 1. Retreatment is aimed to either eradicate HCV or normalize transaminase levels for preventing the development of hepatocellular carcinoma(HCC), taking into consideration causes for the failure in the initial treatment. Moreover, daclatasvir plus asunaprevir are indicated to interferon-ineligible/intolerant patients and nonresponder(null and partial) patients infected genotype 1b. For patients with compensated cirrhosis, the clearance of HCV RNA is aimed toward improving histological damages and decreasing the development of HCC. When the prevention of HCC is at issue, not only IFN, but also liver supportive therapy such as Stronger Neo-Minophagen C, ursodeoxycholic acid, phlebotomy, branched chain amino acids (BCAA), either alone or in combination, are given. PMID:25764673

  4. [Diagnosis and treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease in the mentally retarded: guidelines of a multidisciplinary consensus work group. Dutch Association of Physicians in Care of Mentally Handicapped].

    PubMed

    Gimbel, H

    2000-06-10

    Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GORD) is more frequent among people with intellectual disability than among the intellectually normal population. Also GORD is more serious in this population. The diagnosis is often missed, because most intellectually disabled cannot express their complaints of GORD. For that reason a multidisciplinary working group of the Dutch Association of physicians active in the care of persons with a mental handicap has developed guidelines. The working group recommends endoscopy in case of a (alarm) symptoms: haematemesis, prolonged vomiting, irondeficiency anaemia e.c.i., and a 24 hour oesophageal pH test in case of b (aspecific) symptoms: recurrent pneumonia, refusal of food, regurgitation, rumination, dental erosions. In general most patients are cured with drug treatment (omeprazol or another proton pump inhibitor). If symptoms are not improved after 6 months of optimal treatment, surgical treatment may be considered. PMID:10876695

  5. Principles for National and Regional Guidelines on Cardiovascular Disease Prevention: A Scientific Statement From the World Heart and Stroke Forum

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Sidney C. Smith; Rod Jackson; Thomas A. Pearson; Valentin Fuster; Salim Yusuf; Ole Faergeman; David A. Wood; Michael Alderman; John Horgan; Philip Home; Marilyn Hunn; Scott M. Grundy

    2004-01-01

    n the global effort to reduce suffering and death from CVD, the World Heart and Stroke Forum (WHSF) Guide- lines Task Force of the World Heart Federation (WHF) recommends that every country develop a policy on CVD prevention. National policy should grow out of systematic and ongoing dialogue among governmental, public health, and professional clinical groups. National policy should set

  6. The disconnect between a national tuberculosis drug resistance survey and treatment outcomes: a lost opportunity.

    PubMed

    Click, E S; Chirenda, J; Kibias, S; Menzies, H J; Oeltmann, J E; Sentle, C; Muribe, T; Lere, T D; Makombe, R; Bamrah, S; Moore, B K; Cain, K P

    2014-11-01

    We linked results from the Fourth Botswana National Drug Resistance Survey (DRS), 2007-2008, to patient records from the national Electronic Tuberculosis Registry to determine treatment outcomes. Of 915 new patients, 651 (71%) had treatment data available. Completion or cure was achieved for 10/15 (67%, 95%CI 42-85) with isoniazid monoresistance, (6/16, 38%, 95%CI 18-61) with multidrug resistance, while 73% (391/537, 95%CI 69-76) were susceptible to first-line drugs. The analysis was limited because of unavailable treatment records and undocumented outcomes. Prospective analyses following DRSs should be considered to ensure adequate outcome data. PMID:25299864

  7. 76 FR 70954 - Idaho Panhandle National Forests, Idaho; Idaho Panhandle National Forest Noxious Weed Treatment...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-11-16

    ...well as private individuals. Responsible Official Forest Supervisor, Idaho Panhandle National Forests, 3815 Schreiber Way, Coeur d'Alene, ID 83815. Nature of Decision To Be Made Given the purpose and need, the environmental analysis in the EIS...

  8. Current standards for diagnosis and treatment of syphilis: selection of some practical issues, based on the European (IUSTI) and U.S. (CDC) guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Wojas-Pelc, Anna

    2013-01-01

    Syphilis continues to be an important epidemiologic problem. For a few years a steady increase in the incidence of this sexually transmitted disease has been observed. Advances in medical science obligate the doctor to use only such diagnostic and therapeutic approaches that are scientifically proven. Based on the European (IUSTI) and U.S. (CDC) guidelines, in this manuscript, we present some selected practical issues concerning diagnosis and treatment of syphilis. We truly hope that the present review will help all doctors taking care of syphilitic patients to systematize the current knowledge. PMID:24278076

  9. Guideline-concordant administration of prothrombin complex concentrate and vitamin K is associated with decreased mortality in patients with severe bleeding under vitamin K antagonist treatment (EPAHK study)

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    Introduction In vitamin K antagonist (VKA)-treated patients with severe hemorrhage, guidelines recommend prompt VKA reversal with prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC) and vitamin K. The aim of this observational cohort study was to evaluate the impact of guideline concordant administration of PCC and vitamin K on seven-day mortality. Methods Data from consecutive patients treated with PCC were prospectively collected in 44 emergency departments. Type of hemorrhage, coagulation parameters, type of treatment and seven-day mortality mortality were recorded. Guideline-concordant administration of PCC and vitamin K (GC-PCC-K) were defined by at least 20 IU/kg factor IX equivalent PCC and at least 5 mg of vitamin K performed within a predefined time frame of eight hours after admission. Multivariate analysis was used to assess the effect of appropriate reversal on seven-day mortality in all patients and in those with intracranial hemorrhage (ICH). Results Data from 822 VKA-treated patients with severe hemorrhage were collected over 14 months. Bleeding was gastrointestinal (32%), intracranial (32%), muscular (13%), and “other” (23%). In the whole cohort, seven-day mortality was 13% and 33% in patients with ICH. GC-PCC-K was performed in 38% of all patients and 44% of ICH patients. Multivariate analysis showed a two-fold decrease in seven-day mortality in patients with GC-PCC-K (odds ratio (OR)?=?2.15 (1.20 to 3.88); P?=?0.011); this mortality reduction was also observed when only ICH was considered (OR?=?3.23 (1.53 to 6.79); P?=?0.002). Conclusions Guideline-concordant VKA reversal with PCC and vitamin K within eight hours after admission was associated with a significant decrease in seven-day mortality. PMID:24762166

  10. Dietary guidelines in singapore.

    PubMed

    Lee, Benjamin Lc

    2011-01-01

    The 2011 Dietary Guidelines were developed with the aim of providing guidance on what dietary strategies can best address increasing rates of obesity and non-communicable chronic disease in Singapore. This set of dietary guidelines was developed with a local expert committee based on a review of scientific literature and data on current dietary patterns from the 2010 National Nutrition Survey. Projected nutrient intakes from a diet adhering to the 2011 Dietary Guidelines were calculated using a local food composition database (FOCOS) and validated against nutrient recommendations. Acknowledging that dietary requirements differ between age groups, different sets of dietary guidelines have been developed and customised for different segments of the population. To date, Singapore has produced dietary guidelines for children and adolescents (focusing on establishing healthy lifelong eating patterns), adults (focusing on preventing obesity and reinforcing healthy eating patterns), and most recently, guidelines for older adults (>50 years of age) that address the issue of potential dietary insufficiency caused by age-related increases in nutrient requirements combined with a reduction in energy requirements. In Singapore, dietary guidelines have been used to inform and direct public policy and promote dietary patterns that meet nutrient requirements while reducing the risk of non-communicable chronic diseases. Examples of public policy include: national guidelines on food advertising and standards for food served in nursing homes; examples of public health promotion programmes include: the Healthier Choice Symbol Programme for packaged food products and programmes encouraging provision of healthier meals in hawker centres, restaurants, and school or workplace canteens. PMID:21859669

  11. 2012 ETA Guidelines: The Use of L-T4 + L-T3 in the Treatment of Hypothyroidism

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Wilmar M. Wiersinga; Leonidas Duntas; Valentin Fadeyev; Birte Nygaard; Mark P. J. Vanderpump

    2012-01-01

    Background: Data suggest symptoms of hypothyroidism persist in 5–10% of levothyroxine (L-T4)-treated hypothyroid patients with normal serum thyrotrophin (TSH). The use of L-T4 + liothyronine (L-T3) combination therapy in such patients is controversial. The ETA nominated a task force to review the topic and formulate guidelines in this area. Methods: Task force members developed a list of relevant topics. Recommendations

  12. MANUAL: GUIDELINES FOR WATER REUSE

    EPA Science Inventory

    Water reclamation for nonpotable reuse has been adopted in the United States and elsewhere without the benefit of national or international guidelines or standards. However, in recent years, many states in the U.S. have adopted standards or guidelines, and the World Health Organi...

  13. Guidelines on Security and Privacy

    E-print Network

    Guidelines on Security and Privacy in Public Cloud Computing WayneJansen TimothyGrance Special Publication 800-144 #12;ii NIST Special Publication 800-144 Guidelines on Security and Privacy in Public Cloud Computing Wayne Jansen Timothy Grance Computer Security Division Information Technology Laboratory National

  14. The index of tobacco treatment quality: development of a tool to assess evidence-based treatment in a national sample of drug treatment facilities

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Quitting smoking improves health and drug use outcomes among people in treatment for substance abuse. The twofold purpose of this study is to describe tobacco treatment provision across a representative sample of U.S. facilities and to use these data to develop the brief Index of Tobacco Treatment Quality (ITTQ). Methods We constructed survey items based on current tobacco treatment guidelines, existing surveys, expert input, and qualitative research. We administered the survey to a stratified sample of 405 facility administrators selected from all 3,800 U.S. adult outpatient facilities listed in the SAMHSA Inventory of Substance Abuse Treatment Services. We constructed the ITTQ with a subset of 7 items that have the strongest clinical evidence for smoking cessation. Results Most facilities (87.7%) reported that a majority of their clients were asked if they smoke cigarettes. Nearly half of facilities (48.6%) reported that a majority of their smoking clients were advised to quit. Fewer (23.3%) reported that a majority of their smoking clients received tobacco treatment counseling and even fewer facilities (18.3%) reported a majority of their smoking clients were advised to use quit smoking medications. The median facility ITTQ score was 2.57 (on a scale of 1–5) and the ITTQ displayed good internal consistency (Cronbach’s alpha?=?.844). Moreover, the ITTQ had substantial test-retest reliability (.856), and ordinal confirmatory factor analysis found that our one-factor model for ITTQ fit the data very well with a CFI of 0.997 and an RMSEA of 0.042. Conclusions The ITTQ is a brief and reliable tool for measuring tobacco treatment quality in substance abuse treatment facilities. Given the clear-cut room for improvement in tobacco treatment, the ITTQ could be an important tool for quality improvement by identifying service levels, facilitating goal setting, and measuring change. PMID:23497366

  15. Psychosocial Treatments for Cocaine Dependence: National Institute on Drug Abuse Collaborative Cocaine Treatment Study

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Paul Crits-Christoph; Lynne Siqueland; Jack Blaine; Arlene Frank; Lester Luborsky; Lisa S. Onken; Larry R. Muenz; Michael E. Thase; Roger D. Weiss; David R. Gastfriend; George E. Woody; Jacques P. Barber; Stephen F. Butler; Dennis Daley; Ihsan Salloum; Sarah Bishop; Lisa M. Najavits; Judy Lis; Delinda Mercer; Margaret L. Griffin; Karla Moras; Aaron T. Beck; D. Dwayne Simpson; George W. Joe; Bennett W. Fletcher; Robert L. Hubbard; M. Douglas Anglin; Stephen T. Higgins

    1999-01-01

    Background: This was a multicenter investigation ex- amining the efficacy of 4 psychosocial treatments for co- caine-dependent patients. Methods: Four hundred eighty-seven patients were ran- domly assigned to 1 of 4 manual-guided treatments: in- dividual drug counseling plus group drug counseling (GDC), cognitive therapy plus GDC, supportive- expressive therapy plus GDC, or GDC alone. Treatment was intensive, including 36 possible

  16. A guideline management system.

    PubMed

    Ciccarese, Paolo; Caffi, Ezio; Boiocchi, Lorenzo; Quaglini, Silvana; Stefanelli, Mario

    2004-01-01

    This paper describes the architecture of NewGuide, a guide-line management system for handling the whole life cycle of a computerized clinical practice guideline. NewGuide components are organized in a distributed architecture: an editor to formalize guidelines, a repository to store them, an inference engine to implement guidelines instances in a multi-user environment, and a reporting system storing the guidelines logs in order to be able to completely trace any individual physician guideline-based decision process. There is a system "central level" that maintains official versions of the guidelines, and local Healthcare Organizations may download and implement them according to their needs. The architecture has been implemented using the Java 2 Enterprise Edition (J2EE) platform. Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) and a set of con-tracts are the key factors for the integration of NewGuide with healthcare legacy systems. They allow maintaining unchanged legacy user interfaces and connecting the system with what-ever electronic patient record. The system functionality will be illustrated in three different contexts: homecare-based pressure ulcer prevention, acute ischemic stroke treatment and heart failure management by general practitioners. PMID:15360768

  17. National patterns of dementia treatment among elderly ambulatory patients.

    PubMed Central

    Maneno, Mary K.; Lee, Euni; Wutoh, Anthony K.; Zuckerman, Ilene H.; Jackson, Patrice; Lombardo, Fredric A.; Scott, Kenneth R.; Xue, Zhenyi

    2006-01-01

    PURPOSES: To assess patterns of dementia/Alzheimer's disease (AD) management and to investigate predictive factors of cholinesterase inhibitor prescriptions. METHODOLOGY: A cross-sectional study was conducted using a national survey among the elderly aged >60 from 2000 to 2002. Visit characteristics and cholinesterase inhibitor prescriptions associated with dementia/AD status were evaluated. MAIN FINDINGS: A total of 25,561 visit records were identified. Of the total visits, only 0.6% had dementia/AD records. Most of the dementia/AD visits were made by women (60.6%) and white patients (93.5%). Of the dementia/AD visits, about half (46.5%) were prescribed with one or more cholinesterase inhibitors. Donepezil was the most prevalent agent (68.0%) followed by rivastigmine (26.0%). Logistic regression analyses indicated that the physician's specialty was a strong predictor for cholinesterase inhibitor prescription; psychiatrists [odds ratio (OR)=5.5; p<0.01] and neurologists (OR=2.6; p<0.03) were more likely to prescribe cholinesterase inhibitor than other physicians. Other characteristics including race did not show significant association. CONCLUSIONS: The study findings suggest that physicians who specialized in psychiatry and neurology predominantly provided ambulatory care services for dementia patients. More efforts should be given to detect and to treat dementia patients with cognitive-enhancing agents after the formal diagnosis in the ambulatory care setting. PMID:16573310

  18. [Pancreatic cancer. Evidence based management guidelines of the Hungarian Pancreatic Study Group].

    PubMed

    Szmola, Richárd; Farkas, Gyula; Hegyi, Péter; Czakó, László; Dubravcsik, Zsolt; Hritz, István; Kelemen, Dezs?; Lásztity, Natália; Morvay, Zita; Oláh, Attila; Párniczky, Andrea; Rubovszky, Gábor; Sahin-Tóth, Miklós; Szentkereszti, Zsolt; Szücs, Ákos; Takács, Tamás; Tiszlavicz, László; Pap, Ákos

    2015-02-01

    Pancreatic cancer is a disease with a poor prognosis usually diagnosed at a late stage. Therefore, screening, diagnosis, treatment and palliation of pancreatic cancer patients require up-to-date and evidence based management guidelines. The Hungarian Pancreatic Study Group proposed to prepare an evidence based guideline based on the available scientific evidence and international guidelines. The preparatory and consultation board appointed by the Hungarian Pancreatic Study Group translated and complemented/modified the recent international guidelines. 37 clinical statements in 10 major topics were defined (Risk factors and genetics, Screening, Diagnosis, Staging, Surgical care, Pathology, Systemic treatment, Radiation therapy, Palliation and supportive care, Follow-up and recurrence). Evidence was graded according to the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) grading system. The draft of the guideline was presented and discussed at the consensus meeting in September 12, 2014. Statements were accepted with either total (more than 95% of votes, n = 15) or strong agreement (more than 70% of votes, n = 22). The present guideline is the first evidence based pancreatic cancer guideline in Hungary that provides a solid ground for teaching purposes, offers quick reference in everyday patient care and guides patient financing options. The authors strongly believe that these guidelines will become a standard reference for pancreatic cancer treatment in Hungary. Orv. Hetil., 2015, 156(8), 326-339. PMID:25662149

  19. A comparison of visual analyses of intrapartum fetal heart rate tracings according to the new National Institute of Child Health and Human Development guidelines with computer analyses by an automated fetal heart rate monitoring system

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Lawrence Devoe; Steven Golde; Yevgeny Kilman; Debra Morton; Kimberly Shea; Jennifer Waller

    2000-01-01

    Objectives: The aim of this study was to compare the visual analyses of fetal heart rate tracings by observers according to recent National Institute of Child Health and Human Development interpretative guidelines both with each other and with those of a computerized fetal heart rate analysis and alerting system. Study Design: One-hour sections of intrapartum fetal heart rate records were

  20. Version 1.2010, 12/22/09 2009 National Comprehensive Cancer Network, Inc. All rights reserved. These guidelines and this illustration may not be reproduced in any form without the express written permission of NCCN. Practice Guidelines

    E-print Network

    Puglisi, Joseph

    of NCCN. Practice Guidelines in Oncology ­ v.1.2010 Guidelines Index NHL Table of Contents Staging of suspicious lymph nodes (in absence of definitive skin diagnosis) Assessment of ATLL serology or PCR in at-risk otherwise indicated. Clinical Trials: NCCN believes that the best management of any cancer patient

  1. 77 FR 14727 - Tongass National Forest Wrangell Ranger District; Alaska; Wrangell Island Project Environmental...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-03-13

    ...road construction, and forest restoration and enhancement...22 miles of National Forest System road and about...prescriptions to achieve stand objectives. Integrated...road maintenance and improvements, invasive species treatments...guidelines of the Tongass Forest Plan. Possible...

  2. Atmospherically deposited PBDEs, pesticides, PCBs, and PAHs in Western US National Park fish: Concentrations and consumption guidelines

    EPA Science Inventory

    Concentrations of polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs), pesticides, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons were measured in 136 fish from 14 remote lakes in 8 western U.S. National Parks/Preserves between 2003 and 2005 and compared to human and w...

  3. 77 FR 58086 - Fisheries of the United States; National Standard 1 Guidelines; Reopening of Public Comment Period

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-09-19

    ...2012. Because of the importance of NS1 to U.S. fishery...not submit confidential business information or otherwise...could improve provisions of the National Standard...39459). Because of the importance of NS1 to U.S....

  4. Guidelines for quality assurance and quality control of fish taxonomic data collected as part of the National Water-Quality Assessment Program

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Walsh, Stephen Joseph; Meador, Michael R.

    1998-01-01

    Fish community structure is characterized by the U.S. Geological Survey's National Water-Quality Assessment (NAWQA) Program as part of a perennial, multidisciplinary approach to evaluating the physical, chemical, and biological conditions of the Nation's water resources. The objective of quality assurance and quality control of fish taxonomic data that are collected as part of the NAWQA Program is to establish uniform guidelines and protocols for the identification, processing, and archiving of fish specimens to ensure that accurate and reliable data are collected. Study unit biologists, collaborating with regional biologists and fish taxonomic specialists, prepare a pre-sampling study plan that includes a preliminary faunal list and identification of an ichthyological curation center for receiving preserved fish specimens. Problematic taxonomic issues and protected taxa also are identified in the study plan, and collecting permits are obtained in advance of sampling activities. Taxonomic specialists are selected to identify fish specimens in the field and to assist in determining what fish specimens should be sacrificed, fixed, and preserved for laboratory identification, independent taxonomic verification, and long-term storage in reference or voucher collections. Quantitative and qualitative sampling of fishes follows standard methods previously established for the NAWQA Program. Common ichthyological techniques are used to process samples in the field and prepare fish specimens to be returned to the laboratory or sent to an institutional repository. Taxonomic identifications are reported by using a standardized list of scientific names that provides nomenclatural consistency and uniformity across study units.

  5. Suggested guidelines for using systemic antimicrobials in bacterial skin infections: part 2— antimicrobial choice, treatment regimens and compliance

    PubMed Central

    Beco, L.; Guaguère, E.; Méndez, C. Lorente; Noli, C.; Nuttall, T.; Vroom, M.

    2013-01-01

    Systemic antimicrobials are critically important in veterinary healthcare, and resistance is a major concern. Antimicrobial stewardship will be important in maintaining clinical efficacy by reducing the development and spread of antimicrobial resistance. Bacterial skin infections are one of the most common reasons for using systemic antimicrobials in dogs and cats. Appropriate management of these infections is, therefore, crucial in any policy for responsible antimicrobial use. The goals of therapy are to confirm that an infection is present, identify the causative bacteria, select the most appropriate antimicrobial, ensure that the infection is treated correctly, and to identify and manage any underlying conditions. This is the second of two articles that provide evidence-led guidelines to help practitioners address these issues. Part 1 discussed the use of clinical signs, cytology and culture in diagnosis. This article will cover the rationale for topical and systemic antimicrobial therapy, including choice of first-, second- and third-line drugs, the dose, duration of therapy, compliance and identification of underlying predisposing conditions. In addition, there is guidance on cases of therapeutic failure and environmental hygiene. These guidelines will help veterinarians avoid the development and propagation of antimicrobial-resistant bacterial strains. PMID:23292948

  6. Using GRADE methodology for the development of public health guidelines for the prevention and treatment of HIV and other STIs among men who have sex with men and transgender people

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Background The World Health Organization (WHO) Department of HIV/AIDS led the development of public health guidelines for delivering an evidence-based, essential package of interventions for the prevention and treatment of HIV and other sexually transmitted infections (STIs) among men who have sex with men (MSM) and transgender people in the health sector in low- and middle-income countries. The objective of this paper is to review the methodological challenges faced and solutions applied during the development of the guidelines. Methods The development of the guidelines followed the WHO guideline development process, which utilizes the GRADE approach. We identified, categorized and labeled the challenges identified in the guidelines development process and described the solutions through an interactive process of in-person and electronic communication. Results We describe how we dealt with the following challenges: (1) heterogeneous and complex interventions; (2) paucity of trial data; (3) selecting outcomes of interest; (4) using indirect evidence; (5) integrating values and preferences; (6) considering resource use; (7) addressing social and legal barriers; (8) wording of recommendations; and (9) developing global guidelines. Conclusion We were able to successfully apply the GRADE approach for developing recommendations for public health interventions. Applying the general principles of the approach while carefully considering specific challenges can enhance both the process and the outcome of guideline development. PMID:22640260

  7. Practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of skin and soft tissue infections: 2014 update by the infectious diseases society of America.

    PubMed

    Stevens, Dennis L; Bisno, Alan L; Chambers, Henry F; Dellinger, E Patchen; Goldstein, Ellie J C; Gorbach, Sherwood L; Hirschmann, Jan V; Kaplan, Sheldon L; Montoya, Jose G; Wade, James C

    2014-07-15

    A panel of national experts was convened by the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) to update the 2005 guidelines for the treatment of skin and soft tissue infections (SSTIs). The panel's recommendations were developed to be concordant with the recently published IDSA guidelines for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections. The focus of this guideline is the diagnosis and appropriate treatment of diverse SSTIs ranging from minor superficial infections to life-threatening infections such as necrotizing fasciitis. In addition, because of an increasing number of immunocompromised hosts worldwide, the guideline addresses the wide array of SSTIs that occur in this population. These guidelines emphasize the importance of clinical skills in promptly diagnosing SSTIs, identifying the pathogen, and administering effective treatments in a timely fashion. PMID:24947530

  8. Practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of skin and soft tissue infections: 2014 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America.

    PubMed

    Stevens, Dennis L; Bisno, Alan L; Chambers, Henry F; Dellinger, E Patchen; Goldstein, Ellie J C; Gorbach, Sherwood L; Hirschmann, Jan V; Kaplan, Sheldon L; Montoya, Jose G; Wade, James C

    2014-07-15

    A panel of national experts was convened by the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) to update the 2005 guidelines for the treatment of skin and soft tissue infections (SSTIs). The panel's recommendations were developed to be concordant with the recently published IDSA guidelines for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections. The focus of this guideline is the diagnosis and appropriate treatment of diverse SSTIs ranging from minor superficial infections to life-threatening infections such as necrotizing fasciitis. In addition, because of an increasing number of immunocompromised hosts worldwide, the guideline addresses the wide array of SSTIs that occur in this population. These guidelines emphasize the importance of clinical skills in promptly diagnosing SSTIs, identifying the pathogen, and administering effective treatments in a timely fashion. PMID:24973422

  9. Korean Clinical Practice Guidelines: Otitis Media in Children

    PubMed Central

    Lee, Hyo-Jeong; Park, Su-Kyoung; Choi, Kyu Young; Park, Su Eun; Chun, Young Myung; Kim, Kyu-Sung; Park, Shi-Nae; Cho, Yang-Sun; Kim, Young-Jae

    2012-01-01

    Acute otitis media (AOM) and otitis media with effusion (OME) are common infections in children, and their diagnosis and treatment have significant impacts on the health of children and the costs of providing national medical care. In 2009, the Korean Otologic Society organized a committee composed of experts in the field of otolaryngology, pediatrics, and family medicine to develop Korean clinical practice guidelines (CPG) for otitis media in children with the goal of meeting regional medical and social needs in Korea. For this purpose, the committee adapted existing guidelines. A comprehensive literature review was carried out primarily from 2004 to 2009 using medical search engines including data from Korea. A draft was written after a national questionnaire survey and several public audits, and it was editorially supervised by senior advisors before publication of the final report. These evidence-based guidelines for the management of otitis media in children provide recommendations to primary practitioners for the diagnosis and treatment of children younger than 15 yr old with uncomplicated AOM and OME. The guidelines include recommendations regarding diagnosis, treatment options, prevention and parent education, medical records, referral, and complementary/alternative medicine for treating pediatric otitis media. PMID:22876048

  10. Physical illness in patients with severe mental disorders. II. Barriers to care, monitoring and treatment guidelines, plus recommendations at the system and individual level

    PubMed Central

    DE HERT, MARC; COHEN, DAN; BOBES, JULIO; CETKOVICH-BAKMAS, MARCELO; LEUCHT, STEFAN; M. NDETEI, DAVID; W. NEWCOMER, JOHN; UWAKWE, RICHARD; ASAI, ITSUO; MÖLLER, HANS-JURGEN; GAUTAM, SHIV; DETRAUX, JOHAN; U. CORRELL, CHRISTOPH

    2011-01-01

    Physical disorders are, compared to the general population, more prevalent in people with severe mental illness (SMI). Although this excess morbidity and mortality is largely due to modifiable lifestyle risk factors, the screening and assessment of physical health aspects remains poor, even in developed countries. Moreover, specific patient, provider, treatment and system factors act as barriers to the recognition and to the management of physical diseases in people with SMI. Psychiatrists can play a pivotal role in the improvement of the physical health of these patients by expanding their task from clinical psychiatric care to the monitoring and treatment of crucial physical parameters. At a system level, actions are not easy to realize, especially for developing countries. However, at an individual level, even simple and very basic monitoring and treatment actions, undertaken by the treating clinician, can already improve the problem of suboptimal medical care in this population. Adhering to monitoring and treatment guidelines will result in a substantial enhancement of physical health outcomes. Furthermore, psychiatrists can help educate and motivate people with SMI to address their suboptimal lifestyle, including smoking, unhealthy diet and lack of exercise. The adoption of the recommendations presented in this paper across health care systems throughout the world will contribute to a significant improvement in the medical and related psychiatric health outcomes of patients with SMI. PMID:21633691

  11. The National Treatment Improvement Evaluation Study (NTIES): Profile of Clients Age 45 and Over.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Caliber Associates, Fairfax, VA.

    This paper summarizes similarities and differences between two cohorts of the National Treatment Improvement Evaluation Study (NTIES) clients, those age 45 or older and those younger than 45. Results reveal the following: Clients in the 45+ cohort were considerably more likely to be treated for problems with alcohol or with heroin, and they were…

  12. The potential impact of new National Osteoporosis Foundation guidance on treatment patterns

    Technology Transfer Automated Retrieval System (TEKTRAN)

    Little information is available on prevalence of osteoporosis risk factors or proportions of U.S. men and women who are potential candidates for treatment. The prevalence of risk factors used in the new National Osteoporosis Foundation (NOF) FRAX (trademark) based Guide to the Prevention and Treatm...

  13. Abstinence versus Harm Reduction: Considering Follow-Up and Aftercare in First Nations Addictions Treatment

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    van der Woerd, Kimberly A.; Cox, David N.; Reading, Jeff; Kmetic, Andrew

    2010-01-01

    Research on alcohol and substance use in First Nations populations frequently describes the nature of the problem, and the severity of the risk factors, but seldom addresses possible interventions and the effectiveness of the treatments that clients do engage in. This paper reviews a participatory evaluation of the 6-week residential "Namgis…

  14. The 2013 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines for the treatment of dyslipidemia: mind the gaps!

    PubMed

    Athyros, Vasilios G; Katsiki, Niki; Karagiannis, Asterios; Mikhailidis, Dimitri P

    2014-09-01

    Abstract The ACC/AHA lipid guidelines need to be reconsidered before full implementation. A new cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk estimation, preferably based in interventional multiethnic studies, will be ideal. Specific LDL-C targets may also be necessary because there are data pointing out that they are useful and pragmatic. The risk/benefit ratio should be a key issue because medicine is all about this concept (Hippocrates 460 - c. 370 BC: "first do not harm"; and then in the Hippocratic Oath: "I will follow that system of regimen which, according to my ability and judgment, I consider for the benefit of my patients, and abstain from whatever is deleterious and mischievous"). PMID:24827374

  15. National Institute on Aging–Alzheimer’s Association guidelines for the neuropathologic assessment of Alzheimer’s disease

    PubMed Central

    Hyman, Bradley T.; Phelps, Creighton H.; Beach, Thomas G.; Bigio, Eileen H.; Cairns, Nigel J.; Carrillo, Maria C.; Dickson, Dennis W.; Duyckaerts, Charles; Frosch, Matthew P.; Masliah, Eliezer; Mirra, Suzanne S.; Nelson, Peter T.; Schneider, Julie A.; Thal, Dietmar Rudolf; Thies, Bill; Trojanowski, John Q.; Vinters, Harry V.; Montine, Thomas J.

    2011-01-01

    The current consensus criteria for the neuropathologic diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease (AD), known as the National Institute on Aging/Reagan Institute of the Alzheimer Association Consensus Recommendations for the Postmortem Diagnosis of AD or NIA-Reagan Criteria [1], were published in 1997 (hereafter referred to as “1997 Criteria”). Knowledge of AD and the tools used for clinical investigation of cognitive impairment and dementia have advanced substantially since then and have prompted this update on the neuropathologic assessment of AD. PMID:22265587

  16. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the treatment of blood cholesterol to reduce atherosclerotic cardiovascular risk in adults: A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association task force on practice guidelines

    Technology Transfer Automated Retrieval System (TEKTRAN)

    This guideline is based on the Full Panel Report which is provided as a data supplement to the guideline. The Full Panel Report contains background and additional material related to content, methodology, evidence synthesis, rationale and references and is supported by the NHLBI Systematic Evidence ...

  17. Curricular Guidelines for Endodontics.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Journal of Dental Education, 1981

    1981-01-01

    Guidelines developed by the Section on Endodontics of the American Association of Dental Schools for use by educational institutions as curriculum development aids are provided. Endodontics is that branch of dentistry dealing with diagnosis and treatment of oral conditions that arise as a result of pathoses of dental pulp. (MLW)

  18. Guidelines on Urolithiasis1

    Microsoft Academic Search

    H.-G. Tiselius; D. Ackermann; P. Alken; C. Buck; P. Conort; M. Gallucci

    2001-01-01

    Objectives: A project was initiated by the Health Care Office of the European Association of Urology in order to formulate common recommendations and guidelines for the treatment of patients with urolithiasis. The basic task for the working group therefore was to extract and evaluate evidence from the literature in order to reach a consensus on how these patients could best

  19. The 1996 meeting of the national technical workgroup on mixed waste thermal treatment

    SciTech Connect

    NONE

    1996-12-31

    The National Technical Workgroup on Mixed Waste Thermal Treatment held its annual meeting in Atlanta Georgia on March 12-14, 1996. The National Technical Workgroup (NTW) and this meeting were sponsored under an interagency agreement between EPA and DOE. The 1996 Annual Meeting was hosted by US DOE Oak Ridge Operations in conjunction with Lockheed Martin Energy Systems - Center for Waste Management. A new feature of the annual meeting was the Permit Writer Panel Session which provided an opportunity for the state and federal permit writers to discuss issues and potential solutions to permitting mixed waste treatment systems. In addition, there was substantial discussion on the impacts of the Waste Combustion Performance Standards on mixed waste thermal treatment which are expected to proposed very soon. The 1996 meeting also focussed on two draft technical resource documents produced by NTW on Waste Analysis Plans and Compliance Test Procedures. Issues discussed included public involvement, waste characterization, and emission issues.

  20. The National Criminal Justice Treatment Practices survey: Multilevel survey methods and procedures?

    PubMed Central

    Taxman, Faye S.; Young, Douglas W.; Wiersema, Brian; Rhodes, Anne; Mitchell, Suzanne

    2007-01-01

    The National Criminal Justice Treatment Practices (NCJTP) survey provides a comprehensive inquiry into the nature of programs and services provided to adult and juvenile offenders involved in the justice system in the United States. The multilevel survey design covers topics such as the mission and goals of correctional and treatment programs; organizational climate and culture for providing services; organizational capacity and needs; opinions of administrators and staff regarding rehabilitation, punishment, and services provided to offenders; treatment policies and procedures; and working relationships between correctional and other agencies. The methodology generates national estimates of the availability of programs and services for offenders. This article details the methodology and sampling frame for the NCJTP survey, response rates, and survey procedures. Prevalence estimates of juvenile and adult offenders under correctional control are provided with externally validated comparisons to illustrate the veracity of the methodology. Limitations of the survey methods are also discussed. PMID:17383548

  1. Gender, Acculturation, and Other Barriers to Alcohol Treatment Utilization among Latinos in Three National Alcohol Surveys

    PubMed Central

    Zemore, Sarah E.; Mulia, Nina; Ye, Yu; Borges, Guilherme; Greenfield, Thomas K.

    2009-01-01

    This study, using 3 waves of U.S. National Alcohol Surveys (1995-2005), examines lifetime alcohol treatment utilization and perceived treatment barriers among Latinos. The sample included 4204 Latinos (2178 women, 2024 men); data were weighted. Analyses were linear and logistic regressions. Controlling for survey year, severity, and other covariates, male gender and English language interview predicted higher utilization generally and AA use specifically; English interview was also associated with institutional treatment. (Effects for gender on general utilization were marginal.) Other predictors of utilization included older age, lower education, greater social pressures, greater legal consequences, greater dependence symptoms, and public insurance. Whereas men and women differed little on perceived barriers, analyses showed greater barriers among Spanish (vs. English) interviewees. Latina women's underutilization of alcohol treatment requires further research, but may be partially explained by stigma. Associations between language of interview and treatment utilization imply a need for outreach and culturally sensitive programming. PMID:19004599

  2. Behavioral Treatment of Drooling: A Methodological Critique of the Literature with Clinical Guidelines and Suggestions for Future Research

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Van der Burg, Jan J. W.; Didden, Robert; Jongerius, Peter H.; Rotteveel, Jan J.

    2007-01-01

    Many children with mental retardation and developmental disabilities suffer from the consequences of chronic drooling. Behavioral treatment for drooling should be considered before other, more intrusive treatments such as medication and surgery are implemented. However, empirical studies on behavioral procedures are scarce. This article reviews 19…

  3. Chromium-picolinate therapy in diabetes care: molecular and subcellular profiling revealed a necessity for individual outcome prediction, personalised treatment algorithms & new guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Yeghiazaryan, Kristina; Peeva, Viktoriya; Shenoy, Aparna; Schild, Hans H.; Golubnitschaja, Olga

    2013-01-01

    Aims Global figures clearly demonstrate inadequacy of current diabetes care: every 10 seconds one patient dies of diabetes-related pathologies. Nephropathy is the leading secondary complication of the disease. Nutritional supplement by chromium-picolinate is assumed to have beneficial therapeutic effects. However, potential toxic effects reported increase concerns about safety of chromium-picolinate. The experimental design aimed at determining, whether the treatment with clinically relevant doses of chromium-picolinate can harm through DNA damage and extensive alterations in central detoxification / cell-cycle regulating pathways in treatment of diabetes. Methods Well-acknowledged animal model of db/db-mice and clinically relevant doses of chromium-picolinate were used. As an index of DNA-damage, measurement of DNA-breaks was performed using “Comet Assay”-analysis. Individual and group-specific expression patterns of SOD-1 and P53 were evaluated to give a clue about central detoxification and cell-cycle regulating pathways under treatment conditions. The study was performed in a double-blind manner. Results Experimental data revealed highly individual reaction under treatment conditions. However, group-specific patterns were monitored: highest amount of damaged DNA - under the longest treatment with high doses, in contrast to groups with low doses of chromium-picolinate. Comet patterns were intermediate between untreated diabetized and control animals. Expression patterns demonstrated a correlation with subcellular imaging and dosage-dependent suppression under chromium-picolinate treatment. Conclusions This article highlights possible risks for individual long-term effects, when chromium-picolinate is used freely as a therapeutic nutritional modality agent without application of advanced diagnostic tools to predict risks and individual outcomes. Targeted measures require a creation of new guidelines for advanced Diabetes care. PMID:21470100

  4. GUIDELINES FOR CARCINOGEN RISK ASSESSMENT (1986)

    EPA Science Inventory

    In 1983, the National Academy of Sciences (NAS)/National Research Council (NRC) published its report entitled Risk Assessment in the Federal Government: Managing the Process. In that report, the NRC recommended that Federal regulatory agencies establish "inference guidelines" to ...

  5. The Need for Evidence Based Nutritional Guidelines for Pediatric Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia Patients: Acute and Long-Term Following Treatment

    PubMed Central

    Owens, Joyce L.; Hanson, Sheila J.; McArthur, Jennifer A.; Mikhailov, Theresa A.

    2013-01-01

    High survival rates for pediatric leukemia are very promising. With regard to treatment, children tend to be able to withstand a more aggressive treatment protocol than adults. The differences in both treatment modalities and outcomes between children and adults make extrapolation of adult studies to children inappropriate. The higher success is associated with a significant number of children experiencing nutrition-related adverse effects both in the short and long term after treatment. Specific treatment protocols have been shown to deplete nutrient levels, in particular antioxidants. The optimal nutrition prescription during, after and long-term following cancer treatment is unknown. This review article will provide an overview of the known physiologic processes of pediatric leukemia and how they contribute to the complexity of performing nutritional assessment in this population. It will also discuss known nutrition-related consequences, both short and long term in pediatric leukemia patients. Since specific antioxidants have been shown to be depleted as a consequence of therapy, the role of oxidative stress in the pediatric leukemia population will also be explored. More pediatric studies are needed to develop evidence based therapeutic interventions for nutritional complications of leukemia and its treatment. PMID:24177709

  6. Barriers to Mental Health Treatment: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R)

    PubMed Central

    Mojtabai, Ramin; Olfson, Mark; Sampson, Nancy A.; Jin, Robert; Druss, Benjamin; Wang, Philip S.; Wells, Kenneth B.; Pincus, Harold A.; Kessler, Ronald C.

    2010-01-01

    Background To examine barriers to initiation and continuation of treatment among individuals with common mental disorders in the US general population. Methods Respondents in the National Comorbidity Survey-Replication with common 12-month DSM-IV mood, anxiety, substance, impulse control and childhood disorders were asked about perceived need for treatment, structural barriers, and attitudinal/evaluative barriers to initiation and continuation of treatment. Results Low perceived need was reported by 44.8% of respondents with a disorder who did not seek treatment. Desire to handle the problem on one's own was the most common reason among respondents with perceived need both for not seeking treatment (72.6%) and for dropping out of treatment (42.2%). Attitudinal/evaluative factors were much more important than structural barriers both to initiating (97.4% vs. 22.2%) and to continuing (81.9% vs. 31.8%) of treatment. Reasons for not seeking treatment varied with illness severity. Low perceived need was a more common reason for not seeking treatment among individuals with mild (57.0%) than moderate (39.3%) or severe (25.9%) disorders, whereas structural and attitudinal/evaluative barriers were more common among respondents with more severe conditions. Conclusions Low perceived need and attitudinal/evaluative barriers are the major barriers to treatment seeking and staying in treatment among individuals with common mental disorders. Efforts to increase treatment seeking and reduce treatment dropout need to take these barriers into consideration as well as to recognize that barriers differ as a function of socio-demographic and clinical characteristics. PMID:21134315

  7. Guideline-based survey of outpatient COPD management by pulmonary specialists in Germany

    PubMed Central

    Glaab, Thomas; Vogelmeier, Claus; Hellmann, Andreas; Buhl, Roland

    2012-01-01

    Background Little is known about the role of guidelines for the practical management of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) by office-based pulmonary specialists. The aim of this study was to assess their outpatient management in relation to current guideline recommendations for COPD. Methods A nationwide prospective cross-sectional COPD questionnaire survey in the form of a multiple-choice questionnaire was sent to 1000 office-based respiratory specialists in Germany. The product-neutral questions focused on routine COPD management and were based on current national and international COPD guideline recommendations being consistent in severity classification and treatment recommendations. Results A total of 590 pulmonary specialists (59%) participated in the survey. Body plethysmography was considered the standard for diagnosis (65.9%), followed by spirometry (32%). Most respondents were able to cite the correct spirometric criteria for classifying moderate (87%) to very severe COPD (77%). A quarter of the respondents equated the World Health Organization (WHO) definition of chronic bronchitis with COPD. Notably, most participants preferred the updated national COPD guidelines (51.4%) to the Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) guidelines (40.2%). Improvement of functional exercise capacity and quality of life were considered the two most relevant treatment goals; whereas impact on mortality was secondary. Treatment of COPD largely complied with the guidelines. However, a significant percentage of the pulmonary specialists differed in their assessment of the benefits of various therapeutic measures from evidence-based results. Referral for pulmonary rehabilitation was uncommon, regardless of the severity of COPD. Conclusion The findings of this large national survey suggest that most pulmonary specialists adhere to the current COPD guideline recommendations in daily practice. However, physicians’ knowledge of guidelines is not sufficient as the sole benchmark when assessing their implementation in day-to-day practice. Necessary changes in the health care system must include more effective ways to transfer knowledge to clinical practice and to give access to interventions of proven clinical benefit. PMID:22371651

  8. COASTAL GUIDELINES

    EPA Science Inventory

    Resource Purpose: Developed to support effluent guidelines for the coastal subcategory of the oil and gas extraction industry. Data were used to develop environmental impacts, potential regulatory limits, and the cost of regulation. Legislation/Enabling Authority: ...

  9. Are recommendations for psychological treatment of borderline personality disorder in current U.K. guidelines justified? Systematic review and subgroup analysis.

    PubMed

    Omar, Hussein; Tejerina-Arreal, Maria; Crawford, Mike J

    2014-08-01

    Current U.K. guidelines on the management of borderline personality disorder include specific recommendations about the duration of therapy and number of sessions per week that patients should be offered. However, very little research has been conducted to examine the impact of these aspects of treatment process on patient outcomes. We therefore undertook a systematic review to examine the impact of treatment duration, number of sessions per week and access group-based therapy on general mental health, depression, social functioning and deliberate self-harm. We identified 25 randomized trials for possible inclusion in the review. However, differences in outcome measures used meant that only 12 studies could be included in the analysis. Statistically significant reductions in self-harm and depression and improvement in social functioning were found for treatments that include more than one session per week and those that included group-based sessions but were not found for those that deliver in individual sessions or one or fewer sessions per week. Longer term outcomes of short-term interventions have not been examined. Further research is needed to examine the impact of shorter term interventions and to compare the effects of group-based versus individual therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. PMID:24990645

  10. NICE guidelines, clinical practice and antisocial personality disorder: the ethical implications of ontological uncertainty

    Microsoft Academic Search

    M D Pickersgill

    2009-01-01

    The British National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) has recently (28 January 2009) released new guidelines for the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of the psychiatric category antisocial personality disorder (ASPD). Evident in these recommendations is a broader ambiguity regarding the ontology of ASPD. Although, perhaps, a mundane feature of much of medicine, in this case, ontological uncertainty has

  11. Physiotherapy management of low back pain: does practice match the Dutch guidelines?

    Microsoft Academic Search

    I. C. S. Swinkels; C. H. M. van den Ende; W. van den Bosch; J. Dekker; R. H. Wimmers

    2005-01-01

    The purpose of this study is to explore adherence by Dutch physiotherapists to the physiotherapists’ guideline for non-specific low back pain. For this study data from the National Information Service for Allied Health Care were used. This is a registration network that continuously collects information about physiotherapy patients and their treatment episodes. Within this network, adherence to the low back

  12. Physiotherapy management of low back pain: does practice match the Dutch guidelines?

    Microsoft Academic Search

    I. C. Swinkels; C. H. M. van den Ende; W. J. H. M. van den Bosch; J. Dekker; R. H. Wimmers

    2005-01-01

    The purpose of this study is to explore adherence by Dutch physiotherapists to the physiotherapists' guideline for non-specific low back pain. For this study data from the National Information Service for Allied Health Care were used. This is a registration network that continuously collects information about physiotherapy patients and their treatment episodes. Within this network, adherence to the low back

  13. Atmospherically deposited PBDEs, pesticides, PCBs, and PAHs in western U.S. National Park fish: Concentrations and consumption guidelines

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Ackerman, L.K.; Schwindt, A.R.; Simonich, S.L.M.; Koch, D.C.; Blett, T.F.; Schreck, C.B.; Kent, M.L.; Landers, D.H.

    2008-01-01

    Concentrations of polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs), pesticides, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons were measured in 136 fish from 14 remote lakes in 8 western U.S. National Parks/Preserves between 2003 and 2005 and compared to human and wildlife contaminant health thresholds. A sensitive (median detection limit, -18 pg/g wet weight), efficient (61% recovery at 8 ng/g), reproducible (4.1% relative standard deviation (RSD)), and accurate (7% deviation from standard reference material (SRM)) analytical method was developed and validated for these analyses. Concentrations of PCBs, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclohexanes, DDTs, and chlordanes in western U.S. fish were comparable to or lower than mountain fish recently collected from Europe, Canada, and Asia. Dieldrin and PBDE concentrations were higher than recent measurements in mountain fish and Pacific Ocean salmon. Concentrations of most contaminants in western U.S. fish were 1-6 orders of magnitude below calculated recreational fishing contaminant health thresholds. However, lake average contaminant concentrations in fish exceeded subsistence fishing cancer thresholds in 8 of 14 lakes and wildlife contaminant health thresholds for piscivorous birds in 1of 14 lakes. These results indicate that atmospherically deposited organic contaminants can accumulate in high elevation fish, reaching concentrations relevant to human and wildlife health. ?? 2008 American Chemical Society.

  14. Atmospherically Deposited PBDEs, Pesticides, PCBs, and PAHs in Western US National Park Fish: Concentrations and Consumption Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Ackerman, Luke K.; Schwindt, Adam R.; Simonich, Staci L.; Koch, Dan C.; Blett, Tamara F.; Schreck, Carl B.; Kent, Michael L.; Landers, Dixon H.

    2014-01-01

    Concentrations of polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs), pesticides, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons were measured in 136 fish from 14 remote lakes in 8 western US National Parks/Preserves between 2003 and 2005 and compared to human and wildlife contaminant health thresholds. A sensitive (median detection limit ?18 pg/g wet weight), efficient (61% recovery at 8 ng/g), reproducible (4.1 %RSD), and accurate (7 % deviation from SRM) analytical method was developed and validated for these analyses. Concentrations of PCBs, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclohexanes, DDTs and chlordanes in western US fish were comparable to or lower than mountain fish recently collected from Europe, Canada, and Asia. Dieldrin and PBDE concentrations were higher than recent measurements in mountain fish and Pacific Ocean salmon. Concentrations of most contaminants in western US fish were 1–6 orders of magnitude below calculated recreational fishing contaminant health thresholds. However, contaminant concentrations exceeded subsistence fishing cancer screening values in 8 of 14 lakes. Average contaminant concentrations in fish exceeded wildlife contaminant health thresholds for piscivorous mammals in 5 lakes, and piscivorous birds in all 14 lakes. These results indicate that atmospherically deposited organic contaminants can accumulate in high elevation fish, reaching concentrations relevant to human and wildlife health. PMID:18504962

  15. Implementing Thrombosis Guidelines in Cancer Patients: A Review

    PubMed Central

    Farge-Bancel, Dominique; Bounameaux, Henri; Brenner, Benjamin; Büller, Harry R.; Kakkar, Ajay; Pabinger, Ingrid; Streiff, Michael; Debourdeau, Philippe

    2014-01-01

    Venous thromboembolism is a frequent and serious complication in patients with cancer. It is an independent prognostic factor of death in cancer patients and the second leading cause of death, but physicians often underestimate its importance, as well as the need for adequate prevention and treatment. Management of venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer requires the coordinated efforts of a wide range of clinicians, highlighting the importance of a multidisciplinary approach. However, a lack of consensus among various national and international clinical practice guidelines has contributed to knowledge and practice gaps among practitioners, and inconsistent approaches to venous thromboembolism. The 2013 international guidelines for thrombosis in cancer have sought to address these gaps by critically re-evaluating the evidence coming from clinical trials and synthesizing a number of guidelines documents. An individualized approach to prophylaxis is recommended for all patients. PMID:25386357

  16. FY 1995 separation studies for liquid low-level waste treatment at Oak Ridge National Laboratory

    SciTech Connect

    Bostick, D.T.; Arnold, W.D.; Burgess, M.W. [and others

    1995-01-01

    During FY 1995, studies were continued to develop improved methods for centralized treatment of liquid low-level waste (LLLW) at Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL). Focus in this reporting period was on (1) identifying the parameters that affect the selective removal of {sup 90}Sr and {sup 137}Cs, two of the principal radioactive contaminants expected in the waste; (2) validating the effectiveness of the treatment methods by testing an ac Melton Valley Storage Tank (MVST) supernate; (3) evaluating the optimum solid/liquid separation techniques for the waste; (4) identifying potential treatment methods for removal of technetium from LLLW; and (5) identifying potential methods for stabilizing the high-activity secondary solid wastes generated by the treatment.

  17. Practice guidelines for the treatment of hepatitis C: recommendations from an AISF/SIMIT/SIMAST Expert Opinion Meeting.

    PubMed

    2010-02-01

    It is increasingly clear that a tailored therapeutic approach to patients with hepatitis C virus infection is needed. Success rates in difficult to treat and low-responsive hepatitis C virus patients are not completely satisfactory, and there is the need to optimise treatment duration and intensity in patients with the highest likelihood of response. In addition, the management of special patient categories originally excluded from phase III registration trials needs to be critically re-evaluated. This article reports the recommendations for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection on an individual basis, drafted by experts of three scientific societies. PMID:19748329

  18. Evidence-based pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder: a revision of the 2005 guidelines from the British Association for Psychopharmacology.

    PubMed

    Baldwin, David S; Anderson, Ian M; Nutt, David J; Allgulander, Christer; Bandelow, Borwin; den Boer, Johan A; Christmas, David M; Davies, Simon; Fineberg, Naomi; Lidbetter, Nicky; Malizia, Andrea; McCrone, Paul; Nabarro, Daniel; O'Neill, Catherine; Scott, Jan; van der Wee, Nic; Wittchen, Hans-Ulrich

    2014-05-01

    This revision of the 2005 British Association for Psychopharmacology guidelines for the evidence-based pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders provides an update on key steps in diagnosis and clinical management, including recognition, acute treatment, longer-term treatment, combination treatment, and further approaches for patients who have not responded to first-line interventions. A consensus meeting involving international experts in anxiety disorders reviewed the main subject areas and considered the strength of supporting evidence and its clinical implications. The guidelines are based on available evidence, were constructed after extensive feedback from participants, and are presented as recommendations to aid clinical decision-making in primary, secondary and tertiary medical care. They may also serve as a source of information for patients, their carers, and medicines management and formulary committees. PMID:24713617

  19. Guidelines for use of fishes in research

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Use of Fishes in Research Committee (joint committee of the American Fisheries Society, the American Institute of Fishery Research Biologists, and the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists)

    2014-01-01

    The 2004 and 2014 Guidelines were developed to provide a structure that advances appropriate attention toward valid experimental designs and procedures with aquatic animals while ensuring humane treatment of the experimental subjects. At a practical level, the Guidelines are intended to provide general recommendations on field and laboratory endeavors, such as sampling, holding, and handling fishes; to offer information on administrative matters, including regulations and permits; and to address typical ethical concerns, such as perceptions of pain or discomfort experienced by experimental subjects. These Guidelines must be recognized as guidelines. They are not intended to provide detailed instructions but rather to alert investigators to a broad array of topics and concerns to consider prior to initiating study. At a comprehensive level, the principles upon which these Guidelines are based are broadly applicable, and many of the described practices and approaches can be adapted to situations involving other aquatic animal species and conditions. Understanding the differences between fishes and other vertebrates, especially mammals, is critically important to conducting scientifically sound research with fishes. Disparities in life histories and mortality rates in fishes versus other vertebrates are critical in designing sustainable sampling levels in fish populations. The UFR Committee points out that (1) compared to mammalian populations, adult populations of many fish species persist despite very high natural mortality rates in juvenile stages by virtue of the fact that most species lay thousands or tens of thousands of eggs; (2) because of these mortality patterns, research on fishes, especially field research or research on early life stages, can involve, and often requires, much larger numbers of research subjects than does research on mammals; and (3) the animal handling and husbandry requirements for fishes are fundamentally different from those for mammals and other vertebrates, in general. Policies, regulations, and recommendations developed for research on mammals, birds, reptiles, or even amphibians are frequently inappropriate for research with fishes. The Guidelines also address some of the ethical concerns that motivate guidelines used for research with other vertebrates, while being mindful of the unique physiology and general nature of fishes. The Guidelines were developed for general use by investigators within the United States; therefore, the roles, responsibilities, and informational needs of Institutional Animal Care and Use Committees (IACUCs) were given specific attention. All United States institutions that use vertebrate animals for research, teaching, research training, and biological testing are required to create an IACUC to oversee and evaluate all aspects of the institution’s animal care and use program. Investigators from other nations who read this document may disregard specific references to U.S. state and federal laws and regulations, as their institutional infrastructure and processes may differ from those of an internal committee such as IACUCs. The principles described herein, however, are applicable to research on fishes regardless of geographic location. Investigators in other nations may benefit by modifying any of the specific provisions pertaining to the United States, thereby adopting guidelines consistent with the laws and regulations of their own government. The UFR Committee urges that the Guidelines be endorsed and adopted (adapted, where necessary) by those state and federal authorities with regulatory responsibilities for fishes, offices with federal oversight (e.g., National Institutes of Health, Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare; http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/olaw.htm) as well as by universities and other institutions and authorities using fishes and aquatic animals within their research and teaching programs.

  20. Guidelines for Guidelines: Are They Up to the Task? A Comparative Assessment of Clinical Practice Guideline Development Handbooks

    PubMed Central

    Ansari, Shabnam; Rashidian, Arash

    2012-01-01

    Objectives We conducted a comparative review of clinical practice guideline development handbooks. We aimed to identify the main guideline development tasks, assign weights to the importance of each task using expert opinions and identify the handbooks that provided a comprehensive coverage of the tasks. Methods We systematically searched and included handbooks published (in English language) by national, international or professional bodies responsible for evidenced-based guideline development. We reviewed the handbooks to identify the main guideline development tasks and scored each handbook for each task from 0 (the handbook did not mention the task) to 2 (the task suitably addressed and explained), and calculated a weighted score for each handbook. The tasks included in over 75% of the handbooks were considered as ‘necessary’ tasks. Result Nineteen guideline development handbooks and twenty seven main tasks were identified. The guideline handbooks’ weighted scores ranged from 100 to 220. Four handbooks scored over 80% of the maximum possible score, developed by the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence, Swiss Centre for International Health, Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network and World Health Organization. Necessary tasks were: selecting the guideline topic, determining the guideline scope, identifying relevant existing guidelines, involving the consumers, forming guideline development group,, developing clinical questions, systematic search for evidence, selecting relevant evidence, appraising identifies research evidence, making group decision, grading available evidence, creating recommendations, final stakeholder consultation, guideline implementation strategies, updating recommendations and correcting potential errors. Discussion Adequate details for evidence based development of guidelines were still lacking from many handbooks. The tasks relevant to ethical issues and piloting were missing in most handbooks. The findings help decision makers in identifying the necessary tasks for guideline development, provide an updated comparative list of guideline development handbooks, and provide a checklist to assess the comprehensiveness of guideline development processes. PMID:23189167

  1. Ego Deficiencies in the Areas of Pleasure, Intimacy, and Cooperation: Guidelines in the Diagnosis and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Levay, Alexander N.; Kagle, Arlene

    1977-01-01

    Psychopathology, in the form of a deficiency in ego functions of pleasure, intimacy, or cooperation, is usually associated with sexual dysfunctions that prove refractory to sex therapy techniques alone. Each deficiency forms a distinct clinical syndrome with specific treatment requirements, necessitating further diagnostic subcategorization of…

  2. Can genotype be used to tailor treatment of obesity? State of the art and guidelines for future studies and applications

    Technology Transfer Automated Retrieval System (TEKTRAN)

    Current treatments for losing weight based mainly on diet and exercise are, in general, unsuccessful. So, as an alternative to the general strategy of one-size-fits-all, a more individualized approach is proposed through the so-called Personalized Medicine in which genotype data are used to personal...

  3. Section 1. EPR-3 versus GINA 2008 Guidelines - Asthma Control and Step 3 Care: Highlights of the Asthma Summit 2009: Beyond the Guidelines

    PubMed Central

    2010-01-01

    Recent updates to asthma guidelines from the Global Initiative for Asthma (GINA) and the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program (Expert Panel Report 3, EPR-3) share many similarities, reflecting a focus on asthma control based on clinical manifestations of disease and responsiveness to therapy. Both documents build upon the recommendations of former guidelines utilizing evidence-based review of the published literature to revise algorithms for practice. A major difference between the 2 reports is the preferred treatment at Step 3. The GINA guidelines recommend a combination of low-dose inhaled corticosteroid (ICS) plus long-acting ?-agonist (LABA), whereas the EPR-3 advises either monotherapy with medium-dose ICS or the low-dose ICS + LABA combination. Both approaches are supported by clinical experience and Level A evidence. The option of personalized therapy is a point of discussion for future guidelines. PMID:24228815

  4. Factors associated with treatment of women with osteoporosis or osteopenia from a national survey

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Background Health outcomes could be improved if women at high risk for osteoporotic fracture were matched to effective treatment. This study determined the extent to which treatment for osteoporosis/osteopenia corresponded to the presence of specific risk factors for osteoporotic fracture. Methods This retrospective analysis of the United States 2007 National Health and Wellness Survey included women age ? 40 years who reported having a diagnosis of osteoporosis (69% of 3276) or osteopenia (31% of 3276). Patients were stratified by whether they were or were not taking prescription treatment for osteoporosis/osteopenia. Using 34 patient characteristics as covariates, logistic regression was used to determine factors associated with treatment. Results Current prescription treatment was reported by 1800 of 3276 (54.9%) women with osteoporosis/osteopenia. The following factors were associated with receiving prescription treatment: patient-reported diagnosis of osteoporosis (versus osteopenia); previous bone mineral density test; ? 2 fractures since age 50; older age; lower body mass index; better physical functioning; postmenopausal status; family history of osteoporosis; fewer comorbidities; prescription insurance coverage; higher total prescription count; higher ratio of prescription costs to monthly income; higher income; single status; previous visit to a rheumatologist or gynecologist; and 1 or 2 outpatient visits to healthcare provider (vs. none) in the prior 6 months. Glucocorticoid, tobacco, and daily alcohol use were risk factors for fracture that were not associated with treatment. Conclusions There is a mismatch between those women who could benefit from treatment for osteoporosis and those who are actually treated. For example, self-reported use of glucocorticoids, tobacco, and alcohol were not associated with prescription treatment of osteoporosis. Other clinical and socioeconomic factors were associated with treatment (e.g. prescription drug coverage and higher income) or not (e.g. comorbid osteoarthritis and anxiety) and could be opportunities to improve care. PMID:22225919

  5. Saudi Guidelines on the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension: Perioperative management in patients with pulmonary hypertension

    PubMed Central

    Tonelli, Adriano R.; Minai, Omar A.

    2014-01-01

    Patients with pulmonary hypertension (PH) are being encountered more commonly in the perioperative period and this trend is likely to increase as improvements in the recognition, management, and treatment of the disease continue to occur. Management of these patients is challenging due to their tenuous hemodynamic status. Recent advances in the understanding of the patho-physiology, risk factors, monitoring, and treatment of the disease provide an opportunity to reduce the morbidity and mortality associated with PH in the peri-operative period. Management of these patients requires a multi-disciplinary approach and meticulous care that is best provided in centers with vast experience in PH. In this review, we provide a detailed discussion about oerioperative strategies in PH patients, and give evidence-based recommendations, when applicable. PMID:25077004

  6. Saudi Guidelines on the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension: Challenges in managing pulmonary hypertension in the developing countries

    PubMed Central

    Bhagavatula, Sastry K S; Idrees, Majdy M.

    2014-01-01

    There is scant published data about pulmonary hypertension (PH) from the developing countries. True prevalence of the disease, its biology, etiology and response to treatment are not well known, and they are likely to be somewhat different from that of the developed countries. In this review, we will discuss the main challenges for managing PH in developing countries and propose real-life recommendations to deal with such difficulties. PMID:25076991

  7. Protocol Development — Guidelines Regarding the Inclusion of Pregnant and Breast-Feeding Women on Cancer Clinical Treatment Trials

    Cancer.gov

    Pregnant women may not be arbitrarily excluded from participation in clinical cancer treatment trials. Exclusion of pregnant women from a particular trial must be based on a clear and compelling rationale or justification that shows that inclusion is inappropriate with respect to the health of the subjects or the purpose of the research, or other circumstances that offer a clear and compelling reason for exclusion.

  8. Version 1.2014, 12/20/13 National Comprehensive Cancer Network, Inc. 2013, All rights reserved. The NCCN Guidelines and this illustration may not be reproduced in any form without the express written permission of NCCN . NCCN Guidelines Index

    E-print Network

    Kay, Mark A.

    permission of NCCN . ®® NCCN Guidelines Index NHL Table of Contents Discussion MFSS-1 DIAGNOSIS WORKUP diagnosis) · · · · · · · a,b,c a > > > > TCR-C M1 Assessment of HTLV-1 serology in at- risk populations 2A unless otherwise indicated. Clinical Trials: NCCN believes that the best management of any cancer

  9. Version 1.2014, 12/20/13 National Comprehensive Cancer Network, Inc. 2013, All rights reserved. The NCCN Guidelines and this illustration may not be reproduced in any form without the express written permission of NCCN . NCCN Guidelines Index

    E-print Network

    Kay, Mark A.

    permission of NCCN . ®® NCCN Guidelines Index NHL Table of Contents Discussion Note: All recommendations are category 2A unless otherwise indicated. Clinical Trials: NCCN believes that the best management of any+/- cytoplasmic kappa+ or lambda+ in about 40%. Hepatitis B testing is indicated because of the risk

  10. Evidence-based treatment for opioid disorders: a 23-year national study of methadone dose levels.

    PubMed

    D'Aunno, Thomas; Pollack, Harold A; Frimpong, Jemima A; Wuchiett, David

    2014-10-01

    Effective treatment for patients with opioid use problems is as critical as ever given the upsurge in heroin and prescription opioid abuse. Yet, results from prior studies show that the majority of methadone maintenance treatment (MMT) programs in the US have not provided dose levels that meet evidence-based standards. Thus, this paper examines the extent to which US MMT programs have made changes in the past 23 years to provide adequate methadone doses; we also identify factors associated with variation in program performance. Program directors and clinical supervisors of nationally-representative methadone treatment programs were surveyed in 1988 (n=172), 1990 (n=140), 1995 (n=116), 2000 (n=150), 2005 (n=146), and 2011 (n=140). Results show that the proportion of patients who received doses below 60 mg/day-the minimum recommended-declined from 79.5 to 22.8% in a 23-year span. Results from random effects models show that programs that serve a higher proportion of African-American or Hispanic patients were more likely to report low-dose care. Programs with Joint Commission accreditation were more likely to provide higher doses, as were a program that serves a higher proportion of unemployed and older patients. Efforts to improve methadone treatment practices have made substantial progress, but 23% of patients across the nation are still receiving doses that are too low to be effective. PMID:25012549

  11. Management of snakebite cases by national treatment protocol at Jalpaiguri District Hospital in West Bengal in the year 2010--a retrospective study.

    PubMed

    Ghosh, Manab Kumar

    2011-08-01

    Snakebite remains a public health problem in India, occurring most frequently in the summer and rainy seasons. Bites are maximal in lower limbs. Victims are typically male and between 17 and 27 years of age. Children and the elderly have higher mortality. The worst affected states are Kerala, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Orissa, Assam and West Bengal. There was no uniform guideline for treatment of snakebite cases. The five common venomous Indian snakes biting humans are common cobra, krait, Russell's viper, saw scaled viper and the hump nose pit viper. Seventy per cent of all snakebites are non-venomous. Even in bites by venomous snakes, envenomation occurs in only 50% of cases. Immobilisation is much more important than tight ligature, which may cause gangrene. Only a minority need antivenom, which is expensive, short in supply and may cause severe reaction. Antivenom treatment is recommended on the basis of local and systemic signs and symptoms and 20 minutes whole blood clotting test (20WBCT). Delay in starting AVS treatment is the main cause of mortality and morbidity. Skin test is of no value. But antivenom should not be used unless specifically indicated. The "Do it RIGHT" approach of national treatment protocol indicates the initial steps to be taken before reaching a hospital or primary healthcare facility. And it resulted in a 66% decline in the amount of ASV administration and an absolute reduction of mortality by 24%. However first aid treatment of the bitten limb/area with broad-spectrum antibiotics, injection tetanus antitoxin and Supportive treatment with blood transfusion, ventilatory support, anticholinesterase and peritoneal dialysis may also be required. PMID:22315862

  12. Site Specific Landfill CH4 Emissions: Shortcomings of National GHG Inventory Guidelines and a New Process-Based Approach Linked to Climate and Soil Microclimate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bogner, J. E.; Spokas, K.; Corcoran, M.

    2012-12-01

    Current (2006) IPCC national GHG inventory guidelines for landfill CH4, which estimate CH4 generation from the mass of waste in place, have high uncertainties, cannot be reliably related to measured emissions at specific sites, and lack comprehensive field validation. Moreover, measured landfill CH4 emissions vary over a wide range from >1000 g/m2/d down to negative values (uptake of atmospheric CH4). Literature over the last decade has emphasized that the major factors controlling emissions in these highly managed soil systems are gaseous transport rates as affected by the thickness and physical properties of cover soils, methanotrophic CH4 oxidation in cover materials as a function of seasonal soil microclimate. and the presence or absence of engineered gas extraction. Thus we developed and field validated a new site specific annual inventory model that incorporates specific soil profile properties and soil microclimate modeling coupled to 0.5° scale global climatic models. Based on 1D diffusion, CALMIM (California Landfill Methane Inventory Model) is a freely available JAVA tool which models a typical annual cycle for CH4 emissions from site specific daily, intermediate, and final landfill cover designs. This new approach, which is compliant with IPCC Tier III criteria, was originally field validated at two California sites (Monterey County; Los Angeles County), with limited field validation at three additional California sites. In addition to regional defaults for inventory purposes, CALMIM permits user selectable parameters and boundary conditions for more rigorous site specific applications where detailed CH4 emissions, meteorological, and soil microclimate data exist. We report here on improvements and expanded international field validation for CALMIM 5.2 in collaboration with research groups in the U.S., Europe, Africa, Asia, and Australia.odeled and measured annual cycle of landfill CH4 emissions for Austrian site. Cover consists of 50 cm sand & gravel overlain by 110 cm loam & sandy loam. No gas recovery. Site 100% vegetated.

  13. Progress in national and regional guidelines development and deployment for the clinical prevention and control of CVD and diabetes in Africa.

    PubMed

    Valluri, Sruthi; Gaziano, Thomas A

    2013-01-01

    Successful efforts to reduce cardiovascular disease in many countries have come as a result of both population based interventions and individually guided interventions. Guidelines serve two purposes directed at the promotion of the individually guided interventions. First, they serve as a method to summarize approved and successful life-style and medical interventions to reduce the burden of cardiovascular disease. Second, they guide health providers on how to identify those at high risk for cardiovascular disease and who might benefit from the available interventions. However, guidelines have been increasingly complex and at times contradictory from one body to another or they may not exist at all in certain countries. This paper will review the current status of guidelines for the region as well as for individual countries. Guidelines for the prevention of CVD as a whole will be evaluated as well as guidelines for individual risk factors such as hypertension, cholesterol, and diabetes. Finally, this paper will address the pitfalls of individual risk factor based guidelines as opposed to the absolute risk approach integrating multiple risk factors into one comprehensive set of guidelines. PMID:24267441

  14. Federal Facility Compliance Act: Conceptual Site Treatment Plan for Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, Livermore, California

    SciTech Connect

    Not Available

    1993-10-01

    The Department of Energy (DOE) is required by section 3021(b) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended by the Federal Facility Compliance Act (the Act), to prepare plans describing the development of treatment capacities and technologies for treating mixed waste. The Act requires site treatment plans (STPs or plans) to be developed for each site at which DOE generates or stores mixed waste and submitted to the State or EPA for approval, approval with modification, or disapproval. The Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) Conceptual Site Treatment Plan (CSTP) is the preliminary version of the plan required by the Act and is being provided to California, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and others for review. A list of the other DOE sites preparing CSTPs is included in Appendix 1.1 of this document. Please note that Appendix 1.1 appears as Appendix A, pages A-1 and A-2 in this document.

  15. 75 FR 1597 - Western Pacific Crustacean Fisheries; 2010 Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Lobster Harvest Guideline

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-01-12

    ...Fisheries; 2010 Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Lobster Harvest Guideline AGENCY: National Marine...Commerce. ACTION: Notification of lobster harvest guideline...annual harvest guideline for the commercial lobster fishery in the Northwestern Hawaiian...

  16. 76 FR 3150 - Office of Biotechnology Activities; Recombinant DNA Research: Action Under the NIH Guidelines for...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-01-19

    ...of Biotechnology Activities; Recombinant DNA Research: Action Under the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules (NIH Guidelines) AGENCY: National...Guidelines currently require that recombinant DNA experiments designed to create new...

  17. Single-institution validation of the international consensus guidelines for treatment of branch duct intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Kazuyuki Nagai; Ryuichiro Doi; Tatsuo Ito; Atsushi Kida; Masayuki Koizumi; Toshihiko Masui; Yoshiya Kawaguchi; Kohei Ogawa; Shinji Uemoto

    2009-01-01

    Background  The international consensus guidelines (the guidelines) for management of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms (IPMNs)\\u000a of the pancreas recommend surgical resection of branch duct IPMNs with any of the following features: cyst size >30 mm, mural\\u000a nodules, main pancreatic duct diameter >6 mm, positive cytology, and symptoms. The aim of this study was to evaluate the usefulness\\u000a of these guidelines for resection of

  18. Diagnosis and treatment of mucormycosis in patients with hematological malignancies: guidelines from the 3rd European Conference on Infections in Leukemia (ECIL 3)

    PubMed Central

    Skiada, Anna; Lanternier, Fanny; Groll, Andreas H.; Pagano, Livio; Zimmerli, Stephan; Herbrecht, Raoul; Lortholary, Olivier; Petrikkos, George L.

    2013-01-01

    Mucormycosis is an emerging cause of infectious morbidity and mortality in patients with hematologic malignancies. However, there are no recommendations to guide diagnosis and management. The European Conference on Infections in Leukemia assigned experts in hematology and infectious diseases to develop evidence-based recommendations for the diagnosis and treatment of mucormycosis. The guidelines were developed using the evidence criteria set forth by the American Infectious Diseases Society and the key recommendations are summarized here. In the absence of validated biomarkers, the diagnosis of mucormycosis relies on histology and/or detection of the organism by culture from involved sites with identification of the isolate at the species level (no grading). Antifungal chemotherapy, control of the underlying predisposing condition, and surgery are the cornerstones of management (level A II). Options for first-line chemotherapy of mucormycosis include liposomal amphotericin B and amphotericin B lipid complex (level B II). Posaconazole and combination therapy of liposomal amphotericin B or amphotericin B lipid complex with caspofungin are the options for second line-treatment (level B II). Surgery is recommended for rhinocerebral and skin and soft tissue disease (level A II). Reversal of underlying risk factors (diabetes control, reversal of neutropenia, discontinuation/taper of glucocorticosteroids, reduction of immunosuppressants, discontinuation of deferroxamine) is important in the treatment of mucormycosis (level A II). The duration of antifungal chemotherapy is not defined but guided by the resolution of all associated symptoms and findings (no grading). Maintenance therapy/secondary prophylaxis must be considered in persistently immunocompromised patients (no grading). PMID:22983580

  19. National Trends in the Ambulatory Treatment of Hypertension in the United States, 1997-2012

    PubMed Central

    Zhou, Meijia; Daubresse, Matthew; Stafford, Randall S.; Alexander, G. Caleb

    2015-01-01

    Importance Hypertension is common and costly. Over the past decade, new antihypertensive therapies have been developed, several have lost patent protection and additional evidence regarding the safety and effectiveness of these agents has accrued. Objective To examine trends in the use of antihypertensive therapies in the United States between 1997 and 2012. Design, Setting and Participants We used nationally representative audit data from the IMS Health National Disease and Therapeutic Index to examine the ambulatory pharmacologic treatment of hypertension. Outcome Measures Our primary unit of analysis was a visit where hypertension was a reported diagnosis and treated with a pharmacotherapy (treatment visit). We restricted analyses to the use of six therapeutic classes of antihypertensive medications among individuals 18 years or older. Results Annual hypertension treatment visits increased from 56.9 million treatment visits (95% confidence intervals [CI], 53.9–59.8) in 1997 to 83.3 million visits (CI 79.2–87.3) in 2008, then declined steadily to 70.9 million visits (CI 66.7–75.0) by 2012. Angiotensin receptor blocker utilization increased substantially from 3% of treatment visits in 1997 to 18% by 2012, whereas calcium channel blocker use decreased from 27% to 18% of visits. Rates of diuretic and beta-blocker use remained stable and represented 24%–30% and 14–16% of visits, respectively. Use of direct renin inhibitor accounted for fewer than 2% of annual visits. The proportion of visits treated using fixed-dose combination therapies increased from 28% to 37% of visits. Conclusions Several important changes have occurred in the landscape of antihypertensive treatment in the United States during the past decade. Despite their novel mechanism of action, the adoption rate of direct renin inhibitors remains low. PMID:25738503

  20. 2014 evidence-based guideline for the management of high blood pressure in adults: report from the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8).

    PubMed

    James, Paul A; Oparil, Suzanne; Carter, Barry L; Cushman, William C; Dennison-Himmelfarb, Cheryl; Handler, Joel; Lackland, Daniel T; LeFevre, Michael L; MacKenzie, Thomas D; Ogedegbe, Olugbenga; Smith, Sidney C; Svetkey, Laura P; Taler, Sandra J; Townsend, Raymond R; Wright, Jackson T; Narva, Andrew S; Ortiz, Eduardo

    2014-02-01

    Hypertension is the most common condition seen in primary care and leads to myocardial infarction, stroke, renal failure, and death if not detected early and treated appropriately. Patients want to be assured that blood pressure (BP) treatment will reduce their disease burden, while clinicians want guidance on hypertension management using the best scientific evidence. This report takes a rigorous, evidence-based approach to recommend treatment thresholds, goals, and medications in the management of hypertension in adults. Evidence was drawn from randomized controlled trials, which represent the gold standard for determining efficacy and effectiveness. Evidence quality and recommendations were graded based on their effect on important outcomes. There is strong evidence to support treating hypertensive persons aged 60 years or older to a BP goal of less than 150/90 mm Hg and hypertensive persons 30 through 59 years of age to a diastolic goal of less than 90 mm Hg; however, there is insufficient evidence in hypertensive persons younger than 60 years for a systolic goal, or in those younger than 30 years for a diastolic goal, so the panel recommends a BP of less than 140/90 mm Hg for those groups based on expert opinion. The same thresholds and goals are recommended for hypertensive adults with diabetes or nondiabetic chronic kidney disease (CKD) as for the general hypertensive population younger than 60 years. There is moderate evidence to support initiating drug treatment with an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, angiotensin receptor blocker, calcium channel blocker, or thiazide-type diuretic in the nonblack hypertensive population, including those with diabetes. In the black hypertensive population, including those with diabetes, a calcium channel blocker or thiazide-type diuretic is recommended as initial therapy. There is moderate evidence to support initial or add-on antihypertensive therapy with an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor or angiotensin receptor blocker in persons with CKD to improve kidney outcomes. Although this guideline provides evidence-based recommendations for the management of high BP and should meet the clinical needs of most patients, these recommendations are not a substitute for clinical judgment, and decisions about care must carefully consider and incorporate the clinical characteristics and circumstances of each individual patient. PMID:24352797

  1. Management of Transient Loss of Consciousness: NIH Guideline

    MedlinePLUS

    Management of Transient Loss of Consciousness: National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence Guideline Summaries for Patients ... Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence Guideline for Management of Transient Loss of Consciousness.” It is in ...

  2. 32 CFR 256.7 - Accident potential zone guidelines.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ...Defense 2 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Accident potential zone guidelines. 256.7 Section 256.7 National Defense...AIR INSTALLATIONS COMPATIBLE USE ZONES § 256.7 Accident potential zone guidelines....

  3. 5 CFR 1312.10 - Systematic review guidelines.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ...Personnel 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Systematic review guidelines. 1312.10 Section 1312.10 Administrative...Declassification of National Security Information § 1312.10 Systematic review guidelines. The EOP Security Officer will...

  4. SBF GUIDELINES

    EPA Science Inventory

    Resource Purpose: Developed to support effluent guidelines for the use of synthetic based drilling fluids in the offshore and coastal subcategories of the oil and gas extraction industry. Data were used to develop environmental impacts, potential reg limits, and the cost o...

  5. Curriculum Guidelines.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mountain-Plains Education and Economic Development Program, Inc., Glasgow AFB, MT.

    The Mountain-Plains curriculum guidelines are outlined to provide guidance in fulfilling the requirements of the Career Education Model Four project as they relate to curriculum design, implementation, and evaluation. The curriculum is devised for the sole purpose of supporting the mission of Model Four and is based on the criteria for family…

  6. Reducing patients’ suicide ideation through training mental health teams in the application of the Dutch multidisciplinary practice guideline on assessment and treatment of suicidal behavior: study protocol of a randomized controlled trial

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background To strengthen suicide prevention skills in mental health care in The Netherlands, multidisciplinary teams throughout the country are trained in the application of the new Dutch guideline on the assessment and treatment of suicidal behavior. Previous studies have shown beneficial effects of additional efforts for guideline implementation on professionals’ attitude, knowledge, and skills. However, the effects on patients are equally important, but are rarely measured. The main objective of this study is to examine whether patients of multidisciplinary teams who are trained in guideline application show greater recovery from suicide ideation than patients of untrained teams. Methods/Design This is a multicentre cluster randomized controlled trial (RCT), in which multidisciplinary teams from mental health care institutions are matched in pairs, and randomly allocated to either the experimental or control condition. In the experimental condition, next to the usual dissemination of the guideline (internet, newsletter, books, publications, and congresses), teams will be trained in the application of the guideline via a 1-day small interactive group training program supported by e-learning modules. In the control condition, no additional actions next to usual dissemination of the guideline will be undertaken. Assessments at patient level will start when the experimental teams are trained. Assessments will take place upon admission and after 3 months, or earlier if the patient is discharged. The primary outcome is suicide ideation. Secondary outcomes are non-fatal suicide attempts, level of treatment satisfaction, and societal costs. Both a cost-effectiveness and cost-utility analysis will be performed. The effects of the intervention will be examined in multilevel models. Discussion The strengths of this study are the size of the study, RCT design, training of complete multidisciplinary teams, and the willingness of both management and staff to participate. Trial registration Netherlands trial register: NTR3092 PMID:24195781

  7. Effect of the UK’s revised paracetamol poisoning management guidelines on admissions, adverse reactions and costs of treatment

    PubMed Central

    Bateman, D Nicholas; Carroll, Robert; Pettie, Janice; Yamamoto, Takahiro; Elamin, Muhammad E M O; Peart, Lucy; Dow, Margaret; Coyle, Judy; Cranfield, Kristina R; Hook, Christopher; Sandilands, Euan A; Veiraiah, Aravindan; Webb, David; Gray, Alasdair; Dargan, Paul I; Wood, David M; Thomas, Simon H L; Dear, James W; Eddleston, Michael

    2014-01-01

    Aims In September 2012 the UK’s Commission on Human Medicines (CHM) recommended changes in the management of paracetamol poisoning: use of a single ‘100 mg l?1’ nomogram treatment line, ceasing risk assessment, treating all staggered/uncertain ingestions and increasing the duration of the initial acetylcysteine (NAC) infusion from 15 to 60 min. We evaluated the effect of this on presentation, admission, treatment, adverse reactions and costs of paracetamol poisoning. Methods Data were prospectively collected from adult patients presenting to three large UK hospitals from 3 September 2011 to 3 September 2013 (year before and after change). Infusion duration effect on vomiting and anaphylactoid reactions was examined in one centre. A cost analysis from an NHS perspective was performed for 90 000 patients/annum with paracetamol overdose. Results There were increases in the numbers presenting to hospital (before 1703, after 1854; increase 8.9% [95% CI 1.9, 16.2], P = 0.011); admitted (1060/1703 [62.2%] vs. 1285/1854 [69.3%]; increase 7.1% [4.0, 10.2], P < 0.001) and proportion treated (626/1703 [36.8%] vs. 926/1854 [50.0%]; increase: 13.2% [95% CI 10.0, 16.4], P < 0.001). Increasing initial NAC infusion did not change the proportion of treated patients developing adverse reactions (15 min 87/323 [26.9%], 60 min 145/514 [28.2%]; increase: 1.3% [95% CI –4.9, 7.5], P = 0.682). Across the UK the estimated cost impact is £8.3 million (6.4 million–10.2 million) annually, with a cost-per-life saved of £17.4 million (13.4 million–21.5 million). Conclusions The changes introduced by the CHM in September 2012 have increased the numbers of patients admitted to hospital and treated with acetylcysteine without reducing adverse reactions. A safety and cost-benefit review of the CHM guidance is warranted, including novel treatment protocols and biomarkers in the assessment of poisoning. PMID:24666324

  8. Guidelines for lowering lipids to reduce coronary artery disease risk: a comparison of rosuvastatin with atorvastatin, pravastatin, and simvastatin for achieving lipid-lowering goals

    Microsoft Academic Search

    James Shepherd; Donald B Hunninghake; Philip Barter; James M McKenney; Howard G Hutchinson

    2003-01-01

    Both the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Adult Treatment Panel (ATP) III and the Second Joint Task Force of European Societies guidelines have established low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol goals for lipid-lowering treatment to reduce the risk of coronary artery disease. Data from 3 trials that compared rosuvastatin 10 mg (n = 389) with atorvastatin 10 mg (n = 393) and

  9. Sexual Orientation and Substance Abuse Treatment Utilization in the United States: Results from a National Survey

    PubMed Central

    McCabe, Sean Esteban; West, Brady T.; Hughes, Tonda L.; Boyd, Carol J.

    2012-01-01

    This study examined substance abuse treatment utilization across three dimensions of sexual orientation (identity, attraction, behavior) in a large national sample of adults in the United States. Prevalence estimates were based on data collected from the 2004–2005 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. The sample consisted of 34,653 adults aged 20 years and older: 52% women, 71% White, 12% Hispanic, 11% African American, 4% Asian, and 2% other race/ethnicities. Approximately 2% of the sample self-identified as lesbian, gay or bisexual; 4% reported same-sex sexual behavior, and 6% reported same-sex sexual attraction. Sexual minorities, especially women, had a greater likelihood of lifetime substance use disorders and earlier age of drinking onset. The majority of respondents with substance use disorders were untreated and lifetime substance abuse treatment utilization differed based on sexual orientation. Sexual minorities were found to have more extensive family history of substance abuse problems. The findings indicate the underutilization of substance abuse treatment among all adults, and highlight some important factors to consider when working with sexual minorities. PMID:22444421

  10. Guidelines 2.0: systematic development of a comprehensive checklist for a successful guideline enterprise

    PubMed Central

    Schünemann, Holger J.; Wiercioch, Wojtek; Etxeandia, Itziar; Falavigna, Maicon; Santesso, Nancy; Mustafa, Reem; Ventresca, Matthew; Brignardello-Petersen, Romina; Laisaar, Kaja-Triin; Kowalski, Sérgio; Baldeh, Tejan; Zhang, Yuan; Raid, Ulla; Neumann, Ignacio; Norris, Susan L.; Thornton, Judith; Harbour, Robin; Treweek, Shaun; Guyatt, Gordon; Alonso-Coello, Pablo; Reinap, Marge; Brožek, Jan; Oxman, Andrew; Akl, Elie A.

    2014-01-01

    Background: Although several tools to evaluate the credibility of health care guidelines exist, guidance on practical steps for developing guidelines is lacking. We systematically compiled a comprehensive checklist of items linked to relevant resources and tools that guideline developers could consider, without the expectation that every guideline would address each item. Methods: We searched data sources, including manuals of international guideline developers, literature on guidelines for guidelines (with a focus on methodology reports from international and national agencies, and professional societies) and recent articles providing systematic guidance. We reviewed these sources in duplicate, extracted items for the checklist using a sensitive approach and developed overarching topics relevant to guidelines. In an iterative process, we reviewed items for duplication and omissions and involved experts in guideline development for revisions and suggestions for items to be added. Results: We developed a checklist with 18 topics and 146 items and a webpage to facilitate its use by guideline developers. The topics and included items cover all stages of the guideline enterprise, from the planning and formulation of guidelines, to their implementation and evaluation. The final checklist includes links to training materials as well as resources with suggested methodology for applying the items. Interpretation: The checklist will serve as a resource for guideline developers. Consideration of items on the checklist will support the development, implementation and evaluation of guidelines. We will use crowdsourcing to revise the checklist and keep it up to date. PMID:24344144

  11. Barriers to accessing substance abuse treatment in Mexico: national comparative analysis by migration status

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    Background We examined Mexican migrants’ perceived barriers to entering substance abuse treatment and potential differences by gender. Methods This study analyzed a subset of household data collected in Mexico in 2011 via the Encuesta Nacional de Adicciones (National Survey of Addictions). A sample of 1,143 individuals who reported using illicit drugs was analyzed using multivariate negative binomial models to determine direct and moderated relationships of gender, migrant status, and drug dependence with perceived barriers to accessing treatment. Results Significant findings included disparities in drug dependence by migrant status. Compared with non-migrant men, women who have traveled to the United States was associated with fewer (1.3) barriers to access treatment. Fewer barriers to access care were associated with individuals residing in other regions of the country, compared to those living in Mexico City. Conclusions Drug dependence, gender, migration status and regional location are factors associated with access to needed treatment. Implications for health care policy to develop treatment services infrastructure and for future research are discussed in the context of ongoing drug policy reform in Mexico. PMID:25074067

  12. Outcomes from treatment of necrotizing soft-tissue infections: results from the National Surgical Quality Improvement Program database

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Megan K. Mills; Iris Faraklas; Cherisse Davis; Gregory J. Stoddard; Jeffrey Saffle

    2010-01-01

    BackgroundNecrotizing soft-tissue infections (NSTIs) are a group of uncommon, rapidly progressive, potentially fatal disorders. The National Surgical Quality Improvement Program (NSQIP) Registry was used to determine current data on the incidence, treatment, and outcomes of NSTIs.

  13. Medication Prescription Practices for the Treatment of First Episode Schizophrenia-Spectrum Disorders: Data from the National RAISE-ETP Study

    PubMed Central

    Robinson, Delbert G.; Schooler, Nina R.; John, Majnu; Correll, Christoph U.; Marcy, Patricia; Addington, Jean; Brunette, Mary F.; Estroff, Sue E.; Mueser, Kim T.; Penn, David; Robinson, James; Rosenheck, Robert A.; Severe, Joanne; Goldstein, Amy; Azrin, Susan; Heinssen, Robert; Kane, John M.

    2015-01-01

    Objective Treatment guidelines suggest distinctive medication strategies for first episode and multi-episode patients with schizophrenia. How much community clinicians adjust their usual treatment regimens for first episode patients is unknown. We examined prescription patterns and factors associated with prescription choice within a national cohort of early phase patients. Method Study entry prescription data (before any influence on treatment by study procedures) were obtained from 404 participants in the RAISE-ETP study, a US nationwide effectiveness study conducted at 34 community treatment centers in 21 states for patients with first episode schizophrenia-spectrum disorders. Subjects had been treated with antipsychotics for 6 months or less at study entry. Results We identified 159 subjects (39.4% of the sample) who might benefit from changes in their psychotropic prescriptions. Of these 159 subjects, 8.8% were prescribed recommended antipsychotics at higher than recommended doses, 32.1% were prescribed olanzapine (often at high doses), 23.3% more than one antipsychotic, 36.5% an antipsychotic but also an antidepressant without a clear indication, 10.1% psychotropic medications without an antipsychotic and 1.2% stimulants. Multivariate analyses found evidence for sex, age and insurance status effects on medication prescription. Racial and ethnic effects consistent with effects found in prior multi-episode studies were found in univariate analyses. There were some regional variation in prescription practices; when present, regional patterns varied across prescribing practices. Diagnosis had limited, and inconsistent, effects. Conclusions Besides prescriber education, policy makers may need to consider not only patient factors but also service delivery factors in efforts to improve first episode prescription practices. Clinical Trials registration NCT01321177: An Integrated Program for the Treatment of First Episode of Psychosis (RAISE ETP), http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01321177 PMID:25727536

  14. NHLBI integrated pediatric guidelines: battle for a future free of cardiovascular disease

    PubMed Central

    Zachariah, Justin P; de Ferranti, Sarah D

    2013-01-01

    The report of the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute Expert Panel on Integrated Guidelines for Cardiovascular Health and Risk Reduction in Children and Adolescents collects into one document atherosclerotic disease prevention in pediatric age groups. The guidelines summarize the evidence base and make recommendations that encourage universal adoption of healthier lifestyles, identification of children with cardiovascular disease risk factors, and treatment of those risk factors using targeted lifestyle modification and rarely pharmacotherapy. These recommendations highlight childhood as a frontier for cardiovascular disease prevention. The guideline recommendations are controversial and not universally embraced, but at the very least, they suggest directions for important research. This article explores key facets of the guidelines, controversies and future directions in preventive cardiology for children. PMID:23259472

  15. Saudi Guidelines on the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension: Medical and surgical management for pulmonary arterial hypertension.

    PubMed

    Idrees, Majdy M; Swiston, John; Nizami, Imran; Al Dalaan, Abdullah; Levy, Robert D

    2014-07-01

    Prior to the availability of the pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH)-specific therapy, PAH was a dreadful disease with a very poor prognosis. Better understanding of the complex pathobiology of PAH has led to a major therapeutic evolution. International regulatory agencies have approved many specific drugs with different pharmacologic pathways and routes of administration. In the year 2013, two new drugs with great potentials in managing PAH have been added to the treatment options, macitentan and riociguat. Additional drugs are expected to come in the near future. A substantial body of evidence has confirmed the effectiveness of pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH)-specific therapies in improving the patients' symptomatic status and slowing down the rate of clinical deterioration. Although the newer modern medications have significantly improved the survival of patients with PAH, it remains a non-curable and fatal disease. Lung transplantation (LT) remains the only therapeutic option for selected patients with advanced disease who continue to deteriorate despite optimal therapy. PMID:25077002

  16. Dietary composition in the treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome: a systematic review to inform evidence-based guidelines.

    PubMed

    Moran, Lisa J; Ko, Henry; Misso, Marie; Marsh, Kate; Noakes, Manny; Talbot, Mac; Frearson, Meredith; Thondan, Mala; Stepto, Nigel; Teede, Helena J

    2013-04-01

    While lifestyle management is recommended as first-line treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), the optimal dietary composition is unclear. The aim of this study was to compare the effect of different diet compositions on anthropometric, reproductive, metabolic, and psychological outcomes in PCOS. A literature search was conducted (Australasian Medical Index, CINAHL, EMBASE, Medline, PsycInfo, and EBM reviews; most recent search was performed January 19, 2012). Inclusion criteria were women with PCOS not taking anti-obesity medications and all weight-loss or maintenance diets comparing different dietary compositions. Studies were assessed for risk of bias. A total of 4,154 articles were retrieved and six articles from five studies met the a priori selection criteria, with 137 women included. A meta-analysis was not performed due to clinical heterogeneity for factors including participants, dietary intervention composition, duration, and outcomes. There were subtle differences between diets, with greater weight loss for a monounsaturated fat-enriched diet; improved menstrual regularity for a low-glycemic index diet; increased free androgen index for a high-carbohydrate diet; greater reductions in insulin resistance, fibrinogen, total, and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol for a low-carbohydrate or low-glycemic index diet; improved quality of life for a low-glycemic index diet; and improved depression and self-esteem for a high-protein diet. Weight loss improved the presentation of PCOS regardless of dietary composition in the majority of studies. Weight loss should be targeted in all overweight women with PCOS through reducing caloric intake in the setting of adequate nutritional intake and healthy food choices irrespective of diet composition. PMID:23420000

  17. The Seventh Report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Aram V. Chobanian; George L. Bakris; Henry R. Black; William C. Cushman; Lee A. Green; Joseph L. Izzo; Daniel W. Jones; Barry J. Materson; Jackson T. Wright

    The National High Blood Pressure Education Program presents the complete Seventh Report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. Like its predecessors, the purpose is to provide an evidence-based approach to the prevention and management of hypertension. The key messages of this report are these: in those older than age 50, systolic

  18. Oak Ridge National Lebroatory Liquid&Gaseous Waste Treatment System Strategic Plan

    SciTech Connect

    Van Hoesen, S.D.

    2003-09-09

    Excellence in Laboratory operations is one of the three key goals of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) Agenda. That goal will be met through comprehensive upgrades of facilities and operational approaches over the next few years. Many of ORNL's physical facilities, including the liquid and gaseous waste collection and treatment systems, are quite old, and are reaching the end of their safe operating life. The condition of research facilities and supporting infrastructure, including the waste handling facilities, is a key environmental, safety and health (ES&H) concern. The existing infrastructure will add considerably to the overhead costs of research due to increased maintenance and operating costs as these facilities continue to age. The Liquid Gaseous Waste Treatment System (LGWTS) Reengineering Project is a UT-Battelle, LLC (UT-B) Operations Improvement Program (OIP) project that was undertaken to develop a plan for upgrading the ORNL liquid and gaseous waste systems to support ORNL's research mission.

  19. Survey of subsurface treatment technologies for environmental restoration sites at Sandia National Laboratories, New Mexico.

    SciTech Connect

    McGrath, Lucas K.; Ho, Clifford Kuofei; Wright, Jerome L.

    2003-08-01

    This report provides a survey of remediation and treatment technologies for contaminants of concern at environmental restoration (ER) sites at Sandia National Laboratories, New Mexico. The sites that were evaluated include the Tijeras Arroyo Groundwater, Technical Area V, and Canyons sites. The primary contaminants of concern at these sites include trichloroethylene (TCE), tetrachloroethylene (PCE), and nitrate in groundwater. Due to the low contaminant concentrations (close to regulatory limits) and significant depths to groundwater ({approx}500 feet) at these sites, few in-situ remediation technologies are applicable. The most applicable treatment technologies include monitored natural attenuation and enhanced bioremediation/denitrification to reduce the concentrations of TCE, PCE, and nitrate in the groundwater. Stripping technologies to remove chlorinated solvents and other volatile organic compounds from the vadose zone can also be implemented, if needed.

  20. The First Decade of the National Drug Abuse Treatment Clinical Trials Network: Bridging the Gap Between Research and Practice to Improve Drug Abuse Treatment

    PubMed Central

    Tai, Betty; Straus, Michele M.; Liu, David; Sparenborg, Steven; Jackson, Ron; McCarty, Dennis

    2010-01-01

    The National Institute on Drug Abuse established the National Drug Abuse Treatment Clinical Trials Network (CTN) in 1999 to improve the quality of addiction treatment using science as the vehicle. The network brings providers from community-based drug abuse treatment programs and scientists from university-based research centers together in an alliance that fosters bi-directional communication and collaboration. Collaboration enhanced the relevance of research to practice and facilitated the development and implementation of evidence-based treatments in community practice settings. The CTN’s 20 completed trials tested pharmacological, behavioral, and integrated treatment interventions for adolescents and adults; more than 11,000 individuals participated in the trials. This paper reviews the rationale for the CTN, describes the translation of its guiding principles into research endeavors, and anticipates the future evolution of clinical research within the Network. PMID:20307794

  1. Exposure guidelines for magnetic fields

    SciTech Connect

    Miller, G.

    1987-12-01

    The powerful magnetic fields produced by a controlled fusion experiment at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) necessitated the development of personnel-exposure guidelines for steady magnetic fields. A literature search and conversations with active researchers showed that it is currently possible to develop preliminary exposure guidelines for steady magnetic fields. An overview of the results of past research into the bioeffects of magnetic fields was compiled, along with a discussion of hazards that may be encountered by people with sickle-cell anemia or medical electronic and prosthetic implants. The LLNL steady magnetic-field exposure guidelines along with a review of developments concerning the safety of time-varying fields were also presented in this compilation. Guidelines developed elsewhere for time varying fields were also given. Further research is needed to develop exposure standards for both steady or time-varying fields.

  2. Developing clinical guidelines: how much rigour is required?

    PubMed

    Haroon, Munib; Ranmal, Rita; McElroy, Helen; Dudley, Jan

    2015-04-01

    Clinical guidelines that are rigorously developed play a fundamental role in improving healthcare and reducing unnecessary variations in practice. National guidelines are increasingly used by healthcare professionals, patients and commissioners; however, national bodies are unable to meet the demand for guidance on all topics. There are fewer resources available for guidance produced locally or by specialty groups, and it is necessary to achieve a balance between pragmatism and rigour while conforming to the widely accepted norms of what constitutes a good guideline. This paper introduces the key concepts around this topic with suggestions for those interested in developing their own guideline. An example of challenges encountered in generating high-quality clinical guidance is given in box 1. Box 1 Challenges in guideline development Professor Johnson runs a local developmental paediatrics service with eight other colleagues. All have different ways of managing children with PAVING syndrome. This was difficult for patients and staff and has led to disagreements on how certain patients should be managed. As a result, Professor Johnson developed a Guideline Development Group to look at the management of PAVING syndrome. The group identified 12 clinical questions (including diagnosis, exclusion of comorbidities, treatment modalities), searched the PubMed database and found some useful evidence that they used to formulate key recommendations. For one question about behavioural therapy, PubMed did not suggest any evidence so they informally arrived at a consensus among themselves and wrote up their guideline. On the back of this success, they applied for the guideline to be endorsed or supported by the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (RCPCH). To their frustration, it was turned down on methodological grounds. Professor Johnson wrote to the RCPCH saying that he was "pretty peeved that the PAVING syndrome guideline had been rejected" for the College endorsement given all the work that had gone into writing it and "would the College mind being a bit more explicit in their guidance," to anyone who might consider doing this in the future? PMID:25122158

  3. CIHR Canadian HIV Trials Network Coinfection and Concurrent Diseases Core: Canadian guidelines for management and treatment of HIV/hepatitis C coinfection in adults

    PubMed Central

    Hull, Mark; Klein, Marina; Shafran, Stephen; Tseng, Alice; Giguère, Pierre; Côté, Pierre; Poliquin, Marc; Cooper, Curtis

    2013-01-01

    BACKGROUND: Hepatitis C virus (HCV) coinfection occurs in 20% to 30% of Canadians living with HIV, and is responsible for a heavy burden of morbidity and mortality. HIV-HCV management is more complex due to the accelerated progression of liver disease, the timing and nature of antiretroviral and HCV therapy, mental health and addictions management, socioeconomic obstacles and drug-drug interactions between new HCV direct-acting antiviral therapies and antiretroviral regimens. OBJECTIVE: To develop national standards for the management of HCV-HIV coinfected adults in the Canadian context. METHODS: A panel with specific clinical expertise in HIV-HCV co-infection was convened by The CIHR HIV Trials Network to review current literature, existing guidelines and protocols. Following broad solicitation for input, consensus recommendations were approved by the working group, and were characterized using a Class (benefit verses harm) and Level (strength of certainty) quality-of-evidence scale. RESULTS: All HIV-HCV coinfected individuals should be assessed for HCV therapy. Individuals unable to initiate HCV therapy should initiate antiretroviral therapy to slow liver disease progression. Standard of care for genotype 1 is pegylated interferon and weight-based ribavirin dosing plus an HCV protease inhibitor; traditional dual therapy for 24 weeks (for genotype 2/3 with virological clearance at week 4); or 48 weeks (for genotypes 2–6). Therapy deferral for individuals with mild liver disease may be considered. HIV should not be considered a barrier to liver transplantation in coinfected patients. DISCUSSION: Recommendations may not supersede individual clinical judgement. PMID:24489565

  4. Oak Ridge National Laboratory West End Treatment Facility simulated sludge vitrification demonstration, Revision 1

    SciTech Connect

    Cicero, C.A.; Bickford, D.F. [Westinghouse Savannah River Co., Aiken, SC (United States); Bennert, D.M.; Overcamp, T.J. [Clemson Univ., Anderson, SC (United States). Dept. of Environmental Systems Engineering

    1994-01-26

    Technologies are being developed by the US Department of Energy`s (DOE) Nuclear Facility sites to convert hazardous and mixed wastes to a form suitable for permanent disposal. Vitrification, which has been declared the Best Demonstrated Available Technology for high-level radioactive waste disposal by the EPA, is capable of producing a highly durable wasteform that minimizes disposal volumes through organic destruction, moisture evaporation, and porosity reduction. However, this technology must be demonstrated over a range of waste characteristics, including compositions, chemistries, moistures, and physical characteristics to ensure that it is suitable for hazardous and mixed waste treatment. These wastes are typically wastewater treatment sludges that are categorized as listed wastes due to the process origin or organic solvent content, and usually contain only small amounts of hazardous constituents. The Oak Ridge National Laboratory`s (ORNL) West End Treatment Facility`s (WETF) sludge is considered on of these representative wastes. The WETF is a liquid waste processing plant that generates sludge from the biodenitrification and precipitation processes. An alternative wasteform is needed since the waste is currently stored in epoxy coated carbon steel tanks, which have a limited life. Since this waste has characteristics that make it suitable for vitrification with a high likelihood of success, it was identified as a suitable candidate by the Mixed Waste Integrated Program (MWIP) for testing at CU. The areas of special interest with this sludge are (1) minimum nitrates, (2) organic destruction, and (3) waste water treatment sludges containing little or no filter aid.

  5. Innovation attributes and adoption decisions: perspectives from leaders of a national sample of addiction treatment organizations.

    PubMed

    Knudsen, Hannah K; Roman, Paul M

    2015-02-01

    Drawing on diffusion theory to further knowledge about evidence-based practices (EBPs) in the treatment of substance use disorders (SUDs), this study describes the perceived importance of innovation attributes in adoption decisions within a national sample of SUD treatment organizations. Face-to-face interviews were conducted with leaders of 307 organizations. A typology differentiated organizations reporting: (1) adoption of a treatment innovation in the past year ("recent adoption"), (2) plans to adopt an innovation in the upcoming year ("planned adoption"), or (3) no actual or planned adoption ("non-adoption"). About 30.7% of organizations reported recent adoption, 20.5% indicated planned adoption, and 48.8% were non-adopters. Leaders of organizations reporting recent adoption (n=93) or planned adoption (n=62) rated the importance of innovation attributes, including relative advantage, compatibility, complexity, and observability, on these adoption decisions using a Likert scale that ranged from 0 to 5. Innovation attributes most strongly endorsed were consistency with the program's treatment philosophy (mean=4.47, SD=1.03), improvement in the program's reputation with referral sources (mean=4.00, SD=1.33), reputational improvement with clients and their families (mean=3.98, SD=1.31), and reductions in treatment dropout (mean=3.75, SD=1.54). Innovation characteristics reflecting organizational growth and implementation costs were less strongly endorsed. Adopters and planners were generally similar in their importance ratings. There were modest differences in importance ratings when pharmacological innovations were compared to psychosocial interventions. These findings are consistent with diffusion theory and suggest that efforts to link EBPs with client satisfaction and potential reputational benefits may enhance the diffusion of EBPs. Attention to these attributes when developing and evaluating SUD treatment interventions may enhance efforts to increase subsequent adoption. PMID:25218918

  6. International clinical practice guidelines for the treatment of acute uncomplicated cystitis and pyelonephritis in women: A 2010 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America and the European Society for Microbiology and Infectious Diseases.

    PubMed

    Gupta, Kalpana; Hooton, Thomas M; Naber, Kurt G; Wullt, Björn; Colgan, Richard; Miller, Loren G; Moran, Gregory J; Nicolle, Lindsay E; Raz, Raul; Schaeffer, Anthony J; Soper, David E

    2011-03-01

    A Panel of International Experts was convened by the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) in collaboration with the European Society for Microbiology and Infectious Diseases (ESCMID) to update the 1999 Uncomplicated Urinary Tract Infection Guidelines by the IDSA. Co-sponsoring organizations include the American Congress of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, American Urological Association, Association of Medical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases-Canada, and the Society for Academic Emergency Medicine. The focus of this work is treatment of women with acute uncomplicated cystitis and pyelonephritis, diagnoses limited in these guidelines to premenopausal, non-pregnant women with no known urological abnormalities or co-morbidities. The issues of in vitro resistance prevalence and the ecological adverse effects of antimicrobial therapy (collateral damage) were considered as important factors in making optimal treatment choices and thus are reflected in the rankings of recommendations. PMID:21292654

  7. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime International Network of Drug Dependence Treatment and Rehabilitation Resource Centres: Treatnet

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tomas-Rossello, Juana; Rawson, Richard A.; Zarza, Maria J.; Bellows, Anne; Busse, Anja; Saenz, Elizabeth; Freese, Thomas; Shawkey, Mansour; Carise, Deni; Ali, Robert; Ling, Walter

    2010-01-01

    Key to the dissemination of evidence-based addiction treatments is the exchange of experiences and mutual support among treatment practitioners, as well as the availability of accurate addiction training materials and effective trainers. To address the shortage of such resources, the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) created…

  8. Hip fracture risk in older US adults by treatment eligibility status based on new National Osteoporosis Foundation Guidance

    Technology Transfer Automated Retrieval System (TEKTRAN)

    The relationship between treatment eligibility by the new National Osteoporosis Foundation (NOF) FRAX® -based Guide to the Prevention and Treatment of Osteoporosis and the risk of subsequent hip fracture is unknown. The study sample consisted of 3208 men and women ages 65 years and older who were ex...

  9. Prevalence study of oral mucosal lesions, mucosal variants, and treatment required for patients reporting to a dental school in North India: In accordance with WHO guidelines

    PubMed Central

    Bhatnagar, Puneet; Rai, Shalu; Bhatnagar, Gunjan; Kaur, Mandeep; Goel, Sumit; Prabhat, Mukul

    2013-01-01

    The aim of the study was to evaluate the prevalence of oral mucosal lesions (OML) in adult patients reporting to the dental outpatient department at the Institute of Dental Studies and Technologies, Modinagar, Uttar Pradesh, India. The purpose was to determine the priorities in oral health education, preventive measures, and identify the group in urgent need of treatment. Materials and Methods: The study was conducted over a period of 6 months in 2010, when 8866 subjects were offered structured interviews and standardized extraoral and intraoral examinations according to the World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines. Result: Overall prevalence of OML was 1736 (16.8%), the most prevalent being smoker's palate (10.44%) followed by leukoplakia (2.83%), oral submucous fibrosis (1.97%), oral candidiasis (1.61%), recurrent aphthous stomatitis (1.53%), oral lichen planus (0.8%) and others (0.78%). The highest prevalence of the tobacco habit in both forms was recorded in the group aged 40–44 yearsand those aged between 60 and 64 years who wore dentures. Lesions were most prevalent in those aged 40–44 years with a significant predominance of males at 3:1 (M = 12.6% and F = 4.3%). Patients who consumed tobacco in any form or wore dentures had a significantly higher prevalence of OML (P < 0.001). The highest number of lesions were on the palate (59.7%) followed by buccal mucosa (19.9%). Various normal mucosal variants were recorded. Fordyce's granules (0.13%), fissured tongue (3.3%), leukoedema (1.47%), and lingual varices (2.73%) were also recorded. The tongue showed the highest number of variants (64.4%). Patients were grouped according to the treatment needed under the WHO criteria. One hundred and ninety-seven patients were given oral hygiene instructions only, whereas 1422 patients were advised on change of habit and a follow-up and 674 patients needed definitive treatment. Conclusion: This study thus highlights diagnostic criteria, multifactorial risk factors to make standard measurements of OML a basis for planning and evaluating oral health programs for data collection. PMID:23723730

  10. A retrospective, observational cohort analysis of a nationwide database to compare heart failure prescriptions and related health care utilization before and after publication of updated treatment guidelines in the United States

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Shirin Shafazand; Yadong Yang; Elizabeth Amore; Welton O’Neal; Diana Brixner

    2010-01-01

    Background: The current American College of Cardiology\\/American Heart Association (ACC\\/AHA) clinical guidelines for heart failure (HF), published September 20, 2005, provide a summary of the best evidence for treatment, but these recommendations are not always reflected in clinical practice.Objectives: The aims of this study were to compare 6-month prescribing habits in the United States before and after the publication of

  11. The U.S. prevention of cardiovascular disease guidelines and implications for implementation in LMIC.

    PubMed

    Wong, Nathan D; Moran, Andrew E

    2014-12-01

    The 2013 guidelines for the Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease released by the American College of Cardiology and the American Heart Association included guidelines of assessment of cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk, lifestyle management, management of overweight and obesity, and treatment of blood cholesterol. In addition, there were also 2014 guidelines on hypertension management released by members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee. Taken together, these guidelines, though extensively discussed and disseminated in the United States, have not been widely recognized beyond the United States, nor have their implications been considered for lower- and middle-income developing countries. With an estimated 80% of the global burden in CVD occurring in developing countries, it is important to develop strategies to adequately detect those at increased CVD risk and to manage their risk through lifestyle and where appropriate, pharmacologic means. Though certain aspects of each guideline may be suitable for implementation globally, including in developing countries, other recommendations would be unrealistic for many countries based on local epidemiology and resources. CVD prevention priorities can be set using guidance from recently published CVD prevention guidelines if appropriately modified to the context of lower- and middle-income developing countries. Establishment of global CVD prevention standards and rapid adaptation and dissemination of clinical guidelines are of paramount importance if we are to make significant progress into achieving World Health Organization 2025 goals to reduce the burden from CVD and other noncommunicable diseases. PMID:25592799

  12. UROTRAUMA: AUA GUIDELINE

    PubMed Central

    Morey, Allen F.; Brandes, Steve; Dugi, Daniel David; Armstrong, John H.; Breyer, Benjamin N.; Broghammer, Joshua A.; Erickson, Bradley A.; Holzbeierlein, Jeff; Hudak, Steven J.; Mirvis, Stuart; Pruitt, Jeffrey H.; Reston, James T.; Santucci, Richard A.; Smith, Thomas G.; Wessells, Hunter

    2014-01-01

    Purpose The authors of this guideline reviewed the urologic trauma literature to guide clinicians in the appropriate methods of evaluation and management of genitourinary injuries. Methods A systematic review of the literature using the MEDLINE® and EMBASE databases (search dates 1/1/90-9/19/12) was conducted to identify peer-reviewed publications relevant to urotrauma. The review yielded an evidence base of 372 studies after application of inclusion/exclusion criteria. These publications were used to inform the statements presented in the guideline as Standards, Recommendations or Options. When sufficient evidence existed, the body of evidence for a particular treatment was assigned a strength rating of A (high), B (moderate) or C (low). In the absence of sufficient evidence, additional information is provided as Clinical Principles and Expert Opinions. PMID:24857651

  13. Estimation of Optimal Brachytherapy Utilization Rate in the Treatment of Malignancies of the Uterine Corpus by a Review of Clinical Practice Guidelines and the Primary Evidence

    SciTech Connect

    Thompson, Stephen R. [Collaboration for Cancer Outcomes Research and Evaluation, Liverpool Hospital, Sydney, NSW (Australia); Department of Radiation Oncology, Prince of Wales Hospital, Sydney, NSW (Australia); University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW (Australia)], E-mail: stephen.thompson@sesiahs.health.nsw.gov.au; Delaney, Geoff [Collaboration for Cancer Outcomes Research and Evaluation, Liverpool Hospital, Sydney, NSW (Australia); University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW (Australia); Gabriel, Gabriel S.; Jacob, Susannah; Das, Prabir [Collaboration for Cancer Outcomes Research and Evaluation, Liverpool Hospital, Sydney, NSW (Australia); Barton, Michael [Collaboration for Cancer Outcomes Research and Evaluation, Liverpool Hospital, Sydney, NSW (Australia); University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW (Australia)

    2008-11-01

    Purpose: Brachytherapy (BT) is an important treatment technique for uterine corpus malignancies. We modeled the optimal proportion of these cases that should be treated with BT-the optimal rate of brachytherapy utilization (BTU). We compared this optimal BTU rate with the actual BTU rate. Methods and Materials: Evidence-based guidelines and the primary evidence were used to construct a decision tree for BTU for malignancies of the uterine corpus. Searches of the literature to ascertain the proportion of patients who fulfilled the criteria for BT were conducted. The robustness of the model was tested by sensitivity analyses and peer review. A retrospective Patterns of Care Study of BT in New South Wales for 2003 was conducted, and the actual BTU for uterine corpus malignancies was determined. The actual BTU in other geographic areas was calculated from published reports. The differences between the optimal and actual rates of BTU were assessed. Results: The optimal uterine corpus BTU rate was estimated to be 40% (range, 36-49%). In New South Wales in 2003, the actual BTU rate was only 14% of the 545 patients with uterine corpus cancer. The actual BTU rate in 2001 was 11% in the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results areas and 30% in Sweden. Conclusion: The results of this study have shown that BT for uterine corpus malignancies is underused in New South Wales and in the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results areas. Our model of optimal BTU can be used as a quality assurance tool, providing an evidence-based benchmark against which can be measured actual patterns of practice. It can also be used to assist in determining the adequacy of BT resource allocation.

  14. 2004 GUIDELINES FOR WATER REUSE

    EPA Science Inventory

    The Guidelines for Water Reuse is an update of a similar document developed jointly by EPA and Camp, Dresser & McKee, Inc. in 1992. As with the earlier version, a committee of national and international experts in the field of water reclamation was established to draft new text a...

  15. Danish Guidelines 2015 for percutaneous.

    PubMed

    Madsen, Kristian Rørbæk; Guldager, Henrik; Rewers, Mikael; Weber, Sven-Olaf; Købke-Jacobsen, Kurt; White, Jonathan

    2015-03-01

    Percutaneous dilatational tracheostomy is a common procedure in intensive care. This updated Danish national guideline describes indications, contraindications and complications, and gives recommendations for timing, anaesthesia, and technique, use of fibre bronchoscopy and ultrasound guidance, as well as decannulation strategy, training, and education. PMID:25748872

  16. Treatment of hypertension in patients with comorbidities

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Shilpa S. Mehta; Christopher S. Wilcox; Kevin A. Schulman

    1999-01-01

    Approximately 50 million people have hypertension. Many agents with differing efficacy, side effects, dosing schedules, and costs are available to treat hypertension. Joint National Committee (JNC) guidelines attempt to simplify this decision by recommending specific agents based on special considerations such as comorbidities. The objective of this study was to survey primary care physicians' antihypertensive prescribing practices and their treatment

  17. Treatment of hypertension in patients with comorbidities

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Shilpa S. Mehta; Christopher S. Wilcox; Kevin A. Schulman

    1999-01-01

    Approximately 50 million people have hypertension. Many agents with differing efficacy, side effects, dosing schedules, and costs are available to treat hypertension. Joint National Committee (JNC) guidelines attempt to simplify this decision by recommending specific agents based on special considerations such as comorbidities. The objective of this study was to survey primary care physicians’ antihypertensive prescribing practices and their treatment

  18. Guideline for Implementing Cryptography In the Federal

    E-print Network

    Guideline for Implementing Cryptography In the Federal Government Elaine B. Barker, William C Implementing Cryptography Reports on Computer Systems Technology The Information Technology Laboratory (ITL;December 2005 Implementing Cryptography Authority The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST

  19. Canadian Council on Animal Care guidelines on

    E-print Network

    Sokolowski, Marla

    and Air Protection, BC Dr Todd Shury, Banff National Park/Calgary Zoo (CAZWV liaison) Dr Gilly Griffin on wildlife of the Canadian Council on Animal Care (CCAC) Guidelines Committee: Mr Peter Austin-Smith, Acadia

  20. Perceptions and attitudes of clinicians in Spain toward clinical practice guidelines and grading systems: a protocol for a qualitative study and a national survey

    Microsoft Academic Search

    Anna Kotzeva; Ivan Solà; José Miguel Carrasco; Petra Díaz del Campo; Francisco Javier Gracia; Enrique Calderón; Idoia de Gaminde; Maria Dolors Estrada; Flora Martínez; Carola Orrego; Rafael Rotaeche; Flavia Salcedo; Paola Velázquez; Pablo Alonso-Coello

    2010-01-01

    BACKGROUND: Clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) have become a very popular tool for decision making in healthcare. While there is some evidence that CPGs improve outcomes, there are numerous factors that influence their acceptability and use by healthcare providers. While evidence of clinicians' knowledge, perceptions and attitudes toward CPGs is extensive, results are still disperse and not conclusive. Our study will